1 //===- AttributorAttributes.cpp - Attributes for Attributor deduction -----===// 2 // 3 // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. 4 // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. 5 // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception 6 // 7 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 8 // 9 // See the Attributor.h file comment and the class descriptions in that file for 10 // more information. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "llvm/Transforms/IPO/Attributor.h" 15 16 #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h" 17 #include "llvm/ADT/SCCIterator.h" 18 #include "llvm/ADT/SetOperations.h" 19 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" 20 #include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h" 21 #include "llvm/Analysis/AliasAnalysis.h" 22 #include "llvm/Analysis/AssumeBundleQueries.h" 23 #include "llvm/Analysis/AssumptionCache.h" 24 #include "llvm/Analysis/CaptureTracking.h" 25 #include "llvm/Analysis/InstructionSimplify.h" 26 #include "llvm/Analysis/LazyValueInfo.h" 27 #include "llvm/Analysis/MemoryBuiltins.h" 28 #include "llvm/Analysis/OptimizationRemarkEmitter.h" 29 #include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolution.h" 30 #include "llvm/Analysis/TargetTransformInfo.h" 31 #include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h" 32 #include "llvm/IR/Assumptions.h" 33 #include "llvm/IR/Constants.h" 34 #include "llvm/IR/IRBuilder.h" 35 #include "llvm/IR/Instruction.h" 36 #include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h" 37 #include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicInst.h" 38 #include "llvm/IR/NoFolder.h" 39 #include "llvm/Support/Alignment.h" 40 #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h" 41 #include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h" 42 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" 43 #include "llvm/Support/FileSystem.h" 44 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" 45 #include "llvm/Transforms/IPO/ArgumentPromotion.h" 46 #include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h" 47 #include <cassert> 48 49 using namespace llvm; 50 51 #define DEBUG_TYPE "attributor" 52 53 static cl::opt<bool> ManifestInternal( 54 "attributor-manifest-internal", cl::Hidden, 55 cl::desc("Manifest Attributor internal string attributes."), 56 cl::init(false)); 57 58 static cl::opt<int> MaxHeapToStackSize("max-heap-to-stack-size", cl::init(128), 59 cl::Hidden); 60 61 template <> 62 unsigned llvm::PotentialConstantIntValuesState::MaxPotentialValues = 0; 63 64 static cl::opt<unsigned, true> MaxPotentialValues( 65 "attributor-max-potential-values", cl::Hidden, 66 cl::desc("Maximum number of potential values to be " 67 "tracked for each position."), 68 cl::location(llvm::PotentialConstantIntValuesState::MaxPotentialValues), 69 cl::init(7)); 70 71 STATISTIC(NumAAs, "Number of abstract attributes created"); 72 73 // Some helper macros to deal with statistics tracking. 74 // 75 // Usage: 76 // For simple IR attribute tracking overload trackStatistics in the abstract 77 // attribute and choose the right STATS_DECLTRACK_********* macro, 78 // e.g.,: 79 // void trackStatistics() const override { 80 // STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(returned) 81 // } 82 // If there is a single "increment" side one can use the macro 83 // STATS_DECLTRACK with a custom message. If there are multiple increment 84 // sides, STATS_DECL and STATS_TRACK can also be used separately. 85 // 86 #define BUILD_STAT_MSG_IR_ATTR(TYPE, NAME) \ 87 ("Number of " #TYPE " marked '" #NAME "'") 88 #define BUILD_STAT_NAME(NAME, TYPE) NumIR##TYPE##_##NAME 89 #define STATS_DECL_(NAME, MSG) STATISTIC(NAME, MSG); 90 #define STATS_DECL(NAME, TYPE, MSG) \ 91 STATS_DECL_(BUILD_STAT_NAME(NAME, TYPE), MSG); 92 #define STATS_TRACK(NAME, TYPE) ++(BUILD_STAT_NAME(NAME, TYPE)); 93 #define STATS_DECLTRACK(NAME, TYPE, MSG) \ 94 { \ 95 STATS_DECL(NAME, TYPE, MSG) \ 96 STATS_TRACK(NAME, TYPE) \ 97 } 98 #define STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(NAME) \ 99 STATS_DECLTRACK(NAME, Arguments, BUILD_STAT_MSG_IR_ATTR(arguments, NAME)) 100 #define STATS_DECLTRACK_CSARG_ATTR(NAME) \ 101 STATS_DECLTRACK(NAME, CSArguments, \ 102 BUILD_STAT_MSG_IR_ATTR(call site arguments, NAME)) 103 #define STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(NAME) \ 104 STATS_DECLTRACK(NAME, Function, BUILD_STAT_MSG_IR_ATTR(functions, NAME)) 105 #define STATS_DECLTRACK_CS_ATTR(NAME) \ 106 STATS_DECLTRACK(NAME, CS, BUILD_STAT_MSG_IR_ATTR(call site, NAME)) 107 #define STATS_DECLTRACK_FNRET_ATTR(NAME) \ 108 STATS_DECLTRACK(NAME, FunctionReturn, \ 109 BUILD_STAT_MSG_IR_ATTR(function returns, NAME)) 110 #define STATS_DECLTRACK_CSRET_ATTR(NAME) \ 111 STATS_DECLTRACK(NAME, CSReturn, \ 112 BUILD_STAT_MSG_IR_ATTR(call site returns, NAME)) 113 #define STATS_DECLTRACK_FLOATING_ATTR(NAME) \ 114 STATS_DECLTRACK(NAME, Floating, \ 115 ("Number of floating values known to be '" #NAME "'")) 116 117 // Specialization of the operator<< for abstract attributes subclasses. This 118 // disambiguates situations where multiple operators are applicable. 119 namespace llvm { 120 #define PIPE_OPERATOR(CLASS) \ 121 raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, const CLASS &AA) { \ 122 return OS << static_cast<const AbstractAttribute &>(AA); \ 123 } 124 125 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAIsDead) 126 PIPE_OPERATOR(AANoUnwind) 127 PIPE_OPERATOR(AANoSync) 128 PIPE_OPERATOR(AANoRecurse) 129 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAWillReturn) 130 PIPE_OPERATOR(AANoReturn) 131 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAReturnedValues) 132 PIPE_OPERATOR(AANonNull) 133 PIPE_OPERATOR(AANoAlias) 134 PIPE_OPERATOR(AADereferenceable) 135 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAAlign) 136 PIPE_OPERATOR(AANoCapture) 137 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAValueSimplify) 138 PIPE_OPERATOR(AANoFree) 139 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAHeapToStack) 140 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAReachability) 141 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAMemoryBehavior) 142 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAMemoryLocation) 143 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAValueConstantRange) 144 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAPrivatizablePtr) 145 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAUndefinedBehavior) 146 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAPotentialValues) 147 PIPE_OPERATOR(AANoUndef) 148 PIPE_OPERATOR(AACallEdges) 149 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAFunctionReachability) 150 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAPointerInfo) 151 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAAssumptionInfo) 152 153 #undef PIPE_OPERATOR 154 155 template <> 156 ChangeStatus clampStateAndIndicateChange<DerefState>(DerefState &S, 157 const DerefState &R) { 158 ChangeStatus CS0 = 159 clampStateAndIndicateChange(S.DerefBytesState, R.DerefBytesState); 160 ChangeStatus CS1 = clampStateAndIndicateChange(S.GlobalState, R.GlobalState); 161 return CS0 | CS1; 162 } 163 164 } // namespace llvm 165 166 /// Get pointer operand of memory accessing instruction. If \p I is 167 /// not a memory accessing instruction, return nullptr. If \p AllowVolatile, 168 /// is set to false and the instruction is volatile, return nullptr. 169 static const Value *getPointerOperand(const Instruction *I, 170 bool AllowVolatile) { 171 if (!AllowVolatile && I->isVolatile()) 172 return nullptr; 173 174 if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) { 175 return LI->getPointerOperand(); 176 } 177 178 if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I)) { 179 return SI->getPointerOperand(); 180 } 181 182 if (auto *CXI = dyn_cast<AtomicCmpXchgInst>(I)) { 183 return CXI->getPointerOperand(); 184 } 185 186 if (auto *RMWI = dyn_cast<AtomicRMWInst>(I)) { 187 return RMWI->getPointerOperand(); 188 } 189 190 return nullptr; 191 } 192 193 /// Helper function to create a pointer of type \p ResTy, based on \p Ptr, and 194 /// advanced by \p Offset bytes. To aid later analysis the method tries to build 195 /// getelement pointer instructions that traverse the natural type of \p Ptr if 196 /// possible. If that fails, the remaining offset is adjusted byte-wise, hence 197 /// through a cast to i8*. 198 /// 199 /// TODO: This could probably live somewhere more prominantly if it doesn't 200 /// already exist. 201 static Value *constructPointer(Type *ResTy, Type *PtrElemTy, Value *Ptr, 202 int64_t Offset, IRBuilder<NoFolder> &IRB, 203 const DataLayout &DL) { 204 assert(Offset >= 0 && "Negative offset not supported yet!"); 205 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Construct pointer: " << *Ptr << " + " << Offset 206 << "-bytes as " << *ResTy << "\n"); 207 208 if (Offset) { 209 Type *Ty = PtrElemTy; 210 APInt IntOffset(DL.getIndexTypeSizeInBits(Ptr->getType()), Offset); 211 SmallVector<APInt> IntIndices = DL.getGEPIndicesForOffset(Ty, IntOffset); 212 213 SmallVector<Value *, 4> ValIndices; 214 std::string GEPName = Ptr->getName().str(); 215 for (const APInt &Index : IntIndices) { 216 ValIndices.push_back(IRB.getInt(Index)); 217 GEPName += "." + std::to_string(Index.getZExtValue()); 218 } 219 220 // Create a GEP for the indices collected above. 221 Ptr = IRB.CreateGEP(PtrElemTy, Ptr, ValIndices, GEPName); 222 223 // If an offset is left we use byte-wise adjustment. 224 if (IntOffset != 0) { 225 Ptr = IRB.CreateBitCast(Ptr, IRB.getInt8PtrTy()); 226 Ptr = IRB.CreateGEP(IRB.getInt8Ty(), Ptr, IRB.getInt(IntOffset), 227 GEPName + ".b" + Twine(IntOffset.getZExtValue())); 228 } 229 } 230 231 // Ensure the result has the requested type. 232 Ptr = IRB.CreateBitOrPointerCast(Ptr, ResTy, Ptr->getName() + ".cast"); 233 234 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Constructed pointer: " << *Ptr << "\n"); 235 return Ptr; 236 } 237 238 /// Recursively visit all values that might become \p IRP at some point. This 239 /// will be done by looking through cast instructions, selects, phis, and calls 240 /// with the "returned" attribute. Once we cannot look through the value any 241 /// further, the callback \p VisitValueCB is invoked and passed the current 242 /// value, the \p State, and a flag to indicate if we stripped anything. 243 /// Stripped means that we unpacked the value associated with \p IRP at least 244 /// once. Note that the value used for the callback may still be the value 245 /// associated with \p IRP (due to PHIs). To limit how much effort is invested, 246 /// we will never visit more values than specified by \p MaxValues. 247 template <typename StateTy> 248 static bool genericValueTraversal( 249 Attributor &A, IRPosition IRP, const AbstractAttribute &QueryingAA, 250 StateTy &State, 251 function_ref<bool(Value &, const Instruction *, StateTy &, bool)> 252 VisitValueCB, 253 const Instruction *CtxI, bool UseValueSimplify = true, int MaxValues = 16, 254 function_ref<Value *(Value *)> StripCB = nullptr) { 255 256 const AAIsDead *LivenessAA = nullptr; 257 if (IRP.getAnchorScope()) 258 LivenessAA = &A.getAAFor<AAIsDead>( 259 QueryingAA, 260 IRPosition::function(*IRP.getAnchorScope(), IRP.getCallBaseContext()), 261 DepClassTy::NONE); 262 bool AnyDead = false; 263 264 Value *InitialV = &IRP.getAssociatedValue(); 265 using Item = std::pair<Value *, const Instruction *>; 266 SmallSet<Item, 16> Visited; 267 SmallVector<Item, 16> Worklist; 268 Worklist.push_back({InitialV, CtxI}); 269 270 int Iteration = 0; 271 do { 272 Item I = Worklist.pop_back_val(); 273 Value *V = I.first; 274 CtxI = I.second; 275 if (StripCB) 276 V = StripCB(V); 277 278 // Check if we should process the current value. To prevent endless 279 // recursion keep a record of the values we followed! 280 if (!Visited.insert(I).second) 281 continue; 282 283 // Make sure we limit the compile time for complex expressions. 284 if (Iteration++ >= MaxValues) 285 return false; 286 287 // Explicitly look through calls with a "returned" attribute if we do 288 // not have a pointer as stripPointerCasts only works on them. 289 Value *NewV = nullptr; 290 if (V->getType()->isPointerTy()) { 291 NewV = V->stripPointerCasts(); 292 } else { 293 auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(V); 294 if (CB && CB->getCalledFunction()) { 295 for (Argument &Arg : CB->getCalledFunction()->args()) 296 if (Arg.hasReturnedAttr()) { 297 NewV = CB->getArgOperand(Arg.getArgNo()); 298 break; 299 } 300 } 301 } 302 if (NewV && NewV != V) { 303 Worklist.push_back({NewV, CtxI}); 304 continue; 305 } 306 307 // Look through select instructions, visit assumed potential values. 308 if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(V)) { 309 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 310 Optional<Constant *> C = A.getAssumedConstant( 311 *SI->getCondition(), QueryingAA, UsedAssumedInformation); 312 bool NoValueYet = !C.hasValue(); 313 if (NoValueYet || isa_and_nonnull<UndefValue>(*C)) 314 continue; 315 if (auto *CI = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantInt>(*C)) { 316 if (CI->isZero()) 317 Worklist.push_back({SI->getFalseValue(), CtxI}); 318 else 319 Worklist.push_back({SI->getTrueValue(), CtxI}); 320 continue; 321 } 322 // We could not simplify the condition, assume both values.( 323 Worklist.push_back({SI->getTrueValue(), CtxI}); 324 Worklist.push_back({SI->getFalseValue(), CtxI}); 325 continue; 326 } 327 328 // Look through phi nodes, visit all live operands. 329 if (auto *PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(V)) { 330 assert(LivenessAA && 331 "Expected liveness in the presence of instructions!"); 332 for (unsigned u = 0, e = PHI->getNumIncomingValues(); u < e; u++) { 333 BasicBlock *IncomingBB = PHI->getIncomingBlock(u); 334 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 335 if (A.isAssumedDead(*IncomingBB->getTerminator(), &QueryingAA, 336 LivenessAA, UsedAssumedInformation, 337 /* CheckBBLivenessOnly */ true)) { 338 AnyDead = true; 339 continue; 340 } 341 Worklist.push_back( 342 {PHI->getIncomingValue(u), IncomingBB->getTerminator()}); 343 } 344 continue; 345 } 346 347 if (UseValueSimplify && !isa<Constant>(V)) { 348 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 349 Optional<Value *> SimpleV = 350 A.getAssumedSimplified(*V, QueryingAA, UsedAssumedInformation); 351 if (!SimpleV.hasValue()) 352 continue; 353 if (!SimpleV.getValue()) 354 return false; 355 Value *NewV = SimpleV.getValue(); 356 if (NewV != V) { 357 Worklist.push_back({NewV, CtxI}); 358 continue; 359 } 360 } 361 362 // Once a leaf is reached we inform the user through the callback. 363 if (!VisitValueCB(*V, CtxI, State, Iteration > 1)) 364 return false; 365 } while (!Worklist.empty()); 366 367 // If we actually used liveness information so we have to record a dependence. 368 if (AnyDead) 369 A.recordDependence(*LivenessAA, QueryingAA, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 370 371 // All values have been visited. 372 return true; 373 } 374 375 bool AA::getAssumedUnderlyingObjects(Attributor &A, const Value &Ptr, 376 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &Objects, 377 const AbstractAttribute &QueryingAA, 378 const Instruction *CtxI) { 379 auto StripCB = [&](Value *V) { return getUnderlyingObject(V); }; 380 SmallPtrSet<Value *, 8> SeenObjects; 381 auto VisitValueCB = [&SeenObjects](Value &Val, const Instruction *, 382 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &Objects, 383 bool) -> bool { 384 if (SeenObjects.insert(&Val).second) 385 Objects.push_back(&Val); 386 return true; 387 }; 388 if (!genericValueTraversal<decltype(Objects)>( 389 A, IRPosition::value(Ptr), QueryingAA, Objects, VisitValueCB, CtxI, 390 true, 32, StripCB)) 391 return false; 392 return true; 393 } 394 395 const Value *stripAndAccumulateMinimalOffsets( 396 Attributor &A, const AbstractAttribute &QueryingAA, const Value *Val, 397 const DataLayout &DL, APInt &Offset, bool AllowNonInbounds, 398 bool UseAssumed = false) { 399 400 auto AttributorAnalysis = [&](Value &V, APInt &ROffset) -> bool { 401 const IRPosition &Pos = IRPosition::value(V); 402 // Only track dependence if we are going to use the assumed info. 403 const AAValueConstantRange &ValueConstantRangeAA = 404 A.getAAFor<AAValueConstantRange>(QueryingAA, Pos, 405 UseAssumed ? DepClassTy::OPTIONAL 406 : DepClassTy::NONE); 407 ConstantRange Range = UseAssumed ? ValueConstantRangeAA.getAssumed() 408 : ValueConstantRangeAA.getKnown(); 409 // We can only use the lower part of the range because the upper part can 410 // be higher than what the value can really be. 411 ROffset = Range.getSignedMin(); 412 return true; 413 }; 414 415 return Val->stripAndAccumulateConstantOffsets(DL, Offset, AllowNonInbounds, 416 /* AllowInvariant */ false, 417 AttributorAnalysis); 418 } 419 420 static const Value *getMinimalBaseOfAccsesPointerOperand( 421 Attributor &A, const AbstractAttribute &QueryingAA, const Instruction *I, 422 int64_t &BytesOffset, const DataLayout &DL, bool AllowNonInbounds = false) { 423 const Value *Ptr = getPointerOperand(I, /* AllowVolatile */ false); 424 if (!Ptr) 425 return nullptr; 426 APInt OffsetAPInt(DL.getIndexTypeSizeInBits(Ptr->getType()), 0); 427 const Value *Base = stripAndAccumulateMinimalOffsets( 428 A, QueryingAA, Ptr, DL, OffsetAPInt, AllowNonInbounds); 429 430 BytesOffset = OffsetAPInt.getSExtValue(); 431 return Base; 432 } 433 434 static const Value * 435 getBasePointerOfAccessPointerOperand(const Instruction *I, int64_t &BytesOffset, 436 const DataLayout &DL, 437 bool AllowNonInbounds = false) { 438 const Value *Ptr = getPointerOperand(I, /* AllowVolatile */ false); 439 if (!Ptr) 440 return nullptr; 441 442 return GetPointerBaseWithConstantOffset(Ptr, BytesOffset, DL, 443 AllowNonInbounds); 444 } 445 446 /// Clamp the information known for all returned values of a function 447 /// (identified by \p QueryingAA) into \p S. 448 template <typename AAType, typename StateType = typename AAType::StateType> 449 static void clampReturnedValueStates( 450 Attributor &A, const AAType &QueryingAA, StateType &S, 451 const IRPosition::CallBaseContext *CBContext = nullptr) { 452 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[Attributor] Clamp return value states for " 453 << QueryingAA << " into " << S << "\n"); 454 455 assert((QueryingAA.getIRPosition().getPositionKind() == 456 IRPosition::IRP_RETURNED || 457 QueryingAA.getIRPosition().getPositionKind() == 458 IRPosition::IRP_CALL_SITE_RETURNED) && 459 "Can only clamp returned value states for a function returned or call " 460 "site returned position!"); 461 462 // Use an optional state as there might not be any return values and we want 463 // to join (IntegerState::operator&) the state of all there are. 464 Optional<StateType> T; 465 466 // Callback for each possibly returned value. 467 auto CheckReturnValue = [&](Value &RV) -> bool { 468 const IRPosition &RVPos = IRPosition::value(RV, CBContext); 469 const AAType &AA = 470 A.getAAFor<AAType>(QueryingAA, RVPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 471 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[Attributor] RV: " << RV << " AA: " << AA.getAsStr() 472 << " @ " << RVPos << "\n"); 473 const StateType &AAS = AA.getState(); 474 if (T.hasValue()) 475 *T &= AAS; 476 else 477 T = AAS; 478 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[Attributor] AA State: " << AAS << " RV State: " << T 479 << "\n"); 480 return T->isValidState(); 481 }; 482 483 if (!A.checkForAllReturnedValues(CheckReturnValue, QueryingAA)) 484 S.indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 485 else if (T.hasValue()) 486 S ^= *T; 487 } 488 489 namespace { 490 /// Helper class for generic deduction: return value -> returned position. 491 template <typename AAType, typename BaseType, 492 typename StateType = typename BaseType::StateType, 493 bool PropagateCallBaseContext = false> 494 struct AAReturnedFromReturnedValues : public BaseType { 495 AAReturnedFromReturnedValues(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 496 : BaseType(IRP, A) {} 497 498 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 499 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 500 StateType S(StateType::getBestState(this->getState())); 501 clampReturnedValueStates<AAType, StateType>( 502 A, *this, S, 503 PropagateCallBaseContext ? this->getCallBaseContext() : nullptr); 504 // TODO: If we know we visited all returned values, thus no are assumed 505 // dead, we can take the known information from the state T. 506 return clampStateAndIndicateChange<StateType>(this->getState(), S); 507 } 508 }; 509 510 /// Clamp the information known at all call sites for a given argument 511 /// (identified by \p QueryingAA) into \p S. 512 template <typename AAType, typename StateType = typename AAType::StateType> 513 static void clampCallSiteArgumentStates(Attributor &A, const AAType &QueryingAA, 514 StateType &S) { 515 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[Attributor] Clamp call site argument states for " 516 << QueryingAA << " into " << S << "\n"); 517 518 assert(QueryingAA.getIRPosition().getPositionKind() == 519 IRPosition::IRP_ARGUMENT && 520 "Can only clamp call site argument states for an argument position!"); 521 522 // Use an optional state as there might not be any return values and we want 523 // to join (IntegerState::operator&) the state of all there are. 524 Optional<StateType> T; 525 526 // The argument number which is also the call site argument number. 527 unsigned ArgNo = QueryingAA.getIRPosition().getCallSiteArgNo(); 528 529 auto CallSiteCheck = [&](AbstractCallSite ACS) { 530 const IRPosition &ACSArgPos = IRPosition::callsite_argument(ACS, ArgNo); 531 // Check if a coresponding argument was found or if it is on not associated 532 // (which can happen for callback calls). 533 if (ACSArgPos.getPositionKind() == IRPosition::IRP_INVALID) 534 return false; 535 536 const AAType &AA = 537 A.getAAFor<AAType>(QueryingAA, ACSArgPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 538 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[Attributor] ACS: " << *ACS.getInstruction() 539 << " AA: " << AA.getAsStr() << " @" << ACSArgPos << "\n"); 540 const StateType &AAS = AA.getState(); 541 if (T.hasValue()) 542 *T &= AAS; 543 else 544 T = AAS; 545 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[Attributor] AA State: " << AAS << " CSA State: " << T 546 << "\n"); 547 return T->isValidState(); 548 }; 549 550 bool AllCallSitesKnown; 551 if (!A.checkForAllCallSites(CallSiteCheck, QueryingAA, true, 552 AllCallSitesKnown)) 553 S.indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 554 else if (T.hasValue()) 555 S ^= *T; 556 } 557 558 /// This function is the bridge between argument position and the call base 559 /// context. 560 template <typename AAType, typename BaseType, 561 typename StateType = typename AAType::StateType> 562 bool getArgumentStateFromCallBaseContext(Attributor &A, 563 BaseType &QueryingAttribute, 564 IRPosition &Pos, StateType &State) { 565 assert((Pos.getPositionKind() == IRPosition::IRP_ARGUMENT) && 566 "Expected an 'argument' position !"); 567 const CallBase *CBContext = Pos.getCallBaseContext(); 568 if (!CBContext) 569 return false; 570 571 int ArgNo = Pos.getCallSiteArgNo(); 572 assert(ArgNo >= 0 && "Invalid Arg No!"); 573 574 const auto &AA = A.getAAFor<AAType>( 575 QueryingAttribute, IRPosition::callsite_argument(*CBContext, ArgNo), 576 DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 577 const StateType &CBArgumentState = 578 static_cast<const StateType &>(AA.getState()); 579 580 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[Attributor] Briding Call site context to argument" 581 << "Position:" << Pos << "CB Arg state:" << CBArgumentState 582 << "\n"); 583 584 // NOTE: If we want to do call site grouping it should happen here. 585 State ^= CBArgumentState; 586 return true; 587 } 588 589 /// Helper class for generic deduction: call site argument -> argument position. 590 template <typename AAType, typename BaseType, 591 typename StateType = typename AAType::StateType, 592 bool BridgeCallBaseContext = false> 593 struct AAArgumentFromCallSiteArguments : public BaseType { 594 AAArgumentFromCallSiteArguments(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 595 : BaseType(IRP, A) {} 596 597 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 598 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 599 StateType S = StateType::getBestState(this->getState()); 600 601 if (BridgeCallBaseContext) { 602 bool Success = 603 getArgumentStateFromCallBaseContext<AAType, BaseType, StateType>( 604 A, *this, this->getIRPosition(), S); 605 if (Success) 606 return clampStateAndIndicateChange<StateType>(this->getState(), S); 607 } 608 clampCallSiteArgumentStates<AAType, StateType>(A, *this, S); 609 610 // TODO: If we know we visited all incoming values, thus no are assumed 611 // dead, we can take the known information from the state T. 612 return clampStateAndIndicateChange<StateType>(this->getState(), S); 613 } 614 }; 615 616 /// Helper class for generic replication: function returned -> cs returned. 617 template <typename AAType, typename BaseType, 618 typename StateType = typename BaseType::StateType, 619 bool IntroduceCallBaseContext = false> 620 struct AACallSiteReturnedFromReturned : public BaseType { 621 AACallSiteReturnedFromReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 622 : BaseType(IRP, A) {} 623 624 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 625 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 626 assert(this->getIRPosition().getPositionKind() == 627 IRPosition::IRP_CALL_SITE_RETURNED && 628 "Can only wrap function returned positions for call site returned " 629 "positions!"); 630 auto &S = this->getState(); 631 632 const Function *AssociatedFunction = 633 this->getIRPosition().getAssociatedFunction(); 634 if (!AssociatedFunction) 635 return S.indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 636 637 CallBase &CBContext = static_cast<CallBase &>(this->getAnchorValue()); 638 if (IntroduceCallBaseContext) 639 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[Attributor] Introducing call base context:" 640 << CBContext << "\n"); 641 642 IRPosition FnPos = IRPosition::returned( 643 *AssociatedFunction, IntroduceCallBaseContext ? &CBContext : nullptr); 644 const AAType &AA = A.getAAFor<AAType>(*this, FnPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 645 return clampStateAndIndicateChange(S, AA.getState()); 646 } 647 }; 648 } // namespace 649 650 /// Helper function to accumulate uses. 651 template <class AAType, typename StateType = typename AAType::StateType> 652 static void followUsesInContext(AAType &AA, Attributor &A, 653 MustBeExecutedContextExplorer &Explorer, 654 const Instruction *CtxI, 655 SetVector<const Use *> &Uses, 656 StateType &State) { 657 auto EIt = Explorer.begin(CtxI), EEnd = Explorer.end(CtxI); 658 for (unsigned u = 0; u < Uses.size(); ++u) { 659 const Use *U = Uses[u]; 660 if (const Instruction *UserI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(U->getUser())) { 661 bool Found = Explorer.findInContextOf(UserI, EIt, EEnd); 662 if (Found && AA.followUseInMBEC(A, U, UserI, State)) 663 for (const Use &Us : UserI->uses()) 664 Uses.insert(&Us); 665 } 666 } 667 } 668 669 /// Use the must-be-executed-context around \p I to add information into \p S. 670 /// The AAType class is required to have `followUseInMBEC` method with the 671 /// following signature and behaviour: 672 /// 673 /// bool followUseInMBEC(Attributor &A, const Use *U, const Instruction *I) 674 /// U - Underlying use. 675 /// I - The user of the \p U. 676 /// Returns true if the value should be tracked transitively. 677 /// 678 template <class AAType, typename StateType = typename AAType::StateType> 679 static void followUsesInMBEC(AAType &AA, Attributor &A, StateType &S, 680 Instruction &CtxI) { 681 682 // Container for (transitive) uses of the associated value. 683 SetVector<const Use *> Uses; 684 for (const Use &U : AA.getIRPosition().getAssociatedValue().uses()) 685 Uses.insert(&U); 686 687 MustBeExecutedContextExplorer &Explorer = 688 A.getInfoCache().getMustBeExecutedContextExplorer(); 689 690 followUsesInContext<AAType>(AA, A, Explorer, &CtxI, Uses, S); 691 692 if (S.isAtFixpoint()) 693 return; 694 695 SmallVector<const BranchInst *, 4> BrInsts; 696 auto Pred = [&](const Instruction *I) { 697 if (const BranchInst *Br = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(I)) 698 if (Br->isConditional()) 699 BrInsts.push_back(Br); 700 return true; 701 }; 702 703 // Here, accumulate conditional branch instructions in the context. We 704 // explore the child paths and collect the known states. The disjunction of 705 // those states can be merged to its own state. Let ParentState_i be a state 706 // to indicate the known information for an i-th branch instruction in the 707 // context. ChildStates are created for its successors respectively. 708 // 709 // ParentS_1 = ChildS_{1, 1} /\ ChildS_{1, 2} /\ ... /\ ChildS_{1, n_1} 710 // ParentS_2 = ChildS_{2, 1} /\ ChildS_{2, 2} /\ ... /\ ChildS_{2, n_2} 711 // ... 712 // ParentS_m = ChildS_{m, 1} /\ ChildS_{m, 2} /\ ... /\ ChildS_{m, n_m} 713 // 714 // Known State |= ParentS_1 \/ ParentS_2 \/... \/ ParentS_m 715 // 716 // FIXME: Currently, recursive branches are not handled. For example, we 717 // can't deduce that ptr must be dereferenced in below function. 718 // 719 // void f(int a, int c, int *ptr) { 720 // if(a) 721 // if (b) { 722 // *ptr = 0; 723 // } else { 724 // *ptr = 1; 725 // } 726 // else { 727 // if (b) { 728 // *ptr = 0; 729 // } else { 730 // *ptr = 1; 731 // } 732 // } 733 // } 734 735 Explorer.checkForAllContext(&CtxI, Pred); 736 for (const BranchInst *Br : BrInsts) { 737 StateType ParentState; 738 739 // The known state of the parent state is a conjunction of children's 740 // known states so it is initialized with a best state. 741 ParentState.indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 742 743 for (const BasicBlock *BB : Br->successors()) { 744 StateType ChildState; 745 746 size_t BeforeSize = Uses.size(); 747 followUsesInContext(AA, A, Explorer, &BB->front(), Uses, ChildState); 748 749 // Erase uses which only appear in the child. 750 for (auto It = Uses.begin() + BeforeSize; It != Uses.end();) 751 It = Uses.erase(It); 752 753 ParentState &= ChildState; 754 } 755 756 // Use only known state. 757 S += ParentState; 758 } 759 } 760 761 /// ------------------------ PointerInfo --------------------------------------- 762 763 namespace llvm { 764 namespace AA { 765 namespace PointerInfo { 766 767 /// An access kind description as used by AAPointerInfo. 768 struct OffsetAndSize; 769 770 struct State; 771 772 } // namespace PointerInfo 773 } // namespace AA 774 775 /// Helper for AA::PointerInfo::Acccess DenseMap/Set usage. 776 template <> 777 struct DenseMapInfo<AAPointerInfo::Access> : DenseMapInfo<Instruction *> { 778 using Access = AAPointerInfo::Access; 779 static inline Access getEmptyKey(); 780 static inline Access getTombstoneKey(); 781 static unsigned getHashValue(const Access &A); 782 static bool isEqual(const Access &LHS, const Access &RHS); 783 }; 784 785 /// Helper that allows OffsetAndSize as a key in a DenseMap. 786 template <> 787 struct DenseMapInfo<AA::PointerInfo ::OffsetAndSize> 788 : DenseMapInfo<std::pair<int64_t, int64_t>> {}; 789 790 /// Helper for AA::PointerInfo::Acccess DenseMap/Set usage ignoring everythign 791 /// but the instruction 792 struct AccessAsInstructionInfo : DenseMapInfo<Instruction *> { 793 using Base = DenseMapInfo<Instruction *>; 794 using Access = AAPointerInfo::Access; 795 static inline Access getEmptyKey(); 796 static inline Access getTombstoneKey(); 797 static unsigned getHashValue(const Access &A); 798 static bool isEqual(const Access &LHS, const Access &RHS); 799 }; 800 801 } // namespace llvm 802 803 /// Helper to represent an access offset and size, with logic to deal with 804 /// uncertainty and check for overlapping accesses. 805 struct AA::PointerInfo::OffsetAndSize : public std::pair<int64_t, int64_t> { 806 using BaseTy = std::pair<int64_t, int64_t>; 807 OffsetAndSize(int64_t Offset, int64_t Size) : BaseTy(Offset, Size) {} 808 OffsetAndSize(const BaseTy &P) : BaseTy(P) {} 809 int64_t getOffset() const { return first; } 810 int64_t getSize() const { return second; } 811 static OffsetAndSize getUnknown() { return OffsetAndSize(Unknown, Unknown); } 812 813 /// Return true if this offset and size pair might describe an address that 814 /// overlaps with \p OAS. 815 bool mayOverlap(const OffsetAndSize &OAS) const { 816 // Any unknown value and we are giving up -> overlap. 817 if (OAS.getOffset() == OffsetAndSize::Unknown || 818 OAS.getSize() == OffsetAndSize::Unknown || 819 getOffset() == OffsetAndSize::Unknown || 820 getSize() == OffsetAndSize::Unknown) 821 return true; 822 823 // Check if one offset point is in the other interval [offset, offset+size]. 824 return OAS.getOffset() + OAS.getSize() > getOffset() && 825 OAS.getOffset() < getOffset() + getSize(); 826 } 827 828 /// Constant used to represent unknown offset or sizes. 829 static constexpr int64_t Unknown = 1 << 31; 830 }; 831 832 /// Implementation of the DenseMapInfo. 833 /// 834 ///{ 835 inline llvm::AccessAsInstructionInfo::Access 836 llvm::AccessAsInstructionInfo::getEmptyKey() { 837 return Access(Base::getEmptyKey(), nullptr, AAPointerInfo::AK_READ, nullptr); 838 } 839 inline llvm::AccessAsInstructionInfo::Access 840 llvm::AccessAsInstructionInfo::getTombstoneKey() { 841 return Access(Base::getTombstoneKey(), nullptr, AAPointerInfo::AK_READ, 842 nullptr); 843 } 844 unsigned llvm::AccessAsInstructionInfo::getHashValue( 845 const llvm::AccessAsInstructionInfo::Access &A) { 846 return Base::getHashValue(A.getRemoteInst()); 847 } 848 bool llvm::AccessAsInstructionInfo::isEqual( 849 const llvm::AccessAsInstructionInfo::Access &LHS, 850 const llvm::AccessAsInstructionInfo::Access &RHS) { 851 return LHS.getRemoteInst() == RHS.getRemoteInst(); 852 } 853 inline llvm::DenseMapInfo<AAPointerInfo::Access>::Access 854 llvm::DenseMapInfo<AAPointerInfo::Access>::getEmptyKey() { 855 return AAPointerInfo::Access(nullptr, nullptr, AAPointerInfo::AK_READ, 856 nullptr); 857 } 858 inline llvm::DenseMapInfo<AAPointerInfo::Access>::Access 859 llvm::DenseMapInfo<AAPointerInfo::Access>::getTombstoneKey() { 860 return AAPointerInfo::Access(nullptr, nullptr, AAPointerInfo::AK_WRITE, 861 nullptr); 862 } 863 864 unsigned llvm::DenseMapInfo<AAPointerInfo::Access>::getHashValue( 865 const llvm::DenseMapInfo<AAPointerInfo::Access>::Access &A) { 866 return detail::combineHashValue( 867 DenseMapInfo<Instruction *>::getHashValue(A.getRemoteInst()), 868 (A.isWrittenValueYetUndetermined() 869 ? ~0 870 : DenseMapInfo<Value *>::getHashValue(A.getWrittenValue()))) + 871 A.getKind(); 872 } 873 874 bool llvm::DenseMapInfo<AAPointerInfo::Access>::isEqual( 875 const llvm::DenseMapInfo<AAPointerInfo::Access>::Access &LHS, 876 const llvm::DenseMapInfo<AAPointerInfo::Access>::Access &RHS) { 877 return LHS == RHS; 878 } 879 ///} 880 881 /// A type to track pointer/struct usage and accesses for AAPointerInfo. 882 struct AA::PointerInfo::State : public AbstractState { 883 884 /// Return the best possible representable state. 885 static State getBestState(const State &SIS) { return State(); } 886 887 /// Return the worst possible representable state. 888 static State getWorstState(const State &SIS) { 889 State R; 890 R.indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 891 return R; 892 } 893 894 State() {} 895 State(const State &SIS) : AccessBins(SIS.AccessBins) {} 896 State(State &&SIS) : AccessBins(std::move(SIS.AccessBins)) {} 897 898 const State &getAssumed() const { return *this; } 899 900 /// See AbstractState::isValidState(). 901 bool isValidState() const override { return BS.isValidState(); } 902 903 /// See AbstractState::isAtFixpoint(). 904 bool isAtFixpoint() const override { return BS.isAtFixpoint(); } 905 906 /// See AbstractState::indicateOptimisticFixpoint(). 907 ChangeStatus indicateOptimisticFixpoint() override { 908 BS.indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 909 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 910 } 911 912 /// See AbstractState::indicatePessimisticFixpoint(). 913 ChangeStatus indicatePessimisticFixpoint() override { 914 BS.indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 915 return ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 916 } 917 918 State &operator=(const State &R) { 919 if (this == &R) 920 return *this; 921 BS = R.BS; 922 AccessBins = R.AccessBins; 923 return *this; 924 } 925 926 State &operator=(State &&R) { 927 if (this == &R) 928 return *this; 929 std::swap(BS, R.BS); 930 std::swap(AccessBins, R.AccessBins); 931 return *this; 932 } 933 934 bool operator==(const State &R) const { 935 if (BS != R.BS) 936 return false; 937 if (AccessBins.size() != R.AccessBins.size()) 938 return false; 939 auto It = begin(), RIt = R.begin(), E = end(); 940 while (It != E) { 941 if (It->getFirst() != RIt->getFirst()) 942 return false; 943 auto &Accs = It->getSecond(); 944 auto &RAccs = RIt->getSecond(); 945 if (Accs.size() != RAccs.size()) 946 return false; 947 auto AccIt = Accs.begin(), RAccIt = RAccs.begin(), AccE = Accs.end(); 948 while (AccIt != AccE) { 949 if (*AccIt != *RAccIt) 950 return false; 951 ++AccIt; 952 ++RAccIt; 953 } 954 ++It; 955 ++RIt; 956 } 957 return true; 958 } 959 bool operator!=(const State &R) const { return !(*this == R); } 960 961 /// We store accesses in a set with the instruction as key. 962 using Accesses = DenseSet<AAPointerInfo::Access, AccessAsInstructionInfo>; 963 964 /// We store all accesses in bins denoted by their offset and size. 965 using AccessBinsTy = DenseMap<OffsetAndSize, Accesses>; 966 967 AccessBinsTy::const_iterator begin() const { return AccessBins.begin(); } 968 AccessBinsTy::const_iterator end() const { return AccessBins.end(); } 969 970 protected: 971 /// The bins with all the accesses for the associated pointer. 972 DenseMap<OffsetAndSize, Accesses> AccessBins; 973 974 /// Add a new access to the state at offset \p Offset and with size \p Size. 975 /// The access is associated with \p I, writes \p Content (if anything), and 976 /// is of kind \p Kind. 977 /// \Returns CHANGED, if the state changed, UNCHANGED otherwise. 978 ChangeStatus addAccess(int64_t Offset, int64_t Size, Instruction &I, 979 Optional<Value *> Content, 980 AAPointerInfo::AccessKind Kind, Type *Ty, 981 Instruction *RemoteI = nullptr, 982 Accesses *BinPtr = nullptr) { 983 OffsetAndSize Key{Offset, Size}; 984 Accesses &Bin = BinPtr ? *BinPtr : AccessBins[Key]; 985 AAPointerInfo::Access Acc(&I, RemoteI ? RemoteI : &I, Content, Kind, Ty); 986 // Check if we have an access for this instruction in this bin, if not, 987 // simply add it. 988 auto It = Bin.find(Acc); 989 if (It == Bin.end()) { 990 Bin.insert(Acc); 991 return ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 992 } 993 // If the existing access is the same as then new one, nothing changed. 994 AAPointerInfo::Access Before = *It; 995 // The new one will be combined with the existing one. 996 *It &= Acc; 997 return *It == Before ? ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED : ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 998 } 999 1000 /// See AAPointerInfo::forallInterferingAccesses. 1001 bool forallInterferingAccesses( 1002 Instruction &I, 1003 function_ref<bool(const AAPointerInfo::Access &, bool)> CB) const { 1004 if (!isValidState()) 1005 return false; 1006 // First find the offset and size of I. 1007 OffsetAndSize OAS(-1, -1); 1008 for (auto &It : AccessBins) { 1009 for (auto &Access : It.getSecond()) { 1010 if (Access.getRemoteInst() == &I) { 1011 OAS = It.getFirst(); 1012 break; 1013 } 1014 } 1015 if (OAS.getSize() != -1) 1016 break; 1017 } 1018 if (OAS.getSize() == -1) 1019 return true; 1020 1021 // Now that we have an offset and size, find all overlapping ones and use 1022 // the callback on the accesses. 1023 for (auto &It : AccessBins) { 1024 OffsetAndSize ItOAS = It.getFirst(); 1025 if (!OAS.mayOverlap(ItOAS)) 1026 continue; 1027 for (auto &Access : It.getSecond()) 1028 if (!CB(Access, OAS == ItOAS)) 1029 return false; 1030 } 1031 return true; 1032 } 1033 1034 private: 1035 /// State to track fixpoint and validity. 1036 BooleanState BS; 1037 }; 1038 1039 namespace { 1040 struct AAPointerInfoImpl 1041 : public StateWrapper<AA::PointerInfo::State, AAPointerInfo> { 1042 using BaseTy = StateWrapper<AA::PointerInfo::State, AAPointerInfo>; 1043 AAPointerInfoImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : BaseTy(IRP) {} 1044 1045 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 1046 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { AAPointerInfo::initialize(A); } 1047 1048 /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr(). 1049 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 1050 return std::string("PointerInfo ") + 1051 (isValidState() ? (std::string("#") + 1052 std::to_string(AccessBins.size()) + " bins") 1053 : "<invalid>"); 1054 } 1055 1056 /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...). 1057 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 1058 return AAPointerInfo::manifest(A); 1059 } 1060 1061 bool forallInterferingAccesses( 1062 LoadInst &LI, function_ref<bool(const AAPointerInfo::Access &, bool)> CB) 1063 const override { 1064 return State::forallInterferingAccesses(LI, CB); 1065 } 1066 bool forallInterferingAccesses( 1067 StoreInst &SI, function_ref<bool(const AAPointerInfo::Access &, bool)> CB) 1068 const override { 1069 return State::forallInterferingAccesses(SI, CB); 1070 } 1071 1072 ChangeStatus translateAndAddCalleeState(Attributor &A, 1073 const AAPointerInfo &CalleeAA, 1074 int64_t CallArgOffset, CallBase &CB) { 1075 using namespace AA::PointerInfo; 1076 if (!CalleeAA.getState().isValidState() || !isValidState()) 1077 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 1078 1079 const auto &CalleeImplAA = static_cast<const AAPointerInfoImpl &>(CalleeAA); 1080 bool IsByval = CalleeImplAA.getAssociatedArgument()->hasByValAttr(); 1081 1082 // Combine the accesses bin by bin. 1083 ChangeStatus Changed = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 1084 for (auto &It : CalleeImplAA.getState()) { 1085 OffsetAndSize OAS = OffsetAndSize::getUnknown(); 1086 if (CallArgOffset != OffsetAndSize::Unknown) 1087 OAS = OffsetAndSize(It.first.getOffset() + CallArgOffset, 1088 It.first.getSize()); 1089 Accesses &Bin = AccessBins[OAS]; 1090 for (const AAPointerInfo::Access &RAcc : It.second) { 1091 if (IsByval && !RAcc.isRead()) 1092 continue; 1093 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 1094 Optional<Value *> Content = A.translateArgumentToCallSiteContent( 1095 RAcc.getContent(), CB, *this, UsedAssumedInformation); 1096 AccessKind AK = 1097 AccessKind(RAcc.getKind() & (IsByval ? AccessKind::AK_READ 1098 : AccessKind::AK_READ_WRITE)); 1099 Changed = 1100 Changed | addAccess(OAS.getOffset(), OAS.getSize(), CB, Content, AK, 1101 RAcc.getType(), RAcc.getRemoteInst(), &Bin); 1102 } 1103 } 1104 return Changed; 1105 } 1106 1107 /// Statistic tracking for all AAPointerInfo implementations. 1108 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics(). 1109 void trackPointerInfoStatistics(const IRPosition &IRP) const {} 1110 }; 1111 1112 struct AAPointerInfoFloating : public AAPointerInfoImpl { 1113 using AccessKind = AAPointerInfo::AccessKind; 1114 AAPointerInfoFloating(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 1115 : AAPointerInfoImpl(IRP, A) {} 1116 1117 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 1118 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { AAPointerInfoImpl::initialize(A); } 1119 1120 /// Deal with an access and signal if it was handled successfully. 1121 bool handleAccess(Attributor &A, Instruction &I, Value &Ptr, 1122 Optional<Value *> Content, AccessKind Kind, int64_t Offset, 1123 ChangeStatus &Changed, Type *Ty, 1124 int64_t Size = AA::PointerInfo::OffsetAndSize::Unknown) { 1125 using namespace AA::PointerInfo; 1126 // No need to find a size if one is given or the offset is unknown. 1127 if (Offset != OffsetAndSize::Unknown && Size == OffsetAndSize::Unknown && 1128 Ty) { 1129 const DataLayout &DL = A.getDataLayout(); 1130 TypeSize AccessSize = DL.getTypeStoreSize(Ty); 1131 if (!AccessSize.isScalable()) 1132 Size = AccessSize.getFixedSize(); 1133 } 1134 Changed = Changed | addAccess(Offset, Size, I, Content, Kind, Ty); 1135 return true; 1136 }; 1137 1138 /// Helper struct, will support ranges eventually. 1139 struct OffsetInfo { 1140 int64_t Offset = AA::PointerInfo::OffsetAndSize::Unknown; 1141 1142 bool operator==(const OffsetInfo &OI) const { return Offset == OI.Offset; } 1143 }; 1144 1145 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 1146 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 1147 using namespace AA::PointerInfo; 1148 State S = getState(); 1149 ChangeStatus Changed = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 1150 Value &AssociatedValue = getAssociatedValue(); 1151 1152 const DataLayout &DL = A.getDataLayout(); 1153 DenseMap<Value *, OffsetInfo> OffsetInfoMap; 1154 OffsetInfoMap[&AssociatedValue] = OffsetInfo{0}; 1155 1156 auto HandlePassthroughUser = [&](Value *Usr, OffsetInfo &PtrOI, 1157 bool &Follow) { 1158 OffsetInfo &UsrOI = OffsetInfoMap[Usr]; 1159 UsrOI = PtrOI; 1160 Follow = true; 1161 return true; 1162 }; 1163 1164 auto UsePred = [&](const Use &U, bool &Follow) -> bool { 1165 Value *CurPtr = U.get(); 1166 User *Usr = U.getUser(); 1167 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPointerInfo] Analyze " << *CurPtr << " in " 1168 << *Usr << "\n"); 1169 1170 OffsetInfo &PtrOI = OffsetInfoMap[CurPtr]; 1171 1172 if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(Usr)) { 1173 if (CE->isCast()) 1174 return HandlePassthroughUser(Usr, PtrOI, Follow); 1175 if (CE->isCompare()) 1176 return true; 1177 if (!CE->isGEPWithNoNotionalOverIndexing()) { 1178 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPointerInfo] Unhandled constant user " << *CE 1179 << "\n"); 1180 return false; 1181 } 1182 } 1183 if (auto *GEP = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(Usr)) { 1184 OffsetInfo &UsrOI = OffsetInfoMap[Usr]; 1185 UsrOI = PtrOI; 1186 1187 // TODO: Use range information. 1188 if (PtrOI.Offset == OffsetAndSize::Unknown || 1189 !GEP->hasAllConstantIndices()) { 1190 UsrOI.Offset = OffsetAndSize::Unknown; 1191 Follow = true; 1192 return true; 1193 } 1194 1195 SmallVector<Value *, 8> Indices; 1196 for (Use &Idx : GEP->indices()) { 1197 if (auto *CIdx = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Idx)) { 1198 Indices.push_back(CIdx); 1199 continue; 1200 } 1201 1202 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPointerInfo] Non constant GEP index " << *GEP 1203 << " : " << *Idx << "\n"); 1204 return false; 1205 } 1206 UsrOI.Offset = PtrOI.Offset + 1207 DL.getIndexedOffsetInType( 1208 CurPtr->getType()->getPointerElementType(), Indices); 1209 Follow = true; 1210 return true; 1211 } 1212 if (isa<CastInst>(Usr) || isa<SelectInst>(Usr)) 1213 return HandlePassthroughUser(Usr, PtrOI, Follow); 1214 1215 // For PHIs we need to take care of the recurrence explicitly as the value 1216 // might change while we iterate through a loop. For now, we give up if 1217 // the PHI is not invariant. 1218 if (isa<PHINode>(Usr)) { 1219 // Check if the PHI is invariant (so far). 1220 OffsetInfo &UsrOI = OffsetInfoMap[Usr]; 1221 if (UsrOI == PtrOI) 1222 return true; 1223 1224 // Check if the PHI operand has already an unknown offset as we can't 1225 // improve on that anymore. 1226 if (PtrOI.Offset == OffsetAndSize::Unknown) { 1227 UsrOI = PtrOI; 1228 Follow = true; 1229 return true; 1230 } 1231 1232 // Check if the PHI operand is not dependent on the PHI itself. 1233 // TODO: This is not great as we look at the pointer type. However, it 1234 // is unclear where the Offset size comes from with typeless pointers. 1235 APInt Offset( 1236 DL.getIndexSizeInBits(CurPtr->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace()), 1237 0); 1238 if (&AssociatedValue == CurPtr->stripAndAccumulateConstantOffsets( 1239 DL, Offset, /* AllowNonInbounds */ true)) { 1240 if (Offset != PtrOI.Offset) { 1241 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() 1242 << "[AAPointerInfo] PHI operand pointer offset mismatch " 1243 << *CurPtr << " in " << *Usr << "\n"); 1244 return false; 1245 } 1246 return HandlePassthroughUser(Usr, PtrOI, Follow); 1247 } 1248 1249 // TODO: Approximate in case we know the direction of the recurrence. 1250 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPointerInfo] PHI operand is too complex " 1251 << *CurPtr << " in " << *Usr << "\n"); 1252 UsrOI = PtrOI; 1253 UsrOI.Offset = OffsetAndSize::Unknown; 1254 Follow = true; 1255 return true; 1256 } 1257 1258 if (auto *LoadI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(Usr)) 1259 return handleAccess(A, *LoadI, *CurPtr, /* Content */ nullptr, 1260 AccessKind::AK_READ, PtrOI.Offset, Changed, 1261 LoadI->getType()); 1262 if (auto *StoreI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(Usr)) { 1263 if (StoreI->getValueOperand() == CurPtr) { 1264 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPointerInfo] Escaping use in store " 1265 << *StoreI << "\n"); 1266 return false; 1267 } 1268 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 1269 Optional<Value *> Content = A.getAssumedSimplified( 1270 *StoreI->getValueOperand(), *this, UsedAssumedInformation); 1271 return handleAccess(A, *StoreI, *CurPtr, Content, AccessKind::AK_WRITE, 1272 PtrOI.Offset, Changed, 1273 StoreI->getValueOperand()->getType()); 1274 } 1275 if (auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(Usr)) { 1276 if (CB->isLifetimeStartOrEnd()) 1277 return true; 1278 if (CB->isArgOperand(&U)) { 1279 unsigned ArgNo = CB->getArgOperandNo(&U); 1280 const auto &CSArgPI = A.getAAFor<AAPointerInfo>( 1281 *this, IRPosition::callsite_argument(*CB, ArgNo), 1282 DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 1283 Changed = translateAndAddCalleeState(A, CSArgPI, PtrOI.Offset, *CB) | 1284 Changed; 1285 return true; 1286 } 1287 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPointerInfo] Call user not handled " << *CB 1288 << "\n"); 1289 // TODO: Allow some call uses 1290 return false; 1291 } 1292 1293 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPointerInfo] User not handled " << *Usr << "\n"); 1294 return false; 1295 }; 1296 if (!A.checkForAllUses(UsePred, *this, AssociatedValue, 1297 /* CheckBBLivenessOnly */ true)) 1298 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 1299 1300 LLVM_DEBUG({ 1301 dbgs() << "Accesses by bin after update:\n"; 1302 for (auto &It : AccessBins) { 1303 dbgs() << "[" << It.first.getOffset() << "-" 1304 << It.first.getOffset() + It.first.getSize() 1305 << "] : " << It.getSecond().size() << "\n"; 1306 for (auto &Acc : It.getSecond()) { 1307 dbgs() << " - " << Acc.getKind() << " - " << *Acc.getLocalInst() 1308 << "\n"; 1309 if (Acc.getLocalInst() != Acc.getRemoteInst()) 1310 dbgs() << " --> " 1311 << *Acc.getRemoteInst() << "\n"; 1312 if (!Acc.isWrittenValueYetUndetermined()) 1313 dbgs() << " - " << Acc.getWrittenValue() << "\n"; 1314 } 1315 } 1316 }); 1317 1318 return Changed; 1319 } 1320 1321 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 1322 void trackStatistics() const override { 1323 AAPointerInfoImpl::trackPointerInfoStatistics(getIRPosition()); 1324 } 1325 }; 1326 1327 struct AAPointerInfoReturned final : AAPointerInfoImpl { 1328 AAPointerInfoReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 1329 : AAPointerInfoImpl(IRP, A) {} 1330 1331 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 1332 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 1333 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 1334 } 1335 1336 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 1337 void trackStatistics() const override { 1338 AAPointerInfoImpl::trackPointerInfoStatistics(getIRPosition()); 1339 } 1340 }; 1341 1342 struct AAPointerInfoArgument final : AAPointerInfoFloating { 1343 AAPointerInfoArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 1344 : AAPointerInfoFloating(IRP, A) {} 1345 1346 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 1347 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 1348 AAPointerInfoFloating::initialize(A); 1349 if (getAnchorScope()->isDeclaration()) 1350 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 1351 } 1352 1353 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 1354 void trackStatistics() const override { 1355 AAPointerInfoImpl::trackPointerInfoStatistics(getIRPosition()); 1356 } 1357 }; 1358 1359 struct AAPointerInfoCallSiteArgument final : AAPointerInfoFloating { 1360 AAPointerInfoCallSiteArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 1361 : AAPointerInfoFloating(IRP, A) {} 1362 1363 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 1364 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 1365 using namespace AA::PointerInfo; 1366 // We handle memory intrinsics explicitly, at least the first (= 1367 // destination) and second (=source) arguments as we know how they are 1368 // accessed. 1369 if (auto *MI = dyn_cast_or_null<MemIntrinsic>(getCtxI())) { 1370 ConstantInt *Length = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(MI->getLength()); 1371 int64_t LengthVal = OffsetAndSize::Unknown; 1372 if (Length) 1373 LengthVal = Length->getSExtValue(); 1374 Value &Ptr = getAssociatedValue(); 1375 unsigned ArgNo = getIRPosition().getCallSiteArgNo(); 1376 ChangeStatus Changed; 1377 if (ArgNo == 0) { 1378 handleAccess(A, *MI, Ptr, nullptr, AccessKind::AK_WRITE, 0, Changed, 1379 nullptr, LengthVal); 1380 } else if (ArgNo == 1) { 1381 handleAccess(A, *MI, Ptr, nullptr, AccessKind::AK_READ, 0, Changed, 1382 nullptr, LengthVal); 1383 } else { 1384 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPointerInfo] Unhandled memory intrinsic " 1385 << *MI << "\n"); 1386 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 1387 } 1388 return Changed; 1389 } 1390 1391 // TODO: Once we have call site specific value information we can provide 1392 // call site specific liveness information and then it makes 1393 // sense to specialize attributes for call sites arguments instead of 1394 // redirecting requests to the callee argument. 1395 Argument *Arg = getAssociatedArgument(); 1396 if (!Arg) 1397 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 1398 const IRPosition &ArgPos = IRPosition::argument(*Arg); 1399 auto &ArgAA = 1400 A.getAAFor<AAPointerInfo>(*this, ArgPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 1401 return translateAndAddCalleeState(A, ArgAA, 0, *cast<CallBase>(getCtxI())); 1402 } 1403 1404 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 1405 void trackStatistics() const override { 1406 AAPointerInfoImpl::trackPointerInfoStatistics(getIRPosition()); 1407 } 1408 }; 1409 1410 struct AAPointerInfoCallSiteReturned final : AAPointerInfoFloating { 1411 AAPointerInfoCallSiteReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 1412 : AAPointerInfoFloating(IRP, A) {} 1413 1414 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 1415 void trackStatistics() const override { 1416 AAPointerInfoImpl::trackPointerInfoStatistics(getIRPosition()); 1417 } 1418 }; 1419 1420 /// -----------------------NoUnwind Function Attribute-------------------------- 1421 1422 struct AANoUnwindImpl : AANoUnwind { 1423 AANoUnwindImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : AANoUnwind(IRP, A) {} 1424 1425 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 1426 return getAssumed() ? "nounwind" : "may-unwind"; 1427 } 1428 1429 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 1430 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 1431 auto Opcodes = { 1432 (unsigned)Instruction::Invoke, (unsigned)Instruction::CallBr, 1433 (unsigned)Instruction::Call, (unsigned)Instruction::CleanupRet, 1434 (unsigned)Instruction::CatchSwitch, (unsigned)Instruction::Resume}; 1435 1436 auto CheckForNoUnwind = [&](Instruction &I) { 1437 if (!I.mayThrow()) 1438 return true; 1439 1440 if (const auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(&I)) { 1441 const auto &NoUnwindAA = A.getAAFor<AANoUnwind>( 1442 *this, IRPosition::callsite_function(*CB), DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 1443 return NoUnwindAA.isAssumedNoUnwind(); 1444 } 1445 return false; 1446 }; 1447 1448 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 1449 if (!A.checkForAllInstructions(CheckForNoUnwind, *this, Opcodes, 1450 UsedAssumedInformation)) 1451 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 1452 1453 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 1454 } 1455 }; 1456 1457 struct AANoUnwindFunction final : public AANoUnwindImpl { 1458 AANoUnwindFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 1459 : AANoUnwindImpl(IRP, A) {} 1460 1461 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 1462 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(nounwind) } 1463 }; 1464 1465 /// NoUnwind attribute deduction for a call sites. 1466 struct AANoUnwindCallSite final : AANoUnwindImpl { 1467 AANoUnwindCallSite(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 1468 : AANoUnwindImpl(IRP, A) {} 1469 1470 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 1471 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 1472 AANoUnwindImpl::initialize(A); 1473 Function *F = getAssociatedFunction(); 1474 if (!F || F->isDeclaration()) 1475 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 1476 } 1477 1478 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 1479 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 1480 // TODO: Once we have call site specific value information we can provide 1481 // call site specific liveness information and then it makes 1482 // sense to specialize attributes for call sites arguments instead of 1483 // redirecting requests to the callee argument. 1484 Function *F = getAssociatedFunction(); 1485 const IRPosition &FnPos = IRPosition::function(*F); 1486 auto &FnAA = A.getAAFor<AANoUnwind>(*this, FnPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 1487 return clampStateAndIndicateChange(getState(), FnAA.getState()); 1488 } 1489 1490 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 1491 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_CS_ATTR(nounwind); } 1492 }; 1493 1494 /// --------------------- Function Return Values ------------------------------- 1495 1496 /// "Attribute" that collects all potential returned values and the return 1497 /// instructions that they arise from. 1498 /// 1499 /// If there is a unique returned value R, the manifest method will: 1500 /// - mark R with the "returned" attribute, if R is an argument. 1501 class AAReturnedValuesImpl : public AAReturnedValues, public AbstractState { 1502 1503 /// Mapping of values potentially returned by the associated function to the 1504 /// return instructions that might return them. 1505 MapVector<Value *, SmallSetVector<ReturnInst *, 4>> ReturnedValues; 1506 1507 /// State flags 1508 /// 1509 ///{ 1510 bool IsFixed = false; 1511 bool IsValidState = true; 1512 ///} 1513 1514 public: 1515 AAReturnedValuesImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 1516 : AAReturnedValues(IRP, A) {} 1517 1518 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 1519 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 1520 // Reset the state. 1521 IsFixed = false; 1522 IsValidState = true; 1523 ReturnedValues.clear(); 1524 1525 Function *F = getAssociatedFunction(); 1526 if (!F || F->isDeclaration()) { 1527 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 1528 return; 1529 } 1530 assert(!F->getReturnType()->isVoidTy() && 1531 "Did not expect a void return type!"); 1532 1533 // The map from instruction opcodes to those instructions in the function. 1534 auto &OpcodeInstMap = A.getInfoCache().getOpcodeInstMapForFunction(*F); 1535 1536 // Look through all arguments, if one is marked as returned we are done. 1537 for (Argument &Arg : F->args()) { 1538 if (Arg.hasReturnedAttr()) { 1539 auto &ReturnInstSet = ReturnedValues[&Arg]; 1540 if (auto *Insts = OpcodeInstMap.lookup(Instruction::Ret)) 1541 for (Instruction *RI : *Insts) 1542 ReturnInstSet.insert(cast<ReturnInst>(RI)); 1543 1544 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 1545 return; 1546 } 1547 } 1548 1549 if (!A.isFunctionIPOAmendable(*F)) 1550 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 1551 } 1552 1553 /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...). 1554 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override; 1555 1556 /// See AbstractAttribute::getState(...). 1557 AbstractState &getState() override { return *this; } 1558 1559 /// See AbstractAttribute::getState(...). 1560 const AbstractState &getState() const override { return *this; } 1561 1562 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(Attributor &A). 1563 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override; 1564 1565 llvm::iterator_range<iterator> returned_values() override { 1566 return llvm::make_range(ReturnedValues.begin(), ReturnedValues.end()); 1567 } 1568 1569 llvm::iterator_range<const_iterator> returned_values() const override { 1570 return llvm::make_range(ReturnedValues.begin(), ReturnedValues.end()); 1571 } 1572 1573 /// Return the number of potential return values, -1 if unknown. 1574 size_t getNumReturnValues() const override { 1575 return isValidState() ? ReturnedValues.size() : -1; 1576 } 1577 1578 /// Return an assumed unique return value if a single candidate is found. If 1579 /// there cannot be one, return a nullptr. If it is not clear yet, return the 1580 /// Optional::NoneType. 1581 Optional<Value *> getAssumedUniqueReturnValue(Attributor &A) const; 1582 1583 /// See AbstractState::checkForAllReturnedValues(...). 1584 bool checkForAllReturnedValuesAndReturnInsts( 1585 function_ref<bool(Value &, const SmallSetVector<ReturnInst *, 4> &)> Pred) 1586 const override; 1587 1588 /// Pretty print the attribute similar to the IR representation. 1589 const std::string getAsStr() const override; 1590 1591 /// See AbstractState::isAtFixpoint(). 1592 bool isAtFixpoint() const override { return IsFixed; } 1593 1594 /// See AbstractState::isValidState(). 1595 bool isValidState() const override { return IsValidState; } 1596 1597 /// See AbstractState::indicateOptimisticFixpoint(...). 1598 ChangeStatus indicateOptimisticFixpoint() override { 1599 IsFixed = true; 1600 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 1601 } 1602 1603 ChangeStatus indicatePessimisticFixpoint() override { 1604 IsFixed = true; 1605 IsValidState = false; 1606 return ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 1607 } 1608 }; 1609 1610 ChangeStatus AAReturnedValuesImpl::manifest(Attributor &A) { 1611 ChangeStatus Changed = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 1612 1613 // Bookkeeping. 1614 assert(isValidState()); 1615 STATS_DECLTRACK(KnownReturnValues, FunctionReturn, 1616 "Number of function with known return values"); 1617 1618 // Check if we have an assumed unique return value that we could manifest. 1619 Optional<Value *> UniqueRV = getAssumedUniqueReturnValue(A); 1620 1621 if (!UniqueRV.hasValue() || !UniqueRV.getValue()) 1622 return Changed; 1623 1624 // Bookkeeping. 1625 STATS_DECLTRACK(UniqueReturnValue, FunctionReturn, 1626 "Number of function with unique return"); 1627 // If the assumed unique return value is an argument, annotate it. 1628 if (auto *UniqueRVArg = dyn_cast<Argument>(UniqueRV.getValue())) { 1629 if (UniqueRVArg->getType()->canLosslesslyBitCastTo( 1630 getAssociatedFunction()->getReturnType())) { 1631 getIRPosition() = IRPosition::argument(*UniqueRVArg); 1632 Changed = IRAttribute::manifest(A); 1633 } 1634 } 1635 return Changed; 1636 } 1637 1638 const std::string AAReturnedValuesImpl::getAsStr() const { 1639 return (isAtFixpoint() ? "returns(#" : "may-return(#") + 1640 (isValidState() ? std::to_string(getNumReturnValues()) : "?") + ")"; 1641 } 1642 1643 Optional<Value *> 1644 AAReturnedValuesImpl::getAssumedUniqueReturnValue(Attributor &A) const { 1645 // If checkForAllReturnedValues provides a unique value, ignoring potential 1646 // undef values that can also be present, it is assumed to be the actual 1647 // return value and forwarded to the caller of this method. If there are 1648 // multiple, a nullptr is returned indicating there cannot be a unique 1649 // returned value. 1650 Optional<Value *> UniqueRV; 1651 Type *Ty = getAssociatedFunction()->getReturnType(); 1652 1653 auto Pred = [&](Value &RV) -> bool { 1654 UniqueRV = AA::combineOptionalValuesInAAValueLatice(UniqueRV, &RV, Ty); 1655 return UniqueRV != Optional<Value *>(nullptr); 1656 }; 1657 1658 if (!A.checkForAllReturnedValues(Pred, *this)) 1659 UniqueRV = nullptr; 1660 1661 return UniqueRV; 1662 } 1663 1664 bool AAReturnedValuesImpl::checkForAllReturnedValuesAndReturnInsts( 1665 function_ref<bool(Value &, const SmallSetVector<ReturnInst *, 4> &)> Pred) 1666 const { 1667 if (!isValidState()) 1668 return false; 1669 1670 // Check all returned values but ignore call sites as long as we have not 1671 // encountered an overdefined one during an update. 1672 for (auto &It : ReturnedValues) { 1673 Value *RV = It.first; 1674 if (!Pred(*RV, It.second)) 1675 return false; 1676 } 1677 1678 return true; 1679 } 1680 1681 ChangeStatus AAReturnedValuesImpl::updateImpl(Attributor &A) { 1682 ChangeStatus Changed = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 1683 1684 auto ReturnValueCB = [&](Value &V, const Instruction *CtxI, ReturnInst &Ret, 1685 bool) -> bool { 1686 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 1687 Optional<Value *> SimpleRetVal = 1688 A.getAssumedSimplified(V, *this, UsedAssumedInformation); 1689 if (!SimpleRetVal.hasValue()) 1690 return true; 1691 if (!SimpleRetVal.getValue()) 1692 return false; 1693 Value *RetVal = *SimpleRetVal; 1694 assert(AA::isValidInScope(*RetVal, Ret.getFunction()) && 1695 "Assumed returned value should be valid in function scope!"); 1696 if (ReturnedValues[RetVal].insert(&Ret)) 1697 Changed = ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 1698 return true; 1699 }; 1700 1701 auto ReturnInstCB = [&](Instruction &I) { 1702 ReturnInst &Ret = cast<ReturnInst>(I); 1703 return genericValueTraversal<ReturnInst>( 1704 A, IRPosition::value(*Ret.getReturnValue()), *this, Ret, ReturnValueCB, 1705 &I); 1706 }; 1707 1708 // Discover returned values from all live returned instructions in the 1709 // associated function. 1710 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 1711 if (!A.checkForAllInstructions(ReturnInstCB, *this, {Instruction::Ret}, 1712 UsedAssumedInformation)) 1713 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 1714 return Changed; 1715 } 1716 1717 struct AAReturnedValuesFunction final : public AAReturnedValuesImpl { 1718 AAReturnedValuesFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 1719 : AAReturnedValuesImpl(IRP, A) {} 1720 1721 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 1722 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(returned) } 1723 }; 1724 1725 /// Returned values information for a call sites. 1726 struct AAReturnedValuesCallSite final : AAReturnedValuesImpl { 1727 AAReturnedValuesCallSite(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 1728 : AAReturnedValuesImpl(IRP, A) {} 1729 1730 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 1731 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 1732 // TODO: Once we have call site specific value information we can provide 1733 // call site specific liveness information and then it makes 1734 // sense to specialize attributes for call sites instead of 1735 // redirecting requests to the callee. 1736 llvm_unreachable("Abstract attributes for returned values are not " 1737 "supported for call sites yet!"); 1738 } 1739 1740 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 1741 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 1742 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 1743 } 1744 1745 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 1746 void trackStatistics() const override {} 1747 }; 1748 1749 /// ------------------------ NoSync Function Attribute ------------------------- 1750 1751 struct AANoSyncImpl : AANoSync { 1752 AANoSyncImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : AANoSync(IRP, A) {} 1753 1754 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 1755 return getAssumed() ? "nosync" : "may-sync"; 1756 } 1757 1758 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 1759 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override; 1760 1761 /// Helper function used to determine whether an instruction is non-relaxed 1762 /// atomic. In other words, if an atomic instruction does not have unordered 1763 /// or monotonic ordering 1764 static bool isNonRelaxedAtomic(Instruction *I); 1765 1766 /// Helper function specific for intrinsics which are potentially volatile 1767 static bool isNoSyncIntrinsic(Instruction *I); 1768 }; 1769 1770 bool AANoSyncImpl::isNonRelaxedAtomic(Instruction *I) { 1771 if (!I->isAtomic()) 1772 return false; 1773 1774 if (auto *FI = dyn_cast<FenceInst>(I)) 1775 // All legal orderings for fence are stronger than monotonic. 1776 return FI->getSyncScopeID() != SyncScope::SingleThread; 1777 else if (auto *AI = dyn_cast<AtomicCmpXchgInst>(I)) { 1778 // Unordered is not a legal ordering for cmpxchg. 1779 return (AI->getSuccessOrdering() != AtomicOrdering::Monotonic || 1780 AI->getFailureOrdering() != AtomicOrdering::Monotonic); 1781 } 1782 1783 AtomicOrdering Ordering; 1784 switch (I->getOpcode()) { 1785 case Instruction::AtomicRMW: 1786 Ordering = cast<AtomicRMWInst>(I)->getOrdering(); 1787 break; 1788 case Instruction::Store: 1789 Ordering = cast<StoreInst>(I)->getOrdering(); 1790 break; 1791 case Instruction::Load: 1792 Ordering = cast<LoadInst>(I)->getOrdering(); 1793 break; 1794 default: 1795 llvm_unreachable( 1796 "New atomic operations need to be known in the attributor."); 1797 } 1798 1799 return (Ordering != AtomicOrdering::Unordered && 1800 Ordering != AtomicOrdering::Monotonic); 1801 } 1802 1803 /// Return true if this intrinsic is nosync. This is only used for intrinsics 1804 /// which would be nosync except that they have a volatile flag. All other 1805 /// intrinsics are simply annotated with the nosync attribute in Intrinsics.td. 1806 bool AANoSyncImpl::isNoSyncIntrinsic(Instruction *I) { 1807 if (auto *MI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(I)) 1808 return !MI->isVolatile(); 1809 return false; 1810 } 1811 1812 ChangeStatus AANoSyncImpl::updateImpl(Attributor &A) { 1813 1814 auto CheckRWInstForNoSync = [&](Instruction &I) { 1815 /// We are looking for volatile instructions or Non-Relaxed atomics. 1816 1817 if (const auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(&I)) { 1818 if (CB->hasFnAttr(Attribute::NoSync)) 1819 return true; 1820 1821 if (isNoSyncIntrinsic(&I)) 1822 return true; 1823 1824 const auto &NoSyncAA = A.getAAFor<AANoSync>( 1825 *this, IRPosition::callsite_function(*CB), DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 1826 return NoSyncAA.isAssumedNoSync(); 1827 } 1828 1829 if (!I.isVolatile() && !isNonRelaxedAtomic(&I)) 1830 return true; 1831 1832 return false; 1833 }; 1834 1835 auto CheckForNoSync = [&](Instruction &I) { 1836 // At this point we handled all read/write effects and they are all 1837 // nosync, so they can be skipped. 1838 if (I.mayReadOrWriteMemory()) 1839 return true; 1840 1841 // non-convergent and readnone imply nosync. 1842 return !cast<CallBase>(I).isConvergent(); 1843 }; 1844 1845 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 1846 if (!A.checkForAllReadWriteInstructions(CheckRWInstForNoSync, *this, 1847 UsedAssumedInformation) || 1848 !A.checkForAllCallLikeInstructions(CheckForNoSync, *this, 1849 UsedAssumedInformation)) 1850 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 1851 1852 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 1853 } 1854 1855 struct AANoSyncFunction final : public AANoSyncImpl { 1856 AANoSyncFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 1857 : AANoSyncImpl(IRP, A) {} 1858 1859 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 1860 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(nosync) } 1861 }; 1862 1863 /// NoSync attribute deduction for a call sites. 1864 struct AANoSyncCallSite final : AANoSyncImpl { 1865 AANoSyncCallSite(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 1866 : AANoSyncImpl(IRP, A) {} 1867 1868 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 1869 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 1870 AANoSyncImpl::initialize(A); 1871 Function *F = getAssociatedFunction(); 1872 if (!F || F->isDeclaration()) 1873 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 1874 } 1875 1876 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 1877 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 1878 // TODO: Once we have call site specific value information we can provide 1879 // call site specific liveness information and then it makes 1880 // sense to specialize attributes for call sites arguments instead of 1881 // redirecting requests to the callee argument. 1882 Function *F = getAssociatedFunction(); 1883 const IRPosition &FnPos = IRPosition::function(*F); 1884 auto &FnAA = A.getAAFor<AANoSync>(*this, FnPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 1885 return clampStateAndIndicateChange(getState(), FnAA.getState()); 1886 } 1887 1888 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 1889 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_CS_ATTR(nosync); } 1890 }; 1891 1892 /// ------------------------ No-Free Attributes ---------------------------- 1893 1894 struct AANoFreeImpl : public AANoFree { 1895 AANoFreeImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : AANoFree(IRP, A) {} 1896 1897 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 1898 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 1899 auto CheckForNoFree = [&](Instruction &I) { 1900 const auto &CB = cast<CallBase>(I); 1901 if (CB.hasFnAttr(Attribute::NoFree)) 1902 return true; 1903 1904 const auto &NoFreeAA = A.getAAFor<AANoFree>( 1905 *this, IRPosition::callsite_function(CB), DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 1906 return NoFreeAA.isAssumedNoFree(); 1907 }; 1908 1909 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 1910 if (!A.checkForAllCallLikeInstructions(CheckForNoFree, *this, 1911 UsedAssumedInformation)) 1912 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 1913 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 1914 } 1915 1916 /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr(). 1917 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 1918 return getAssumed() ? "nofree" : "may-free"; 1919 } 1920 }; 1921 1922 struct AANoFreeFunction final : public AANoFreeImpl { 1923 AANoFreeFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 1924 : AANoFreeImpl(IRP, A) {} 1925 1926 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 1927 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(nofree) } 1928 }; 1929 1930 /// NoFree attribute deduction for a call sites. 1931 struct AANoFreeCallSite final : AANoFreeImpl { 1932 AANoFreeCallSite(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 1933 : AANoFreeImpl(IRP, A) {} 1934 1935 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 1936 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 1937 AANoFreeImpl::initialize(A); 1938 Function *F = getAssociatedFunction(); 1939 if (!F || F->isDeclaration()) 1940 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 1941 } 1942 1943 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 1944 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 1945 // TODO: Once we have call site specific value information we can provide 1946 // call site specific liveness information and then it makes 1947 // sense to specialize attributes for call sites arguments instead of 1948 // redirecting requests to the callee argument. 1949 Function *F = getAssociatedFunction(); 1950 const IRPosition &FnPos = IRPosition::function(*F); 1951 auto &FnAA = A.getAAFor<AANoFree>(*this, FnPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 1952 return clampStateAndIndicateChange(getState(), FnAA.getState()); 1953 } 1954 1955 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 1956 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_CS_ATTR(nofree); } 1957 }; 1958 1959 /// NoFree attribute for floating values. 1960 struct AANoFreeFloating : AANoFreeImpl { 1961 AANoFreeFloating(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 1962 : AANoFreeImpl(IRP, A) {} 1963 1964 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 1965 void trackStatistics() const override{STATS_DECLTRACK_FLOATING_ATTR(nofree)} 1966 1967 /// See Abstract Attribute::updateImpl(...). 1968 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 1969 const IRPosition &IRP = getIRPosition(); 1970 1971 const auto &NoFreeAA = A.getAAFor<AANoFree>( 1972 *this, IRPosition::function_scope(IRP), DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 1973 if (NoFreeAA.isAssumedNoFree()) 1974 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 1975 1976 Value &AssociatedValue = getIRPosition().getAssociatedValue(); 1977 auto Pred = [&](const Use &U, bool &Follow) -> bool { 1978 Instruction *UserI = cast<Instruction>(U.getUser()); 1979 if (auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(UserI)) { 1980 if (CB->isBundleOperand(&U)) 1981 return false; 1982 if (!CB->isArgOperand(&U)) 1983 return true; 1984 unsigned ArgNo = CB->getArgOperandNo(&U); 1985 1986 const auto &NoFreeArg = A.getAAFor<AANoFree>( 1987 *this, IRPosition::callsite_argument(*CB, ArgNo), 1988 DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 1989 return NoFreeArg.isAssumedNoFree(); 1990 } 1991 1992 if (isa<GetElementPtrInst>(UserI) || isa<BitCastInst>(UserI) || 1993 isa<PHINode>(UserI) || isa<SelectInst>(UserI)) { 1994 Follow = true; 1995 return true; 1996 } 1997 if (isa<StoreInst>(UserI) || isa<LoadInst>(UserI) || 1998 isa<ReturnInst>(UserI)) 1999 return true; 2000 2001 // Unknown user. 2002 return false; 2003 }; 2004 if (!A.checkForAllUses(Pred, *this, AssociatedValue)) 2005 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 2006 2007 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 2008 } 2009 }; 2010 2011 /// NoFree attribute for a call site argument. 2012 struct AANoFreeArgument final : AANoFreeFloating { 2013 AANoFreeArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 2014 : AANoFreeFloating(IRP, A) {} 2015 2016 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 2017 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(nofree) } 2018 }; 2019 2020 /// NoFree attribute for call site arguments. 2021 struct AANoFreeCallSiteArgument final : AANoFreeFloating { 2022 AANoFreeCallSiteArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 2023 : AANoFreeFloating(IRP, A) {} 2024 2025 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 2026 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 2027 // TODO: Once we have call site specific value information we can provide 2028 // call site specific liveness information and then it makes 2029 // sense to specialize attributes for call sites arguments instead of 2030 // redirecting requests to the callee argument. 2031 Argument *Arg = getAssociatedArgument(); 2032 if (!Arg) 2033 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 2034 const IRPosition &ArgPos = IRPosition::argument(*Arg); 2035 auto &ArgAA = A.getAAFor<AANoFree>(*this, ArgPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 2036 return clampStateAndIndicateChange(getState(), ArgAA.getState()); 2037 } 2038 2039 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 2040 void trackStatistics() const override{STATS_DECLTRACK_CSARG_ATTR(nofree)}; 2041 }; 2042 2043 /// NoFree attribute for function return value. 2044 struct AANoFreeReturned final : AANoFreeFloating { 2045 AANoFreeReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 2046 : AANoFreeFloating(IRP, A) { 2047 llvm_unreachable("NoFree is not applicable to function returns!"); 2048 } 2049 2050 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 2051 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 2052 llvm_unreachable("NoFree is not applicable to function returns!"); 2053 } 2054 2055 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 2056 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 2057 llvm_unreachable("NoFree is not applicable to function returns!"); 2058 } 2059 2060 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 2061 void trackStatistics() const override {} 2062 }; 2063 2064 /// NoFree attribute deduction for a call site return value. 2065 struct AANoFreeCallSiteReturned final : AANoFreeFloating { 2066 AANoFreeCallSiteReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 2067 : AANoFreeFloating(IRP, A) {} 2068 2069 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 2070 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 2071 } 2072 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 2073 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_CSRET_ATTR(nofree) } 2074 }; 2075 2076 /// ------------------------ NonNull Argument Attribute ------------------------ 2077 static int64_t getKnownNonNullAndDerefBytesForUse( 2078 Attributor &A, const AbstractAttribute &QueryingAA, Value &AssociatedValue, 2079 const Use *U, const Instruction *I, bool &IsNonNull, bool &TrackUse) { 2080 TrackUse = false; 2081 2082 const Value *UseV = U->get(); 2083 if (!UseV->getType()->isPointerTy()) 2084 return 0; 2085 2086 // We need to follow common pointer manipulation uses to the accesses they 2087 // feed into. We can try to be smart to avoid looking through things we do not 2088 // like for now, e.g., non-inbounds GEPs. 2089 if (isa<CastInst>(I)) { 2090 TrackUse = true; 2091 return 0; 2092 } 2093 2094 if (isa<GetElementPtrInst>(I)) { 2095 TrackUse = true; 2096 return 0; 2097 } 2098 2099 Type *PtrTy = UseV->getType(); 2100 const Function *F = I->getFunction(); 2101 bool NullPointerIsDefined = 2102 F ? llvm::NullPointerIsDefined(F, PtrTy->getPointerAddressSpace()) : true; 2103 const DataLayout &DL = A.getInfoCache().getDL(); 2104 if (const auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(I)) { 2105 if (CB->isBundleOperand(U)) { 2106 if (RetainedKnowledge RK = getKnowledgeFromUse( 2107 U, {Attribute::NonNull, Attribute::Dereferenceable})) { 2108 IsNonNull |= 2109 (RK.AttrKind == Attribute::NonNull || !NullPointerIsDefined); 2110 return RK.ArgValue; 2111 } 2112 return 0; 2113 } 2114 2115 if (CB->isCallee(U)) { 2116 IsNonNull |= !NullPointerIsDefined; 2117 return 0; 2118 } 2119 2120 unsigned ArgNo = CB->getArgOperandNo(U); 2121 IRPosition IRP = IRPosition::callsite_argument(*CB, ArgNo); 2122 // As long as we only use known information there is no need to track 2123 // dependences here. 2124 auto &DerefAA = 2125 A.getAAFor<AADereferenceable>(QueryingAA, IRP, DepClassTy::NONE); 2126 IsNonNull |= DerefAA.isKnownNonNull(); 2127 return DerefAA.getKnownDereferenceableBytes(); 2128 } 2129 2130 int64_t Offset; 2131 const Value *Base = 2132 getMinimalBaseOfAccsesPointerOperand(A, QueryingAA, I, Offset, DL); 2133 if (Base) { 2134 if (Base == &AssociatedValue && 2135 getPointerOperand(I, /* AllowVolatile */ false) == UseV) { 2136 int64_t DerefBytes = 2137 (int64_t)DL.getTypeStoreSize(PtrTy->getPointerElementType()) + Offset; 2138 2139 IsNonNull |= !NullPointerIsDefined; 2140 return std::max(int64_t(0), DerefBytes); 2141 } 2142 } 2143 2144 /// Corner case when an offset is 0. 2145 Base = getBasePointerOfAccessPointerOperand(I, Offset, DL, 2146 /*AllowNonInbounds*/ true); 2147 if (Base) { 2148 if (Offset == 0 && Base == &AssociatedValue && 2149 getPointerOperand(I, /* AllowVolatile */ false) == UseV) { 2150 int64_t DerefBytes = 2151 (int64_t)DL.getTypeStoreSize(PtrTy->getPointerElementType()); 2152 IsNonNull |= !NullPointerIsDefined; 2153 return std::max(int64_t(0), DerefBytes); 2154 } 2155 } 2156 2157 return 0; 2158 } 2159 2160 struct AANonNullImpl : AANonNull { 2161 AANonNullImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 2162 : AANonNull(IRP, A), 2163 NullIsDefined(NullPointerIsDefined( 2164 getAnchorScope(), 2165 getAssociatedValue().getType()->getPointerAddressSpace())) {} 2166 2167 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 2168 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 2169 Value &V = getAssociatedValue(); 2170 if (!NullIsDefined && 2171 hasAttr({Attribute::NonNull, Attribute::Dereferenceable}, 2172 /* IgnoreSubsumingPositions */ false, &A)) { 2173 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 2174 return; 2175 } 2176 2177 if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(V)) { 2178 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 2179 return; 2180 } 2181 2182 AANonNull::initialize(A); 2183 2184 bool CanBeNull, CanBeFreed; 2185 if (V.getPointerDereferenceableBytes(A.getDataLayout(), CanBeNull, 2186 CanBeFreed)) { 2187 if (!CanBeNull) { 2188 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 2189 return; 2190 } 2191 } 2192 2193 if (isa<GlobalValue>(&getAssociatedValue())) { 2194 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 2195 return; 2196 } 2197 2198 if (Instruction *CtxI = getCtxI()) 2199 followUsesInMBEC(*this, A, getState(), *CtxI); 2200 } 2201 2202 /// See followUsesInMBEC 2203 bool followUseInMBEC(Attributor &A, const Use *U, const Instruction *I, 2204 AANonNull::StateType &State) { 2205 bool IsNonNull = false; 2206 bool TrackUse = false; 2207 getKnownNonNullAndDerefBytesForUse(A, *this, getAssociatedValue(), U, I, 2208 IsNonNull, TrackUse); 2209 State.setKnown(IsNonNull); 2210 return TrackUse; 2211 } 2212 2213 /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr(). 2214 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 2215 return getAssumed() ? "nonnull" : "may-null"; 2216 } 2217 2218 /// Flag to determine if the underlying value can be null and still allow 2219 /// valid accesses. 2220 const bool NullIsDefined; 2221 }; 2222 2223 /// NonNull attribute for a floating value. 2224 struct AANonNullFloating : public AANonNullImpl { 2225 AANonNullFloating(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 2226 : AANonNullImpl(IRP, A) {} 2227 2228 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 2229 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 2230 const DataLayout &DL = A.getDataLayout(); 2231 2232 DominatorTree *DT = nullptr; 2233 AssumptionCache *AC = nullptr; 2234 InformationCache &InfoCache = A.getInfoCache(); 2235 if (const Function *Fn = getAnchorScope()) { 2236 DT = InfoCache.getAnalysisResultForFunction<DominatorTreeAnalysis>(*Fn); 2237 AC = InfoCache.getAnalysisResultForFunction<AssumptionAnalysis>(*Fn); 2238 } 2239 2240 auto VisitValueCB = [&](Value &V, const Instruction *CtxI, 2241 AANonNull::StateType &T, bool Stripped) -> bool { 2242 const auto &AA = A.getAAFor<AANonNull>(*this, IRPosition::value(V), 2243 DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 2244 if (!Stripped && this == &AA) { 2245 if (!isKnownNonZero(&V, DL, 0, AC, CtxI, DT)) 2246 T.indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 2247 } else { 2248 // Use abstract attribute information. 2249 const AANonNull::StateType &NS = AA.getState(); 2250 T ^= NS; 2251 } 2252 return T.isValidState(); 2253 }; 2254 2255 StateType T; 2256 if (!genericValueTraversal<StateType>(A, getIRPosition(), *this, T, 2257 VisitValueCB, getCtxI())) 2258 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 2259 2260 return clampStateAndIndicateChange(getState(), T); 2261 } 2262 2263 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 2264 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_FNRET_ATTR(nonnull) } 2265 }; 2266 2267 /// NonNull attribute for function return value. 2268 struct AANonNullReturned final 2269 : AAReturnedFromReturnedValues<AANonNull, AANonNull> { 2270 AANonNullReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 2271 : AAReturnedFromReturnedValues<AANonNull, AANonNull>(IRP, A) {} 2272 2273 /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr(). 2274 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 2275 return getAssumed() ? "nonnull" : "may-null"; 2276 } 2277 2278 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 2279 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_FNRET_ATTR(nonnull) } 2280 }; 2281 2282 /// NonNull attribute for function argument. 2283 struct AANonNullArgument final 2284 : AAArgumentFromCallSiteArguments<AANonNull, AANonNullImpl> { 2285 AANonNullArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 2286 : AAArgumentFromCallSiteArguments<AANonNull, AANonNullImpl>(IRP, A) {} 2287 2288 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 2289 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(nonnull) } 2290 }; 2291 2292 struct AANonNullCallSiteArgument final : AANonNullFloating { 2293 AANonNullCallSiteArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 2294 : AANonNullFloating(IRP, A) {} 2295 2296 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 2297 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_CSARG_ATTR(nonnull) } 2298 }; 2299 2300 /// NonNull attribute for a call site return position. 2301 struct AANonNullCallSiteReturned final 2302 : AACallSiteReturnedFromReturned<AANonNull, AANonNullImpl> { 2303 AANonNullCallSiteReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 2304 : AACallSiteReturnedFromReturned<AANonNull, AANonNullImpl>(IRP, A) {} 2305 2306 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 2307 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_CSRET_ATTR(nonnull) } 2308 }; 2309 2310 /// ------------------------ No-Recurse Attributes ---------------------------- 2311 2312 struct AANoRecurseImpl : public AANoRecurse { 2313 AANoRecurseImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : AANoRecurse(IRP, A) {} 2314 2315 /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr() 2316 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 2317 return getAssumed() ? "norecurse" : "may-recurse"; 2318 } 2319 }; 2320 2321 struct AANoRecurseFunction final : AANoRecurseImpl { 2322 AANoRecurseFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 2323 : AANoRecurseImpl(IRP, A) {} 2324 2325 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 2326 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 2327 AANoRecurseImpl::initialize(A); 2328 if (const Function *F = getAnchorScope()) 2329 if (A.getInfoCache().getSccSize(*F) != 1) 2330 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 2331 } 2332 2333 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 2334 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 2335 2336 // If all live call sites are known to be no-recurse, we are as well. 2337 auto CallSitePred = [&](AbstractCallSite ACS) { 2338 const auto &NoRecurseAA = A.getAAFor<AANoRecurse>( 2339 *this, IRPosition::function(*ACS.getInstruction()->getFunction()), 2340 DepClassTy::NONE); 2341 return NoRecurseAA.isKnownNoRecurse(); 2342 }; 2343 bool AllCallSitesKnown; 2344 if (A.checkForAllCallSites(CallSitePred, *this, true, AllCallSitesKnown)) { 2345 // If we know all call sites and all are known no-recurse, we are done. 2346 // If all known call sites, which might not be all that exist, are known 2347 // to be no-recurse, we are not done but we can continue to assume 2348 // no-recurse. If one of the call sites we have not visited will become 2349 // live, another update is triggered. 2350 if (AllCallSitesKnown) 2351 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 2352 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 2353 } 2354 2355 // If the above check does not hold anymore we look at the calls. 2356 auto CheckForNoRecurse = [&](Instruction &I) { 2357 const auto &CB = cast<CallBase>(I); 2358 if (CB.hasFnAttr(Attribute::NoRecurse)) 2359 return true; 2360 2361 const auto &NoRecurseAA = A.getAAFor<AANoRecurse>( 2362 *this, IRPosition::callsite_function(CB), DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 2363 if (!NoRecurseAA.isAssumedNoRecurse()) 2364 return false; 2365 2366 // Recursion to the same function 2367 if (CB.getCalledFunction() == getAnchorScope()) 2368 return false; 2369 2370 return true; 2371 }; 2372 2373 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 2374 if (!A.checkForAllCallLikeInstructions(CheckForNoRecurse, *this, 2375 UsedAssumedInformation)) 2376 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 2377 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 2378 } 2379 2380 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(norecurse) } 2381 }; 2382 2383 /// NoRecurse attribute deduction for a call sites. 2384 struct AANoRecurseCallSite final : AANoRecurseImpl { 2385 AANoRecurseCallSite(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 2386 : AANoRecurseImpl(IRP, A) {} 2387 2388 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 2389 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 2390 AANoRecurseImpl::initialize(A); 2391 Function *F = getAssociatedFunction(); 2392 if (!F || F->isDeclaration()) 2393 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 2394 } 2395 2396 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 2397 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 2398 // TODO: Once we have call site specific value information we can provide 2399 // call site specific liveness information and then it makes 2400 // sense to specialize attributes for call sites arguments instead of 2401 // redirecting requests to the callee argument. 2402 Function *F = getAssociatedFunction(); 2403 const IRPosition &FnPos = IRPosition::function(*F); 2404 auto &FnAA = A.getAAFor<AANoRecurse>(*this, FnPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 2405 return clampStateAndIndicateChange(getState(), FnAA.getState()); 2406 } 2407 2408 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 2409 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_CS_ATTR(norecurse); } 2410 }; 2411 2412 /// -------------------- Undefined-Behavior Attributes ------------------------ 2413 2414 struct AAUndefinedBehaviorImpl : public AAUndefinedBehavior { 2415 AAUndefinedBehaviorImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 2416 : AAUndefinedBehavior(IRP, A) {} 2417 2418 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 2419 // through a pointer (i.e. also branches etc.) 2420 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 2421 const size_t UBPrevSize = KnownUBInsts.size(); 2422 const size_t NoUBPrevSize = AssumedNoUBInsts.size(); 2423 2424 auto InspectMemAccessInstForUB = [&](Instruction &I) { 2425 // Lang ref now states volatile store is not UB, let's skip them. 2426 if (I.isVolatile() && I.mayWriteToMemory()) 2427 return true; 2428 2429 // Skip instructions that are already saved. 2430 if (AssumedNoUBInsts.count(&I) || KnownUBInsts.count(&I)) 2431 return true; 2432 2433 // If we reach here, we know we have an instruction 2434 // that accesses memory through a pointer operand, 2435 // for which getPointerOperand() should give it to us. 2436 Value *PtrOp = 2437 const_cast<Value *>(getPointerOperand(&I, /* AllowVolatile */ true)); 2438 assert(PtrOp && 2439 "Expected pointer operand of memory accessing instruction"); 2440 2441 // Either we stopped and the appropriate action was taken, 2442 // or we got back a simplified value to continue. 2443 Optional<Value *> SimplifiedPtrOp = stopOnUndefOrAssumed(A, PtrOp, &I); 2444 if (!SimplifiedPtrOp.hasValue() || !SimplifiedPtrOp.getValue()) 2445 return true; 2446 const Value *PtrOpVal = SimplifiedPtrOp.getValue(); 2447 2448 // A memory access through a pointer is considered UB 2449 // only if the pointer has constant null value. 2450 // TODO: Expand it to not only check constant values. 2451 if (!isa<ConstantPointerNull>(PtrOpVal)) { 2452 AssumedNoUBInsts.insert(&I); 2453 return true; 2454 } 2455 const Type *PtrTy = PtrOpVal->getType(); 2456 2457 // Because we only consider instructions inside functions, 2458 // assume that a parent function exists. 2459 const Function *F = I.getFunction(); 2460 2461 // A memory access using constant null pointer is only considered UB 2462 // if null pointer is _not_ defined for the target platform. 2463 if (llvm::NullPointerIsDefined(F, PtrTy->getPointerAddressSpace())) 2464 AssumedNoUBInsts.insert(&I); 2465 else 2466 KnownUBInsts.insert(&I); 2467 return true; 2468 }; 2469 2470 auto InspectBrInstForUB = [&](Instruction &I) { 2471 // A conditional branch instruction is considered UB if it has `undef` 2472 // condition. 2473 2474 // Skip instructions that are already saved. 2475 if (AssumedNoUBInsts.count(&I) || KnownUBInsts.count(&I)) 2476 return true; 2477 2478 // We know we have a branch instruction. 2479 auto *BrInst = cast<BranchInst>(&I); 2480 2481 // Unconditional branches are never considered UB. 2482 if (BrInst->isUnconditional()) 2483 return true; 2484 2485 // Either we stopped and the appropriate action was taken, 2486 // or we got back a simplified value to continue. 2487 Optional<Value *> SimplifiedCond = 2488 stopOnUndefOrAssumed(A, BrInst->getCondition(), BrInst); 2489 if (!SimplifiedCond.hasValue() || !SimplifiedCond.getValue()) 2490 return true; 2491 AssumedNoUBInsts.insert(&I); 2492 return true; 2493 }; 2494 2495 auto InspectCallSiteForUB = [&](Instruction &I) { 2496 // Check whether a callsite always cause UB or not 2497 2498 // Skip instructions that are already saved. 2499 if (AssumedNoUBInsts.count(&I) || KnownUBInsts.count(&I)) 2500 return true; 2501 2502 // Check nonnull and noundef argument attribute violation for each 2503 // callsite. 2504 CallBase &CB = cast<CallBase>(I); 2505 Function *Callee = CB.getCalledFunction(); 2506 if (!Callee) 2507 return true; 2508 for (unsigned idx = 0; idx < CB.arg_size(); idx++) { 2509 // If current argument is known to be simplified to null pointer and the 2510 // corresponding argument position is known to have nonnull attribute, 2511 // the argument is poison. Furthermore, if the argument is poison and 2512 // the position is known to have noundef attriubte, this callsite is 2513 // considered UB. 2514 if (idx >= Callee->arg_size()) 2515 break; 2516 Value *ArgVal = CB.getArgOperand(idx); 2517 if (!ArgVal) 2518 continue; 2519 // Here, we handle three cases. 2520 // (1) Not having a value means it is dead. (we can replace the value 2521 // with undef) 2522 // (2) Simplified to undef. The argument violate noundef attriubte. 2523 // (3) Simplified to null pointer where known to be nonnull. 2524 // The argument is a poison value and violate noundef attribute. 2525 IRPosition CalleeArgumentIRP = IRPosition::callsite_argument(CB, idx); 2526 auto &NoUndefAA = 2527 A.getAAFor<AANoUndef>(*this, CalleeArgumentIRP, DepClassTy::NONE); 2528 if (!NoUndefAA.isKnownNoUndef()) 2529 continue; 2530 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 2531 Optional<Value *> SimplifiedVal = A.getAssumedSimplified( 2532 IRPosition::value(*ArgVal), *this, UsedAssumedInformation); 2533 if (UsedAssumedInformation) 2534 continue; 2535 if (SimplifiedVal.hasValue() && !SimplifiedVal.getValue()) 2536 return true; 2537 if (!SimplifiedVal.hasValue() || 2538 isa<UndefValue>(*SimplifiedVal.getValue())) { 2539 KnownUBInsts.insert(&I); 2540 continue; 2541 } 2542 if (!ArgVal->getType()->isPointerTy() || 2543 !isa<ConstantPointerNull>(*SimplifiedVal.getValue())) 2544 continue; 2545 auto &NonNullAA = 2546 A.getAAFor<AANonNull>(*this, CalleeArgumentIRP, DepClassTy::NONE); 2547 if (NonNullAA.isKnownNonNull()) 2548 KnownUBInsts.insert(&I); 2549 } 2550 return true; 2551 }; 2552 2553 auto InspectReturnInstForUB = 2554 [&](Value &V, const SmallSetVector<ReturnInst *, 4> RetInsts) { 2555 // Check if a return instruction always cause UB or not 2556 // Note: It is guaranteed that the returned position of the anchor 2557 // scope has noundef attribute when this is called. 2558 // We also ensure the return position is not "assumed dead" 2559 // because the returned value was then potentially simplified to 2560 // `undef` in AAReturnedValues without removing the `noundef` 2561 // attribute yet. 2562 2563 // When the returned position has noundef attriubte, UB occur in the 2564 // following cases. 2565 // (1) Returned value is known to be undef. 2566 // (2) The value is known to be a null pointer and the returned 2567 // position has nonnull attribute (because the returned value is 2568 // poison). 2569 bool FoundUB = false; 2570 if (isa<UndefValue>(V)) { 2571 FoundUB = true; 2572 } else { 2573 if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(V)) { 2574 auto &NonNullAA = A.getAAFor<AANonNull>( 2575 *this, IRPosition::returned(*getAnchorScope()), 2576 DepClassTy::NONE); 2577 if (NonNullAA.isKnownNonNull()) 2578 FoundUB = true; 2579 } 2580 } 2581 2582 if (FoundUB) 2583 for (ReturnInst *RI : RetInsts) 2584 KnownUBInsts.insert(RI); 2585 return true; 2586 }; 2587 2588 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 2589 A.checkForAllInstructions(InspectMemAccessInstForUB, *this, 2590 {Instruction::Load, Instruction::Store, 2591 Instruction::AtomicCmpXchg, 2592 Instruction::AtomicRMW}, 2593 UsedAssumedInformation, 2594 /* CheckBBLivenessOnly */ true); 2595 A.checkForAllInstructions(InspectBrInstForUB, *this, {Instruction::Br}, 2596 UsedAssumedInformation, 2597 /* CheckBBLivenessOnly */ true); 2598 A.checkForAllCallLikeInstructions(InspectCallSiteForUB, *this, 2599 UsedAssumedInformation); 2600 2601 // If the returned position of the anchor scope has noundef attriubte, check 2602 // all returned instructions. 2603 if (!getAnchorScope()->getReturnType()->isVoidTy()) { 2604 const IRPosition &ReturnIRP = IRPosition::returned(*getAnchorScope()); 2605 if (!A.isAssumedDead(ReturnIRP, this, nullptr, UsedAssumedInformation)) { 2606 auto &RetPosNoUndefAA = 2607 A.getAAFor<AANoUndef>(*this, ReturnIRP, DepClassTy::NONE); 2608 if (RetPosNoUndefAA.isKnownNoUndef()) 2609 A.checkForAllReturnedValuesAndReturnInsts(InspectReturnInstForUB, 2610 *this); 2611 } 2612 } 2613 2614 if (NoUBPrevSize != AssumedNoUBInsts.size() || 2615 UBPrevSize != KnownUBInsts.size()) 2616 return ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 2617 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 2618 } 2619 2620 bool isKnownToCauseUB(Instruction *I) const override { 2621 return KnownUBInsts.count(I); 2622 } 2623 2624 bool isAssumedToCauseUB(Instruction *I) const override { 2625 // In simple words, if an instruction is not in the assumed to _not_ 2626 // cause UB, then it is assumed UB (that includes those 2627 // in the KnownUBInsts set). The rest is boilerplate 2628 // is to ensure that it is one of the instructions we test 2629 // for UB. 2630 2631 switch (I->getOpcode()) { 2632 case Instruction::Load: 2633 case Instruction::Store: 2634 case Instruction::AtomicCmpXchg: 2635 case Instruction::AtomicRMW: 2636 return !AssumedNoUBInsts.count(I); 2637 case Instruction::Br: { 2638 auto BrInst = cast<BranchInst>(I); 2639 if (BrInst->isUnconditional()) 2640 return false; 2641 return !AssumedNoUBInsts.count(I); 2642 } break; 2643 default: 2644 return false; 2645 } 2646 return false; 2647 } 2648 2649 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 2650 if (KnownUBInsts.empty()) 2651 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 2652 for (Instruction *I : KnownUBInsts) 2653 A.changeToUnreachableAfterManifest(I); 2654 return ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 2655 } 2656 2657 /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr() 2658 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 2659 return getAssumed() ? "undefined-behavior" : "no-ub"; 2660 } 2661 2662 /// Note: The correctness of this analysis depends on the fact that the 2663 /// following 2 sets will stop changing after some point. 2664 /// "Change" here means that their size changes. 2665 /// The size of each set is monotonically increasing 2666 /// (we only add items to them) and it is upper bounded by the number of 2667 /// instructions in the processed function (we can never save more 2668 /// elements in either set than this number). Hence, at some point, 2669 /// they will stop increasing. 2670 /// Consequently, at some point, both sets will have stopped 2671 /// changing, effectively making the analysis reach a fixpoint. 2672 2673 /// Note: These 2 sets are disjoint and an instruction can be considered 2674 /// one of 3 things: 2675 /// 1) Known to cause UB (AAUndefinedBehavior could prove it) and put it in 2676 /// the KnownUBInsts set. 2677 /// 2) Assumed to cause UB (in every updateImpl, AAUndefinedBehavior 2678 /// has a reason to assume it). 2679 /// 3) Assumed to not cause UB. very other instruction - AAUndefinedBehavior 2680 /// could not find a reason to assume or prove that it can cause UB, 2681 /// hence it assumes it doesn't. We have a set for these instructions 2682 /// so that we don't reprocess them in every update. 2683 /// Note however that instructions in this set may cause UB. 2684 2685 protected: 2686 /// A set of all live instructions _known_ to cause UB. 2687 SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> KnownUBInsts; 2688 2689 private: 2690 /// A set of all the (live) instructions that are assumed to _not_ cause UB. 2691 SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> AssumedNoUBInsts; 2692 2693 // Should be called on updates in which if we're processing an instruction 2694 // \p I that depends on a value \p V, one of the following has to happen: 2695 // - If the value is assumed, then stop. 2696 // - If the value is known but undef, then consider it UB. 2697 // - Otherwise, do specific processing with the simplified value. 2698 // We return None in the first 2 cases to signify that an appropriate 2699 // action was taken and the caller should stop. 2700 // Otherwise, we return the simplified value that the caller should 2701 // use for specific processing. 2702 Optional<Value *> stopOnUndefOrAssumed(Attributor &A, Value *V, 2703 Instruction *I) { 2704 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 2705 Optional<Value *> SimplifiedV = A.getAssumedSimplified( 2706 IRPosition::value(*V), *this, UsedAssumedInformation); 2707 if (!UsedAssumedInformation) { 2708 // Don't depend on assumed values. 2709 if (!SimplifiedV.hasValue()) { 2710 // If it is known (which we tested above) but it doesn't have a value, 2711 // then we can assume `undef` and hence the instruction is UB. 2712 KnownUBInsts.insert(I); 2713 return llvm::None; 2714 } 2715 if (!SimplifiedV.getValue()) 2716 return nullptr; 2717 V = *SimplifiedV; 2718 } 2719 if (isa<UndefValue>(V)) { 2720 KnownUBInsts.insert(I); 2721 return llvm::None; 2722 } 2723 return V; 2724 } 2725 }; 2726 2727 struct AAUndefinedBehaviorFunction final : AAUndefinedBehaviorImpl { 2728 AAUndefinedBehaviorFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 2729 : AAUndefinedBehaviorImpl(IRP, A) {} 2730 2731 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 2732 void trackStatistics() const override { 2733 STATS_DECL(UndefinedBehaviorInstruction, Instruction, 2734 "Number of instructions known to have UB"); 2735 BUILD_STAT_NAME(UndefinedBehaviorInstruction, Instruction) += 2736 KnownUBInsts.size(); 2737 } 2738 }; 2739 2740 /// ------------------------ Will-Return Attributes ---------------------------- 2741 2742 // Helper function that checks whether a function has any cycle which we don't 2743 // know if it is bounded or not. 2744 // Loops with maximum trip count are considered bounded, any other cycle not. 2745 static bool mayContainUnboundedCycle(Function &F, Attributor &A) { 2746 ScalarEvolution *SE = 2747 A.getInfoCache().getAnalysisResultForFunction<ScalarEvolutionAnalysis>(F); 2748 LoopInfo *LI = A.getInfoCache().getAnalysisResultForFunction<LoopAnalysis>(F); 2749 // If either SCEV or LoopInfo is not available for the function then we assume 2750 // any cycle to be unbounded cycle. 2751 // We use scc_iterator which uses Tarjan algorithm to find all the maximal 2752 // SCCs.To detect if there's a cycle, we only need to find the maximal ones. 2753 if (!SE || !LI) { 2754 for (scc_iterator<Function *> SCCI = scc_begin(&F); !SCCI.isAtEnd(); ++SCCI) 2755 if (SCCI.hasCycle()) 2756 return true; 2757 return false; 2758 } 2759 2760 // If there's irreducible control, the function may contain non-loop cycles. 2761 if (mayContainIrreducibleControl(F, LI)) 2762 return true; 2763 2764 // Any loop that does not have a max trip count is considered unbounded cycle. 2765 for (auto *L : LI->getLoopsInPreorder()) { 2766 if (!SE->getSmallConstantMaxTripCount(L)) 2767 return true; 2768 } 2769 return false; 2770 } 2771 2772 struct AAWillReturnImpl : public AAWillReturn { 2773 AAWillReturnImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 2774 : AAWillReturn(IRP, A) {} 2775 2776 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 2777 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 2778 AAWillReturn::initialize(A); 2779 2780 if (isImpliedByMustprogressAndReadonly(A, /* KnownOnly */ true)) { 2781 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 2782 return; 2783 } 2784 } 2785 2786 /// Check for `mustprogress` and `readonly` as they imply `willreturn`. 2787 bool isImpliedByMustprogressAndReadonly(Attributor &A, bool KnownOnly) { 2788 // Check for `mustprogress` in the scope and the associated function which 2789 // might be different if this is a call site. 2790 if ((!getAnchorScope() || !getAnchorScope()->mustProgress()) && 2791 (!getAssociatedFunction() || !getAssociatedFunction()->mustProgress())) 2792 return false; 2793 2794 const auto &MemAA = 2795 A.getAAFor<AAMemoryBehavior>(*this, getIRPosition(), DepClassTy::NONE); 2796 if (!MemAA.isAssumedReadOnly()) 2797 return false; 2798 if (KnownOnly && !MemAA.isKnownReadOnly()) 2799 return false; 2800 if (!MemAA.isKnownReadOnly()) 2801 A.recordDependence(MemAA, *this, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 2802 2803 return true; 2804 } 2805 2806 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 2807 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 2808 if (isImpliedByMustprogressAndReadonly(A, /* KnownOnly */ false)) 2809 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 2810 2811 auto CheckForWillReturn = [&](Instruction &I) { 2812 IRPosition IPos = IRPosition::callsite_function(cast<CallBase>(I)); 2813 const auto &WillReturnAA = 2814 A.getAAFor<AAWillReturn>(*this, IPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 2815 if (WillReturnAA.isKnownWillReturn()) 2816 return true; 2817 if (!WillReturnAA.isAssumedWillReturn()) 2818 return false; 2819 const auto &NoRecurseAA = 2820 A.getAAFor<AANoRecurse>(*this, IPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 2821 return NoRecurseAA.isAssumedNoRecurse(); 2822 }; 2823 2824 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 2825 if (!A.checkForAllCallLikeInstructions(CheckForWillReturn, *this, 2826 UsedAssumedInformation)) 2827 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 2828 2829 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 2830 } 2831 2832 /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr() 2833 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 2834 return getAssumed() ? "willreturn" : "may-noreturn"; 2835 } 2836 }; 2837 2838 struct AAWillReturnFunction final : AAWillReturnImpl { 2839 AAWillReturnFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 2840 : AAWillReturnImpl(IRP, A) {} 2841 2842 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 2843 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 2844 AAWillReturnImpl::initialize(A); 2845 2846 Function *F = getAnchorScope(); 2847 if (!F || F->isDeclaration() || mayContainUnboundedCycle(*F, A)) 2848 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 2849 } 2850 2851 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 2852 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(willreturn) } 2853 }; 2854 2855 /// WillReturn attribute deduction for a call sites. 2856 struct AAWillReturnCallSite final : AAWillReturnImpl { 2857 AAWillReturnCallSite(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 2858 : AAWillReturnImpl(IRP, A) {} 2859 2860 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 2861 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 2862 AAWillReturnImpl::initialize(A); 2863 Function *F = getAssociatedFunction(); 2864 if (!F || !A.isFunctionIPOAmendable(*F)) 2865 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 2866 } 2867 2868 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 2869 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 2870 if (isImpliedByMustprogressAndReadonly(A, /* KnownOnly */ false)) 2871 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 2872 2873 // TODO: Once we have call site specific value information we can provide 2874 // call site specific liveness information and then it makes 2875 // sense to specialize attributes for call sites arguments instead of 2876 // redirecting requests to the callee argument. 2877 Function *F = getAssociatedFunction(); 2878 const IRPosition &FnPos = IRPosition::function(*F); 2879 auto &FnAA = A.getAAFor<AAWillReturn>(*this, FnPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 2880 return clampStateAndIndicateChange(getState(), FnAA.getState()); 2881 } 2882 2883 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 2884 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_CS_ATTR(willreturn); } 2885 }; 2886 2887 /// -------------------AAReachability Attribute-------------------------- 2888 2889 struct AAReachabilityImpl : AAReachability { 2890 AAReachabilityImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 2891 : AAReachability(IRP, A) {} 2892 2893 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 2894 // TODO: Return the number of reachable queries. 2895 return "reachable"; 2896 } 2897 2898 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 2899 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 2900 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 2901 } 2902 }; 2903 2904 struct AAReachabilityFunction final : public AAReachabilityImpl { 2905 AAReachabilityFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 2906 : AAReachabilityImpl(IRP, A) {} 2907 2908 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 2909 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(reachable); } 2910 }; 2911 2912 /// ------------------------ NoAlias Argument Attribute ------------------------ 2913 2914 struct AANoAliasImpl : AANoAlias { 2915 AANoAliasImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : AANoAlias(IRP, A) { 2916 assert(getAssociatedType()->isPointerTy() && 2917 "Noalias is a pointer attribute"); 2918 } 2919 2920 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 2921 return getAssumed() ? "noalias" : "may-alias"; 2922 } 2923 }; 2924 2925 /// NoAlias attribute for a floating value. 2926 struct AANoAliasFloating final : AANoAliasImpl { 2927 AANoAliasFloating(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 2928 : AANoAliasImpl(IRP, A) {} 2929 2930 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 2931 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 2932 AANoAliasImpl::initialize(A); 2933 Value *Val = &getAssociatedValue(); 2934 do { 2935 CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Val); 2936 if (!CI) 2937 break; 2938 Value *Base = CI->getOperand(0); 2939 if (!Base->hasOneUse()) 2940 break; 2941 Val = Base; 2942 } while (true); 2943 2944 if (!Val->getType()->isPointerTy()) { 2945 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 2946 return; 2947 } 2948 2949 if (isa<AllocaInst>(Val)) 2950 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 2951 else if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Val) && 2952 !NullPointerIsDefined(getAnchorScope(), 2953 Val->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace())) 2954 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 2955 else if (Val != &getAssociatedValue()) { 2956 const auto &ValNoAliasAA = A.getAAFor<AANoAlias>( 2957 *this, IRPosition::value(*Val), DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 2958 if (ValNoAliasAA.isKnownNoAlias()) 2959 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 2960 } 2961 } 2962 2963 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 2964 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 2965 // TODO: Implement this. 2966 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 2967 } 2968 2969 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 2970 void trackStatistics() const override { 2971 STATS_DECLTRACK_FLOATING_ATTR(noalias) 2972 } 2973 }; 2974 2975 /// NoAlias attribute for an argument. 2976 struct AANoAliasArgument final 2977 : AAArgumentFromCallSiteArguments<AANoAlias, AANoAliasImpl> { 2978 using Base = AAArgumentFromCallSiteArguments<AANoAlias, AANoAliasImpl>; 2979 AANoAliasArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : Base(IRP, A) {} 2980 2981 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 2982 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 2983 Base::initialize(A); 2984 // See callsite argument attribute and callee argument attribute. 2985 if (hasAttr({Attribute::ByVal})) 2986 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 2987 } 2988 2989 /// See AbstractAttribute::update(...). 2990 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 2991 // We have to make sure no-alias on the argument does not break 2992 // synchronization when this is a callback argument, see also [1] below. 2993 // If synchronization cannot be affected, we delegate to the base updateImpl 2994 // function, otherwise we give up for now. 2995 2996 // If the function is no-sync, no-alias cannot break synchronization. 2997 const auto &NoSyncAA = 2998 A.getAAFor<AANoSync>(*this, IRPosition::function_scope(getIRPosition()), 2999 DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 3000 if (NoSyncAA.isAssumedNoSync()) 3001 return Base::updateImpl(A); 3002 3003 // If the argument is read-only, no-alias cannot break synchronization. 3004 const auto &MemBehaviorAA = A.getAAFor<AAMemoryBehavior>( 3005 *this, getIRPosition(), DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 3006 if (MemBehaviorAA.isAssumedReadOnly()) 3007 return Base::updateImpl(A); 3008 3009 // If the argument is never passed through callbacks, no-alias cannot break 3010 // synchronization. 3011 bool AllCallSitesKnown; 3012 if (A.checkForAllCallSites( 3013 [](AbstractCallSite ACS) { return !ACS.isCallbackCall(); }, *this, 3014 true, AllCallSitesKnown)) 3015 return Base::updateImpl(A); 3016 3017 // TODO: add no-alias but make sure it doesn't break synchronization by 3018 // introducing fake uses. See: 3019 // [1] Compiler Optimizations for OpenMP, J. Doerfert and H. Finkel, 3020 // International Workshop on OpenMP 2018, 3021 // http://compilers.cs.uni-saarland.de/people/doerfert/par_opt18.pdf 3022 3023 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 3024 } 3025 3026 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 3027 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(noalias) } 3028 }; 3029 3030 struct AANoAliasCallSiteArgument final : AANoAliasImpl { 3031 AANoAliasCallSiteArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 3032 : AANoAliasImpl(IRP, A) {} 3033 3034 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 3035 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 3036 // See callsite argument attribute and callee argument attribute. 3037 const auto &CB = cast<CallBase>(getAnchorValue()); 3038 if (CB.paramHasAttr(getCallSiteArgNo(), Attribute::NoAlias)) 3039 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 3040 Value &Val = getAssociatedValue(); 3041 if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Val) && 3042 !NullPointerIsDefined(getAnchorScope(), 3043 Val.getType()->getPointerAddressSpace())) 3044 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 3045 } 3046 3047 /// Determine if the underlying value may alias with the call site argument 3048 /// \p OtherArgNo of \p ICS (= the underlying call site). 3049 bool mayAliasWithArgument(Attributor &A, AAResults *&AAR, 3050 const AAMemoryBehavior &MemBehaviorAA, 3051 const CallBase &CB, unsigned OtherArgNo) { 3052 // We do not need to worry about aliasing with the underlying IRP. 3053 if (this->getCalleeArgNo() == (int)OtherArgNo) 3054 return false; 3055 3056 // If it is not a pointer or pointer vector we do not alias. 3057 const Value *ArgOp = CB.getArgOperand(OtherArgNo); 3058 if (!ArgOp->getType()->isPtrOrPtrVectorTy()) 3059 return false; 3060 3061 auto &CBArgMemBehaviorAA = A.getAAFor<AAMemoryBehavior>( 3062 *this, IRPosition::callsite_argument(CB, OtherArgNo), DepClassTy::NONE); 3063 3064 // If the argument is readnone, there is no read-write aliasing. 3065 if (CBArgMemBehaviorAA.isAssumedReadNone()) { 3066 A.recordDependence(CBArgMemBehaviorAA, *this, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 3067 return false; 3068 } 3069 3070 // If the argument is readonly and the underlying value is readonly, there 3071 // is no read-write aliasing. 3072 bool IsReadOnly = MemBehaviorAA.isAssumedReadOnly(); 3073 if (CBArgMemBehaviorAA.isAssumedReadOnly() && IsReadOnly) { 3074 A.recordDependence(MemBehaviorAA, *this, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 3075 A.recordDependence(CBArgMemBehaviorAA, *this, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 3076 return false; 3077 } 3078 3079 // We have to utilize actual alias analysis queries so we need the object. 3080 if (!AAR) 3081 AAR = A.getInfoCache().getAAResultsForFunction(*getAnchorScope()); 3082 3083 // Try to rule it out at the call site. 3084 bool IsAliasing = !AAR || !AAR->isNoAlias(&getAssociatedValue(), ArgOp); 3085 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[NoAliasCSArg] Check alias between " 3086 "callsite arguments: " 3087 << getAssociatedValue() << " " << *ArgOp << " => " 3088 << (IsAliasing ? "" : "no-") << "alias \n"); 3089 3090 return IsAliasing; 3091 } 3092 3093 bool 3094 isKnownNoAliasDueToNoAliasPreservation(Attributor &A, AAResults *&AAR, 3095 const AAMemoryBehavior &MemBehaviorAA, 3096 const AANoAlias &NoAliasAA) { 3097 // We can deduce "noalias" if the following conditions hold. 3098 // (i) Associated value is assumed to be noalias in the definition. 3099 // (ii) Associated value is assumed to be no-capture in all the uses 3100 // possibly executed before this callsite. 3101 // (iii) There is no other pointer argument which could alias with the 3102 // value. 3103 3104 bool AssociatedValueIsNoAliasAtDef = NoAliasAA.isAssumedNoAlias(); 3105 if (!AssociatedValueIsNoAliasAtDef) { 3106 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AANoAlias] " << getAssociatedValue() 3107 << " is not no-alias at the definition\n"); 3108 return false; 3109 } 3110 3111 A.recordDependence(NoAliasAA, *this, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 3112 3113 const IRPosition &VIRP = IRPosition::value(getAssociatedValue()); 3114 const Function *ScopeFn = VIRP.getAnchorScope(); 3115 auto &NoCaptureAA = A.getAAFor<AANoCapture>(*this, VIRP, DepClassTy::NONE); 3116 // Check whether the value is captured in the scope using AANoCapture. 3117 // Look at CFG and check only uses possibly executed before this 3118 // callsite. 3119 auto UsePred = [&](const Use &U, bool &Follow) -> bool { 3120 Instruction *UserI = cast<Instruction>(U.getUser()); 3121 3122 // If UserI is the curr instruction and there is a single potential use of 3123 // the value in UserI we allow the use. 3124 // TODO: We should inspect the operands and allow those that cannot alias 3125 // with the value. 3126 if (UserI == getCtxI() && UserI->getNumOperands() == 1) 3127 return true; 3128 3129 if (ScopeFn) { 3130 const auto &ReachabilityAA = A.getAAFor<AAReachability>( 3131 *this, IRPosition::function(*ScopeFn), DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 3132 3133 if (!ReachabilityAA.isAssumedReachable(A, *UserI, *getCtxI())) 3134 return true; 3135 3136 if (auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(UserI)) { 3137 if (CB->isArgOperand(&U)) { 3138 3139 unsigned ArgNo = CB->getArgOperandNo(&U); 3140 3141 const auto &NoCaptureAA = A.getAAFor<AANoCapture>( 3142 *this, IRPosition::callsite_argument(*CB, ArgNo), 3143 DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 3144 3145 if (NoCaptureAA.isAssumedNoCapture()) 3146 return true; 3147 } 3148 } 3149 } 3150 3151 // For cases which can potentially have more users 3152 if (isa<GetElementPtrInst>(U) || isa<BitCastInst>(U) || isa<PHINode>(U) || 3153 isa<SelectInst>(U)) { 3154 Follow = true; 3155 return true; 3156 } 3157 3158 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AANoAliasCSArg] Unknown user: " << *U << "\n"); 3159 return false; 3160 }; 3161 3162 if (!NoCaptureAA.isAssumedNoCaptureMaybeReturned()) { 3163 if (!A.checkForAllUses(UsePred, *this, getAssociatedValue())) { 3164 LLVM_DEBUG( 3165 dbgs() << "[AANoAliasCSArg] " << getAssociatedValue() 3166 << " cannot be noalias as it is potentially captured\n"); 3167 return false; 3168 } 3169 } 3170 A.recordDependence(NoCaptureAA, *this, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 3171 3172 // Check there is no other pointer argument which could alias with the 3173 // value passed at this call site. 3174 // TODO: AbstractCallSite 3175 const auto &CB = cast<CallBase>(getAnchorValue()); 3176 for (unsigned OtherArgNo = 0; OtherArgNo < CB.arg_size(); OtherArgNo++) 3177 if (mayAliasWithArgument(A, AAR, MemBehaviorAA, CB, OtherArgNo)) 3178 return false; 3179 3180 return true; 3181 } 3182 3183 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 3184 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 3185 // If the argument is readnone we are done as there are no accesses via the 3186 // argument. 3187 auto &MemBehaviorAA = 3188 A.getAAFor<AAMemoryBehavior>(*this, getIRPosition(), DepClassTy::NONE); 3189 if (MemBehaviorAA.isAssumedReadNone()) { 3190 A.recordDependence(MemBehaviorAA, *this, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 3191 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 3192 } 3193 3194 const IRPosition &VIRP = IRPosition::value(getAssociatedValue()); 3195 const auto &NoAliasAA = 3196 A.getAAFor<AANoAlias>(*this, VIRP, DepClassTy::NONE); 3197 3198 AAResults *AAR = nullptr; 3199 if (isKnownNoAliasDueToNoAliasPreservation(A, AAR, MemBehaviorAA, 3200 NoAliasAA)) { 3201 LLVM_DEBUG( 3202 dbgs() << "[AANoAlias] No-Alias deduced via no-alias preservation\n"); 3203 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 3204 } 3205 3206 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 3207 } 3208 3209 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 3210 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_CSARG_ATTR(noalias) } 3211 }; 3212 3213 /// NoAlias attribute for function return value. 3214 struct AANoAliasReturned final : AANoAliasImpl { 3215 AANoAliasReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 3216 : AANoAliasImpl(IRP, A) {} 3217 3218 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 3219 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 3220 AANoAliasImpl::initialize(A); 3221 Function *F = getAssociatedFunction(); 3222 if (!F || F->isDeclaration()) 3223 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 3224 } 3225 3226 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 3227 virtual ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 3228 3229 auto CheckReturnValue = [&](Value &RV) -> bool { 3230 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(&RV)) 3231 if (C->isNullValue() || isa<UndefValue>(C)) 3232 return true; 3233 3234 /// For now, we can only deduce noalias if we have call sites. 3235 /// FIXME: add more support. 3236 if (!isa<CallBase>(&RV)) 3237 return false; 3238 3239 const IRPosition &RVPos = IRPosition::value(RV); 3240 const auto &NoAliasAA = 3241 A.getAAFor<AANoAlias>(*this, RVPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 3242 if (!NoAliasAA.isAssumedNoAlias()) 3243 return false; 3244 3245 const auto &NoCaptureAA = 3246 A.getAAFor<AANoCapture>(*this, RVPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 3247 return NoCaptureAA.isAssumedNoCaptureMaybeReturned(); 3248 }; 3249 3250 if (!A.checkForAllReturnedValues(CheckReturnValue, *this)) 3251 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 3252 3253 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 3254 } 3255 3256 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 3257 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_FNRET_ATTR(noalias) } 3258 }; 3259 3260 /// NoAlias attribute deduction for a call site return value. 3261 struct AANoAliasCallSiteReturned final : AANoAliasImpl { 3262 AANoAliasCallSiteReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 3263 : AANoAliasImpl(IRP, A) {} 3264 3265 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 3266 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 3267 AANoAliasImpl::initialize(A); 3268 Function *F = getAssociatedFunction(); 3269 if (!F || F->isDeclaration()) 3270 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 3271 } 3272 3273 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 3274 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 3275 // TODO: Once we have call site specific value information we can provide 3276 // call site specific liveness information and then it makes 3277 // sense to specialize attributes for call sites arguments instead of 3278 // redirecting requests to the callee argument. 3279 Function *F = getAssociatedFunction(); 3280 const IRPosition &FnPos = IRPosition::returned(*F); 3281 auto &FnAA = A.getAAFor<AANoAlias>(*this, FnPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 3282 return clampStateAndIndicateChange(getState(), FnAA.getState()); 3283 } 3284 3285 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 3286 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_CSRET_ATTR(noalias); } 3287 }; 3288 3289 /// -------------------AAIsDead Function Attribute----------------------- 3290 3291 struct AAIsDeadValueImpl : public AAIsDead { 3292 AAIsDeadValueImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : AAIsDead(IRP, A) {} 3293 3294 /// See AAIsDead::isAssumedDead(). 3295 bool isAssumedDead() const override { return isAssumed(IS_DEAD); } 3296 3297 /// See AAIsDead::isKnownDead(). 3298 bool isKnownDead() const override { return isKnown(IS_DEAD); } 3299 3300 /// See AAIsDead::isAssumedDead(BasicBlock *). 3301 bool isAssumedDead(const BasicBlock *BB) const override { return false; } 3302 3303 /// See AAIsDead::isKnownDead(BasicBlock *). 3304 bool isKnownDead(const BasicBlock *BB) const override { return false; } 3305 3306 /// See AAIsDead::isAssumedDead(Instruction *I). 3307 bool isAssumedDead(const Instruction *I) const override { 3308 return I == getCtxI() && isAssumedDead(); 3309 } 3310 3311 /// See AAIsDead::isKnownDead(Instruction *I). 3312 bool isKnownDead(const Instruction *I) const override { 3313 return isAssumedDead(I) && isKnownDead(); 3314 } 3315 3316 /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr(). 3317 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 3318 return isAssumedDead() ? "assumed-dead" : "assumed-live"; 3319 } 3320 3321 /// Check if all uses are assumed dead. 3322 bool areAllUsesAssumedDead(Attributor &A, Value &V) { 3323 // Callers might not check the type, void has no uses. 3324 if (V.getType()->isVoidTy()) 3325 return true; 3326 3327 // If we replace a value with a constant there are no uses left afterwards. 3328 if (!isa<Constant>(V)) { 3329 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 3330 Optional<Constant *> C = 3331 A.getAssumedConstant(V, *this, UsedAssumedInformation); 3332 if (!C.hasValue() || *C) 3333 return true; 3334 } 3335 3336 auto UsePred = [&](const Use &U, bool &Follow) { return false; }; 3337 // Explicitly set the dependence class to required because we want a long 3338 // chain of N dependent instructions to be considered live as soon as one is 3339 // without going through N update cycles. This is not required for 3340 // correctness. 3341 return A.checkForAllUses(UsePred, *this, V, /* CheckBBLivenessOnly */ false, 3342 DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 3343 } 3344 3345 /// Determine if \p I is assumed to be side-effect free. 3346 bool isAssumedSideEffectFree(Attributor &A, Instruction *I) { 3347 if (!I || wouldInstructionBeTriviallyDead(I)) 3348 return true; 3349 3350 auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(I); 3351 if (!CB || isa<IntrinsicInst>(CB)) 3352 return false; 3353 3354 const IRPosition &CallIRP = IRPosition::callsite_function(*CB); 3355 const auto &NoUnwindAA = 3356 A.getAndUpdateAAFor<AANoUnwind>(*this, CallIRP, DepClassTy::NONE); 3357 if (!NoUnwindAA.isAssumedNoUnwind()) 3358 return false; 3359 if (!NoUnwindAA.isKnownNoUnwind()) 3360 A.recordDependence(NoUnwindAA, *this, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 3361 3362 const auto &MemBehaviorAA = 3363 A.getAndUpdateAAFor<AAMemoryBehavior>(*this, CallIRP, DepClassTy::NONE); 3364 if (MemBehaviorAA.isAssumedReadOnly()) { 3365 if (!MemBehaviorAA.isKnownReadOnly()) 3366 A.recordDependence(MemBehaviorAA, *this, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 3367 return true; 3368 } 3369 return false; 3370 } 3371 }; 3372 3373 struct AAIsDeadFloating : public AAIsDeadValueImpl { 3374 AAIsDeadFloating(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 3375 : AAIsDeadValueImpl(IRP, A) {} 3376 3377 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 3378 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 3379 if (isa<UndefValue>(getAssociatedValue())) { 3380 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 3381 return; 3382 } 3383 3384 Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(&getAssociatedValue()); 3385 if (!isAssumedSideEffectFree(A, I)) { 3386 if (!isa_and_nonnull<StoreInst>(I)) 3387 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 3388 else 3389 removeAssumedBits(HAS_NO_EFFECT); 3390 } 3391 } 3392 3393 bool isDeadStore(Attributor &A, StoreInst &SI) { 3394 // Lang ref now states volatile store is not UB/dead, let's skip them. 3395 if (SI.isVolatile()) 3396 return false; 3397 3398 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 3399 SmallSetVector<Value *, 4> PotentialCopies; 3400 if (!AA::getPotentialCopiesOfStoredValue(A, SI, PotentialCopies, *this, 3401 UsedAssumedInformation)) 3402 return false; 3403 return llvm::all_of(PotentialCopies, [&](Value *V) { 3404 return A.isAssumedDead(IRPosition::value(*V), this, nullptr, 3405 UsedAssumedInformation); 3406 }); 3407 } 3408 3409 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 3410 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 3411 Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(&getAssociatedValue()); 3412 if (auto *SI = dyn_cast_or_null<StoreInst>(I)) { 3413 if (!isDeadStore(A, *SI)) 3414 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 3415 } else { 3416 if (!isAssumedSideEffectFree(A, I)) 3417 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 3418 if (!areAllUsesAssumedDead(A, getAssociatedValue())) 3419 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 3420 } 3421 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 3422 } 3423 3424 /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...). 3425 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 3426 Value &V = getAssociatedValue(); 3427 if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(&V)) { 3428 // If we get here we basically know the users are all dead. We check if 3429 // isAssumedSideEffectFree returns true here again because it might not be 3430 // the case and only the users are dead but the instruction (=call) is 3431 // still needed. 3432 if (isa<StoreInst>(I) || 3433 (isAssumedSideEffectFree(A, I) && !isa<InvokeInst>(I))) { 3434 A.deleteAfterManifest(*I); 3435 return ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 3436 } 3437 } 3438 if (V.use_empty()) 3439 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 3440 3441 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 3442 Optional<Constant *> C = 3443 A.getAssumedConstant(V, *this, UsedAssumedInformation); 3444 if (C.hasValue() && C.getValue()) 3445 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 3446 3447 // Replace the value with undef as it is dead but keep droppable uses around 3448 // as they provide information we don't want to give up on just yet. 3449 UndefValue &UV = *UndefValue::get(V.getType()); 3450 bool AnyChange = 3451 A.changeValueAfterManifest(V, UV, /* ChangeDropppable */ false); 3452 return AnyChange ? ChangeStatus::CHANGED : ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 3453 } 3454 3455 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 3456 void trackStatistics() const override { 3457 STATS_DECLTRACK_FLOATING_ATTR(IsDead) 3458 } 3459 }; 3460 3461 struct AAIsDeadArgument : public AAIsDeadFloating { 3462 AAIsDeadArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 3463 : AAIsDeadFloating(IRP, A) {} 3464 3465 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 3466 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 3467 if (!A.isFunctionIPOAmendable(*getAnchorScope())) 3468 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 3469 } 3470 3471 /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...). 3472 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 3473 ChangeStatus Changed = AAIsDeadFloating::manifest(A); 3474 Argument &Arg = *getAssociatedArgument(); 3475 if (A.isValidFunctionSignatureRewrite(Arg, /* ReplacementTypes */ {})) 3476 if (A.registerFunctionSignatureRewrite( 3477 Arg, /* ReplacementTypes */ {}, 3478 Attributor::ArgumentReplacementInfo::CalleeRepairCBTy{}, 3479 Attributor::ArgumentReplacementInfo::ACSRepairCBTy{})) { 3480 Arg.dropDroppableUses(); 3481 return ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 3482 } 3483 return Changed; 3484 } 3485 3486 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 3487 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(IsDead) } 3488 }; 3489 3490 struct AAIsDeadCallSiteArgument : public AAIsDeadValueImpl { 3491 AAIsDeadCallSiteArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 3492 : AAIsDeadValueImpl(IRP, A) {} 3493 3494 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 3495 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 3496 if (isa<UndefValue>(getAssociatedValue())) 3497 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 3498 } 3499 3500 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 3501 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 3502 // TODO: Once we have call site specific value information we can provide 3503 // call site specific liveness information and then it makes 3504 // sense to specialize attributes for call sites arguments instead of 3505 // redirecting requests to the callee argument. 3506 Argument *Arg = getAssociatedArgument(); 3507 if (!Arg) 3508 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 3509 const IRPosition &ArgPos = IRPosition::argument(*Arg); 3510 auto &ArgAA = A.getAAFor<AAIsDead>(*this, ArgPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 3511 return clampStateAndIndicateChange(getState(), ArgAA.getState()); 3512 } 3513 3514 /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...). 3515 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 3516 CallBase &CB = cast<CallBase>(getAnchorValue()); 3517 Use &U = CB.getArgOperandUse(getCallSiteArgNo()); 3518 assert(!isa<UndefValue>(U.get()) && 3519 "Expected undef values to be filtered out!"); 3520 UndefValue &UV = *UndefValue::get(U->getType()); 3521 if (A.changeUseAfterManifest(U, UV)) 3522 return ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 3523 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 3524 } 3525 3526 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 3527 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_CSARG_ATTR(IsDead) } 3528 }; 3529 3530 struct AAIsDeadCallSiteReturned : public AAIsDeadFloating { 3531 AAIsDeadCallSiteReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 3532 : AAIsDeadFloating(IRP, A), IsAssumedSideEffectFree(true) {} 3533 3534 /// See AAIsDead::isAssumedDead(). 3535 bool isAssumedDead() const override { 3536 return AAIsDeadFloating::isAssumedDead() && IsAssumedSideEffectFree; 3537 } 3538 3539 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 3540 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 3541 if (isa<UndefValue>(getAssociatedValue())) { 3542 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 3543 return; 3544 } 3545 3546 // We track this separately as a secondary state. 3547 IsAssumedSideEffectFree = isAssumedSideEffectFree(A, getCtxI()); 3548 } 3549 3550 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 3551 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 3552 ChangeStatus Changed = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 3553 if (IsAssumedSideEffectFree && !isAssumedSideEffectFree(A, getCtxI())) { 3554 IsAssumedSideEffectFree = false; 3555 Changed = ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 3556 } 3557 if (!areAllUsesAssumedDead(A, getAssociatedValue())) 3558 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 3559 return Changed; 3560 } 3561 3562 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 3563 void trackStatistics() const override { 3564 if (IsAssumedSideEffectFree) 3565 STATS_DECLTRACK_CSRET_ATTR(IsDead) 3566 else 3567 STATS_DECLTRACK_CSRET_ATTR(UnusedResult) 3568 } 3569 3570 /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr(). 3571 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 3572 return isAssumedDead() 3573 ? "assumed-dead" 3574 : (getAssumed() ? "assumed-dead-users" : "assumed-live"); 3575 } 3576 3577 private: 3578 bool IsAssumedSideEffectFree; 3579 }; 3580 3581 struct AAIsDeadReturned : public AAIsDeadValueImpl { 3582 AAIsDeadReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 3583 : AAIsDeadValueImpl(IRP, A) {} 3584 3585 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 3586 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 3587 3588 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 3589 A.checkForAllInstructions([](Instruction &) { return true; }, *this, 3590 {Instruction::Ret}, UsedAssumedInformation); 3591 3592 auto PredForCallSite = [&](AbstractCallSite ACS) { 3593 if (ACS.isCallbackCall() || !ACS.getInstruction()) 3594 return false; 3595 return areAllUsesAssumedDead(A, *ACS.getInstruction()); 3596 }; 3597 3598 bool AllCallSitesKnown; 3599 if (!A.checkForAllCallSites(PredForCallSite, *this, true, 3600 AllCallSitesKnown)) 3601 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 3602 3603 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 3604 } 3605 3606 /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...). 3607 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 3608 // TODO: Rewrite the signature to return void? 3609 bool AnyChange = false; 3610 UndefValue &UV = *UndefValue::get(getAssociatedFunction()->getReturnType()); 3611 auto RetInstPred = [&](Instruction &I) { 3612 ReturnInst &RI = cast<ReturnInst>(I); 3613 if (!isa<UndefValue>(RI.getReturnValue())) 3614 AnyChange |= A.changeUseAfterManifest(RI.getOperandUse(0), UV); 3615 return true; 3616 }; 3617 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 3618 A.checkForAllInstructions(RetInstPred, *this, {Instruction::Ret}, 3619 UsedAssumedInformation); 3620 return AnyChange ? ChangeStatus::CHANGED : ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 3621 } 3622 3623 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 3624 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_FNRET_ATTR(IsDead) } 3625 }; 3626 3627 struct AAIsDeadFunction : public AAIsDead { 3628 AAIsDeadFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : AAIsDead(IRP, A) {} 3629 3630 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 3631 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 3632 const Function *F = getAnchorScope(); 3633 if (F && !F->isDeclaration()) { 3634 // We only want to compute liveness once. If the function is not part of 3635 // the SCC, skip it. 3636 if (A.isRunOn(*const_cast<Function *>(F))) { 3637 ToBeExploredFrom.insert(&F->getEntryBlock().front()); 3638 assumeLive(A, F->getEntryBlock()); 3639 } else { 3640 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 3641 } 3642 } 3643 } 3644 3645 /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr(). 3646 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 3647 return "Live[#BB " + std::to_string(AssumedLiveBlocks.size()) + "/" + 3648 std::to_string(getAnchorScope()->size()) + "][#TBEP " + 3649 std::to_string(ToBeExploredFrom.size()) + "][#KDE " + 3650 std::to_string(KnownDeadEnds.size()) + "]"; 3651 } 3652 3653 /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...). 3654 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 3655 assert(getState().isValidState() && 3656 "Attempted to manifest an invalid state!"); 3657 3658 ChangeStatus HasChanged = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 3659 Function &F = *getAnchorScope(); 3660 3661 if (AssumedLiveBlocks.empty()) { 3662 A.deleteAfterManifest(F); 3663 return ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 3664 } 3665 3666 // Flag to determine if we can change an invoke to a call assuming the 3667 // callee is nounwind. This is not possible if the personality of the 3668 // function allows to catch asynchronous exceptions. 3669 bool Invoke2CallAllowed = !mayCatchAsynchronousExceptions(F); 3670 3671 KnownDeadEnds.set_union(ToBeExploredFrom); 3672 for (const Instruction *DeadEndI : KnownDeadEnds) { 3673 auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(DeadEndI); 3674 if (!CB) 3675 continue; 3676 const auto &NoReturnAA = A.getAndUpdateAAFor<AANoReturn>( 3677 *this, IRPosition::callsite_function(*CB), DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 3678 bool MayReturn = !NoReturnAA.isAssumedNoReturn(); 3679 if (MayReturn && (!Invoke2CallAllowed || !isa<InvokeInst>(CB))) 3680 continue; 3681 3682 if (auto *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(DeadEndI)) 3683 A.registerInvokeWithDeadSuccessor(const_cast<InvokeInst &>(*II)); 3684 else 3685 A.changeToUnreachableAfterManifest( 3686 const_cast<Instruction *>(DeadEndI->getNextNode())); 3687 HasChanged = ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 3688 } 3689 3690 STATS_DECL(AAIsDead, BasicBlock, "Number of dead basic blocks deleted."); 3691 for (BasicBlock &BB : F) 3692 if (!AssumedLiveBlocks.count(&BB)) { 3693 A.deleteAfterManifest(BB); 3694 ++BUILD_STAT_NAME(AAIsDead, BasicBlock); 3695 } 3696 3697 return HasChanged; 3698 } 3699 3700 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 3701 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override; 3702 3703 bool isEdgeDead(const BasicBlock *From, const BasicBlock *To) const override { 3704 return !AssumedLiveEdges.count(std::make_pair(From, To)); 3705 } 3706 3707 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 3708 void trackStatistics() const override {} 3709 3710 /// Returns true if the function is assumed dead. 3711 bool isAssumedDead() const override { return false; } 3712 3713 /// See AAIsDead::isKnownDead(). 3714 bool isKnownDead() const override { return false; } 3715 3716 /// See AAIsDead::isAssumedDead(BasicBlock *). 3717 bool isAssumedDead(const BasicBlock *BB) const override { 3718 assert(BB->getParent() == getAnchorScope() && 3719 "BB must be in the same anchor scope function."); 3720 3721 if (!getAssumed()) 3722 return false; 3723 return !AssumedLiveBlocks.count(BB); 3724 } 3725 3726 /// See AAIsDead::isKnownDead(BasicBlock *). 3727 bool isKnownDead(const BasicBlock *BB) const override { 3728 return getKnown() && isAssumedDead(BB); 3729 } 3730 3731 /// See AAIsDead::isAssumed(Instruction *I). 3732 bool isAssumedDead(const Instruction *I) const override { 3733 assert(I->getParent()->getParent() == getAnchorScope() && 3734 "Instruction must be in the same anchor scope function."); 3735 3736 if (!getAssumed()) 3737 return false; 3738 3739 // If it is not in AssumedLiveBlocks then it for sure dead. 3740 // Otherwise, it can still be after noreturn call in a live block. 3741 if (!AssumedLiveBlocks.count(I->getParent())) 3742 return true; 3743 3744 // If it is not after a liveness barrier it is live. 3745 const Instruction *PrevI = I->getPrevNode(); 3746 while (PrevI) { 3747 if (KnownDeadEnds.count(PrevI) || ToBeExploredFrom.count(PrevI)) 3748 return true; 3749 PrevI = PrevI->getPrevNode(); 3750 } 3751 return false; 3752 } 3753 3754 /// See AAIsDead::isKnownDead(Instruction *I). 3755 bool isKnownDead(const Instruction *I) const override { 3756 return getKnown() && isAssumedDead(I); 3757 } 3758 3759 /// Assume \p BB is (partially) live now and indicate to the Attributor \p A 3760 /// that internal function called from \p BB should now be looked at. 3761 bool assumeLive(Attributor &A, const BasicBlock &BB) { 3762 if (!AssumedLiveBlocks.insert(&BB).second) 3763 return false; 3764 3765 // We assume that all of BB is (probably) live now and if there are calls to 3766 // internal functions we will assume that those are now live as well. This 3767 // is a performance optimization for blocks with calls to a lot of internal 3768 // functions. It can however cause dead functions to be treated as live. 3769 for (const Instruction &I : BB) 3770 if (const auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(&I)) 3771 if (const Function *F = CB->getCalledFunction()) 3772 if (F->hasLocalLinkage()) 3773 A.markLiveInternalFunction(*F); 3774 return true; 3775 } 3776 3777 /// Collection of instructions that need to be explored again, e.g., we 3778 /// did assume they do not transfer control to (one of their) successors. 3779 SmallSetVector<const Instruction *, 8> ToBeExploredFrom; 3780 3781 /// Collection of instructions that are known to not transfer control. 3782 SmallSetVector<const Instruction *, 8> KnownDeadEnds; 3783 3784 /// Collection of all assumed live edges 3785 DenseSet<std::pair<const BasicBlock *, const BasicBlock *>> AssumedLiveEdges; 3786 3787 /// Collection of all assumed live BasicBlocks. 3788 DenseSet<const BasicBlock *> AssumedLiveBlocks; 3789 }; 3790 3791 static bool 3792 identifyAliveSuccessors(Attributor &A, const CallBase &CB, 3793 AbstractAttribute &AA, 3794 SmallVectorImpl<const Instruction *> &AliveSuccessors) { 3795 const IRPosition &IPos = IRPosition::callsite_function(CB); 3796 3797 const auto &NoReturnAA = 3798 A.getAndUpdateAAFor<AANoReturn>(AA, IPos, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 3799 if (NoReturnAA.isAssumedNoReturn()) 3800 return !NoReturnAA.isKnownNoReturn(); 3801 if (CB.isTerminator()) 3802 AliveSuccessors.push_back(&CB.getSuccessor(0)->front()); 3803 else 3804 AliveSuccessors.push_back(CB.getNextNode()); 3805 return false; 3806 } 3807 3808 static bool 3809 identifyAliveSuccessors(Attributor &A, const InvokeInst &II, 3810 AbstractAttribute &AA, 3811 SmallVectorImpl<const Instruction *> &AliveSuccessors) { 3812 bool UsedAssumedInformation = 3813 identifyAliveSuccessors(A, cast<CallBase>(II), AA, AliveSuccessors); 3814 3815 // First, determine if we can change an invoke to a call assuming the 3816 // callee is nounwind. This is not possible if the personality of the 3817 // function allows to catch asynchronous exceptions. 3818 if (AAIsDeadFunction::mayCatchAsynchronousExceptions(*II.getFunction())) { 3819 AliveSuccessors.push_back(&II.getUnwindDest()->front()); 3820 } else { 3821 const IRPosition &IPos = IRPosition::callsite_function(II); 3822 const auto &AANoUnw = 3823 A.getAndUpdateAAFor<AANoUnwind>(AA, IPos, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 3824 if (AANoUnw.isAssumedNoUnwind()) { 3825 UsedAssumedInformation |= !AANoUnw.isKnownNoUnwind(); 3826 } else { 3827 AliveSuccessors.push_back(&II.getUnwindDest()->front()); 3828 } 3829 } 3830 return UsedAssumedInformation; 3831 } 3832 3833 static bool 3834 identifyAliveSuccessors(Attributor &A, const BranchInst &BI, 3835 AbstractAttribute &AA, 3836 SmallVectorImpl<const Instruction *> &AliveSuccessors) { 3837 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 3838 if (BI.getNumSuccessors() == 1) { 3839 AliveSuccessors.push_back(&BI.getSuccessor(0)->front()); 3840 } else { 3841 Optional<Constant *> C = 3842 A.getAssumedConstant(*BI.getCondition(), AA, UsedAssumedInformation); 3843 if (!C.hasValue() || isa_and_nonnull<UndefValue>(C.getValue())) { 3844 // No value yet, assume both edges are dead. 3845 } else if (isa_and_nonnull<ConstantInt>(*C)) { 3846 const BasicBlock *SuccBB = 3847 BI.getSuccessor(1 - cast<ConstantInt>(*C)->getValue().getZExtValue()); 3848 AliveSuccessors.push_back(&SuccBB->front()); 3849 } else { 3850 AliveSuccessors.push_back(&BI.getSuccessor(0)->front()); 3851 AliveSuccessors.push_back(&BI.getSuccessor(1)->front()); 3852 UsedAssumedInformation = false; 3853 } 3854 } 3855 return UsedAssumedInformation; 3856 } 3857 3858 static bool 3859 identifyAliveSuccessors(Attributor &A, const SwitchInst &SI, 3860 AbstractAttribute &AA, 3861 SmallVectorImpl<const Instruction *> &AliveSuccessors) { 3862 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 3863 Optional<Constant *> C = 3864 A.getAssumedConstant(*SI.getCondition(), AA, UsedAssumedInformation); 3865 if (!C.hasValue() || isa_and_nonnull<UndefValue>(C.getValue())) { 3866 // No value yet, assume all edges are dead. 3867 } else if (isa_and_nonnull<ConstantInt>(C.getValue())) { 3868 for (auto &CaseIt : SI.cases()) { 3869 if (CaseIt.getCaseValue() == C.getValue()) { 3870 AliveSuccessors.push_back(&CaseIt.getCaseSuccessor()->front()); 3871 return UsedAssumedInformation; 3872 } 3873 } 3874 AliveSuccessors.push_back(&SI.getDefaultDest()->front()); 3875 return UsedAssumedInformation; 3876 } else { 3877 for (const BasicBlock *SuccBB : successors(SI.getParent())) 3878 AliveSuccessors.push_back(&SuccBB->front()); 3879 } 3880 return UsedAssumedInformation; 3881 } 3882 3883 ChangeStatus AAIsDeadFunction::updateImpl(Attributor &A) { 3884 ChangeStatus Change = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 3885 3886 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAIsDead] Live [" << AssumedLiveBlocks.size() << "/" 3887 << getAnchorScope()->size() << "] BBs and " 3888 << ToBeExploredFrom.size() << " exploration points and " 3889 << KnownDeadEnds.size() << " known dead ends\n"); 3890 3891 // Copy and clear the list of instructions we need to explore from. It is 3892 // refilled with instructions the next update has to look at. 3893 SmallVector<const Instruction *, 8> Worklist(ToBeExploredFrom.begin(), 3894 ToBeExploredFrom.end()); 3895 decltype(ToBeExploredFrom) NewToBeExploredFrom; 3896 3897 SmallVector<const Instruction *, 8> AliveSuccessors; 3898 while (!Worklist.empty()) { 3899 const Instruction *I = Worklist.pop_back_val(); 3900 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAIsDead] Exploration inst: " << *I << "\n"); 3901 3902 // Fast forward for uninteresting instructions. We could look for UB here 3903 // though. 3904 while (!I->isTerminator() && !isa<CallBase>(I)) 3905 I = I->getNextNode(); 3906 3907 AliveSuccessors.clear(); 3908 3909 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 3910 switch (I->getOpcode()) { 3911 // TODO: look for (assumed) UB to backwards propagate "deadness". 3912 default: 3913 assert(I->isTerminator() && 3914 "Expected non-terminators to be handled already!"); 3915 for (const BasicBlock *SuccBB : successors(I->getParent())) 3916 AliveSuccessors.push_back(&SuccBB->front()); 3917 break; 3918 case Instruction::Call: 3919 UsedAssumedInformation = identifyAliveSuccessors(A, cast<CallInst>(*I), 3920 *this, AliveSuccessors); 3921 break; 3922 case Instruction::Invoke: 3923 UsedAssumedInformation = identifyAliveSuccessors(A, cast<InvokeInst>(*I), 3924 *this, AliveSuccessors); 3925 break; 3926 case Instruction::Br: 3927 UsedAssumedInformation = identifyAliveSuccessors(A, cast<BranchInst>(*I), 3928 *this, AliveSuccessors); 3929 break; 3930 case Instruction::Switch: 3931 UsedAssumedInformation = identifyAliveSuccessors(A, cast<SwitchInst>(*I), 3932 *this, AliveSuccessors); 3933 break; 3934 } 3935 3936 if (UsedAssumedInformation) { 3937 NewToBeExploredFrom.insert(I); 3938 } else if (AliveSuccessors.empty() || 3939 (I->isTerminator() && 3940 AliveSuccessors.size() < I->getNumSuccessors())) { 3941 if (KnownDeadEnds.insert(I)) 3942 Change = ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 3943 } 3944 3945 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAIsDead] #AliveSuccessors: " 3946 << AliveSuccessors.size() << " UsedAssumedInformation: " 3947 << UsedAssumedInformation << "\n"); 3948 3949 for (const Instruction *AliveSuccessor : AliveSuccessors) { 3950 if (!I->isTerminator()) { 3951 assert(AliveSuccessors.size() == 1 && 3952 "Non-terminator expected to have a single successor!"); 3953 Worklist.push_back(AliveSuccessor); 3954 } else { 3955 // record the assumed live edge 3956 auto Edge = std::make_pair(I->getParent(), AliveSuccessor->getParent()); 3957 if (AssumedLiveEdges.insert(Edge).second) 3958 Change = ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 3959 if (assumeLive(A, *AliveSuccessor->getParent())) 3960 Worklist.push_back(AliveSuccessor); 3961 } 3962 } 3963 } 3964 3965 // Check if the content of ToBeExploredFrom changed, ignore the order. 3966 if (NewToBeExploredFrom.size() != ToBeExploredFrom.size() || 3967 llvm::any_of(NewToBeExploredFrom, [&](const Instruction *I) { 3968 return !ToBeExploredFrom.count(I); 3969 })) { 3970 Change = ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 3971 ToBeExploredFrom = std::move(NewToBeExploredFrom); 3972 } 3973 3974 // If we know everything is live there is no need to query for liveness. 3975 // Instead, indicating a pessimistic fixpoint will cause the state to be 3976 // "invalid" and all queries to be answered conservatively without lookups. 3977 // To be in this state we have to (1) finished the exploration and (3) not 3978 // discovered any non-trivial dead end and (2) not ruled unreachable code 3979 // dead. 3980 if (ToBeExploredFrom.empty() && 3981 getAnchorScope()->size() == AssumedLiveBlocks.size() && 3982 llvm::all_of(KnownDeadEnds, [](const Instruction *DeadEndI) { 3983 return DeadEndI->isTerminator() && DeadEndI->getNumSuccessors() == 0; 3984 })) 3985 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 3986 return Change; 3987 } 3988 3989 /// Liveness information for a call sites. 3990 struct AAIsDeadCallSite final : AAIsDeadFunction { 3991 AAIsDeadCallSite(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 3992 : AAIsDeadFunction(IRP, A) {} 3993 3994 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 3995 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 3996 // TODO: Once we have call site specific value information we can provide 3997 // call site specific liveness information and then it makes 3998 // sense to specialize attributes for call sites instead of 3999 // redirecting requests to the callee. 4000 llvm_unreachable("Abstract attributes for liveness are not " 4001 "supported for call sites yet!"); 4002 } 4003 4004 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 4005 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 4006 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 4007 } 4008 4009 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 4010 void trackStatistics() const override {} 4011 }; 4012 4013 /// -------------------- Dereferenceable Argument Attribute -------------------- 4014 4015 struct AADereferenceableImpl : AADereferenceable { 4016 AADereferenceableImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 4017 : AADereferenceable(IRP, A) {} 4018 using StateType = DerefState; 4019 4020 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 4021 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 4022 SmallVector<Attribute, 4> Attrs; 4023 getAttrs({Attribute::Dereferenceable, Attribute::DereferenceableOrNull}, 4024 Attrs, /* IgnoreSubsumingPositions */ false, &A); 4025 for (const Attribute &Attr : Attrs) 4026 takeKnownDerefBytesMaximum(Attr.getValueAsInt()); 4027 4028 const IRPosition &IRP = this->getIRPosition(); 4029 NonNullAA = &A.getAAFor<AANonNull>(*this, IRP, DepClassTy::NONE); 4030 4031 bool CanBeNull, CanBeFreed; 4032 takeKnownDerefBytesMaximum( 4033 IRP.getAssociatedValue().getPointerDereferenceableBytes( 4034 A.getDataLayout(), CanBeNull, CanBeFreed)); 4035 4036 bool IsFnInterface = IRP.isFnInterfaceKind(); 4037 Function *FnScope = IRP.getAnchorScope(); 4038 if (IsFnInterface && (!FnScope || !A.isFunctionIPOAmendable(*FnScope))) { 4039 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 4040 return; 4041 } 4042 4043 if (Instruction *CtxI = getCtxI()) 4044 followUsesInMBEC(*this, A, getState(), *CtxI); 4045 } 4046 4047 /// See AbstractAttribute::getState() 4048 /// { 4049 StateType &getState() override { return *this; } 4050 const StateType &getState() const override { return *this; } 4051 /// } 4052 4053 /// Helper function for collecting accessed bytes in must-be-executed-context 4054 void addAccessedBytesForUse(Attributor &A, const Use *U, const Instruction *I, 4055 DerefState &State) { 4056 const Value *UseV = U->get(); 4057 if (!UseV->getType()->isPointerTy()) 4058 return; 4059 4060 Type *PtrTy = UseV->getType(); 4061 const DataLayout &DL = A.getDataLayout(); 4062 int64_t Offset; 4063 if (const Value *Base = getBasePointerOfAccessPointerOperand( 4064 I, Offset, DL, /*AllowNonInbounds*/ true)) { 4065 if (Base == &getAssociatedValue() && 4066 getPointerOperand(I, /* AllowVolatile */ false) == UseV) { 4067 uint64_t Size = DL.getTypeStoreSize(PtrTy->getPointerElementType()); 4068 State.addAccessedBytes(Offset, Size); 4069 } 4070 } 4071 } 4072 4073 /// See followUsesInMBEC 4074 bool followUseInMBEC(Attributor &A, const Use *U, const Instruction *I, 4075 AADereferenceable::StateType &State) { 4076 bool IsNonNull = false; 4077 bool TrackUse = false; 4078 int64_t DerefBytes = getKnownNonNullAndDerefBytesForUse( 4079 A, *this, getAssociatedValue(), U, I, IsNonNull, TrackUse); 4080 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AADereferenceable] Deref bytes: " << DerefBytes 4081 << " for instruction " << *I << "\n"); 4082 4083 addAccessedBytesForUse(A, U, I, State); 4084 State.takeKnownDerefBytesMaximum(DerefBytes); 4085 return TrackUse; 4086 } 4087 4088 /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...). 4089 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 4090 ChangeStatus Change = AADereferenceable::manifest(A); 4091 if (isAssumedNonNull() && hasAttr(Attribute::DereferenceableOrNull)) { 4092 removeAttrs({Attribute::DereferenceableOrNull}); 4093 return ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 4094 } 4095 return Change; 4096 } 4097 4098 void getDeducedAttributes(LLVMContext &Ctx, 4099 SmallVectorImpl<Attribute> &Attrs) const override { 4100 // TODO: Add *_globally support 4101 if (isAssumedNonNull()) 4102 Attrs.emplace_back(Attribute::getWithDereferenceableBytes( 4103 Ctx, getAssumedDereferenceableBytes())); 4104 else 4105 Attrs.emplace_back(Attribute::getWithDereferenceableOrNullBytes( 4106 Ctx, getAssumedDereferenceableBytes())); 4107 } 4108 4109 /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr(). 4110 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 4111 if (!getAssumedDereferenceableBytes()) 4112 return "unknown-dereferenceable"; 4113 return std::string("dereferenceable") + 4114 (isAssumedNonNull() ? "" : "_or_null") + 4115 (isAssumedGlobal() ? "_globally" : "") + "<" + 4116 std::to_string(getKnownDereferenceableBytes()) + "-" + 4117 std::to_string(getAssumedDereferenceableBytes()) + ">"; 4118 } 4119 }; 4120 4121 /// Dereferenceable attribute for a floating value. 4122 struct AADereferenceableFloating : AADereferenceableImpl { 4123 AADereferenceableFloating(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 4124 : AADereferenceableImpl(IRP, A) {} 4125 4126 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 4127 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 4128 const DataLayout &DL = A.getDataLayout(); 4129 4130 auto VisitValueCB = [&](const Value &V, const Instruction *, DerefState &T, 4131 bool Stripped) -> bool { 4132 unsigned IdxWidth = 4133 DL.getIndexSizeInBits(V.getType()->getPointerAddressSpace()); 4134 APInt Offset(IdxWidth, 0); 4135 const Value *Base = 4136 stripAndAccumulateMinimalOffsets(A, *this, &V, DL, Offset, false); 4137 4138 const auto &AA = A.getAAFor<AADereferenceable>( 4139 *this, IRPosition::value(*Base), DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 4140 int64_t DerefBytes = 0; 4141 if (!Stripped && this == &AA) { 4142 // Use IR information if we did not strip anything. 4143 // TODO: track globally. 4144 bool CanBeNull, CanBeFreed; 4145 DerefBytes = 4146 Base->getPointerDereferenceableBytes(DL, CanBeNull, CanBeFreed); 4147 T.GlobalState.indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 4148 } else { 4149 const DerefState &DS = AA.getState(); 4150 DerefBytes = DS.DerefBytesState.getAssumed(); 4151 T.GlobalState &= DS.GlobalState; 4152 } 4153 4154 // For now we do not try to "increase" dereferenceability due to negative 4155 // indices as we first have to come up with code to deal with loops and 4156 // for overflows of the dereferenceable bytes. 4157 int64_t OffsetSExt = Offset.getSExtValue(); 4158 if (OffsetSExt < 0) 4159 OffsetSExt = 0; 4160 4161 T.takeAssumedDerefBytesMinimum( 4162 std::max(int64_t(0), DerefBytes - OffsetSExt)); 4163 4164 if (this == &AA) { 4165 if (!Stripped) { 4166 // If nothing was stripped IR information is all we got. 4167 T.takeKnownDerefBytesMaximum( 4168 std::max(int64_t(0), DerefBytes - OffsetSExt)); 4169 T.indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 4170 } else if (OffsetSExt > 0) { 4171 // If something was stripped but there is circular reasoning we look 4172 // for the offset. If it is positive we basically decrease the 4173 // dereferenceable bytes in a circluar loop now, which will simply 4174 // drive them down to the known value in a very slow way which we 4175 // can accelerate. 4176 T.indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 4177 } 4178 } 4179 4180 return T.isValidState(); 4181 }; 4182 4183 DerefState T; 4184 if (!genericValueTraversal<DerefState>(A, getIRPosition(), *this, T, 4185 VisitValueCB, getCtxI())) 4186 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 4187 4188 return clampStateAndIndicateChange(getState(), T); 4189 } 4190 4191 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 4192 void trackStatistics() const override { 4193 STATS_DECLTRACK_FLOATING_ATTR(dereferenceable) 4194 } 4195 }; 4196 4197 /// Dereferenceable attribute for a return value. 4198 struct AADereferenceableReturned final 4199 : AAReturnedFromReturnedValues<AADereferenceable, AADereferenceableImpl> { 4200 AADereferenceableReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 4201 : AAReturnedFromReturnedValues<AADereferenceable, AADereferenceableImpl>( 4202 IRP, A) {} 4203 4204 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 4205 void trackStatistics() const override { 4206 STATS_DECLTRACK_FNRET_ATTR(dereferenceable) 4207 } 4208 }; 4209 4210 /// Dereferenceable attribute for an argument 4211 struct AADereferenceableArgument final 4212 : AAArgumentFromCallSiteArguments<AADereferenceable, 4213 AADereferenceableImpl> { 4214 using Base = 4215 AAArgumentFromCallSiteArguments<AADereferenceable, AADereferenceableImpl>; 4216 AADereferenceableArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 4217 : Base(IRP, A) {} 4218 4219 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 4220 void trackStatistics() const override { 4221 STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(dereferenceable) 4222 } 4223 }; 4224 4225 /// Dereferenceable attribute for a call site argument. 4226 struct AADereferenceableCallSiteArgument final : AADereferenceableFloating { 4227 AADereferenceableCallSiteArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 4228 : AADereferenceableFloating(IRP, A) {} 4229 4230 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 4231 void trackStatistics() const override { 4232 STATS_DECLTRACK_CSARG_ATTR(dereferenceable) 4233 } 4234 }; 4235 4236 /// Dereferenceable attribute deduction for a call site return value. 4237 struct AADereferenceableCallSiteReturned final 4238 : AACallSiteReturnedFromReturned<AADereferenceable, AADereferenceableImpl> { 4239 using Base = 4240 AACallSiteReturnedFromReturned<AADereferenceable, AADereferenceableImpl>; 4241 AADereferenceableCallSiteReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 4242 : Base(IRP, A) {} 4243 4244 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 4245 void trackStatistics() const override { 4246 STATS_DECLTRACK_CS_ATTR(dereferenceable); 4247 } 4248 }; 4249 4250 // ------------------------ Align Argument Attribute ------------------------ 4251 4252 static unsigned getKnownAlignForUse(Attributor &A, AAAlign &QueryingAA, 4253 Value &AssociatedValue, const Use *U, 4254 const Instruction *I, bool &TrackUse) { 4255 // We need to follow common pointer manipulation uses to the accesses they 4256 // feed into. 4257 if (isa<CastInst>(I)) { 4258 // Follow all but ptr2int casts. 4259 TrackUse = !isa<PtrToIntInst>(I); 4260 return 0; 4261 } 4262 if (auto *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(I)) { 4263 if (GEP->hasAllConstantIndices()) 4264 TrackUse = true; 4265 return 0; 4266 } 4267 4268 MaybeAlign MA; 4269 if (const auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(I)) { 4270 if (CB->isBundleOperand(U) || CB->isCallee(U)) 4271 return 0; 4272 4273 unsigned ArgNo = CB->getArgOperandNo(U); 4274 IRPosition IRP = IRPosition::callsite_argument(*CB, ArgNo); 4275 // As long as we only use known information there is no need to track 4276 // dependences here. 4277 auto &AlignAA = A.getAAFor<AAAlign>(QueryingAA, IRP, DepClassTy::NONE); 4278 MA = MaybeAlign(AlignAA.getKnownAlign()); 4279 } 4280 4281 const DataLayout &DL = A.getDataLayout(); 4282 const Value *UseV = U->get(); 4283 if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I)) { 4284 if (SI->getPointerOperand() == UseV) 4285 MA = SI->getAlign(); 4286 } else if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) { 4287 if (LI->getPointerOperand() == UseV) 4288 MA = LI->getAlign(); 4289 } 4290 4291 if (!MA || *MA <= QueryingAA.getKnownAlign()) 4292 return 0; 4293 4294 unsigned Alignment = MA->value(); 4295 int64_t Offset; 4296 4297 if (const Value *Base = GetPointerBaseWithConstantOffset(UseV, Offset, DL)) { 4298 if (Base == &AssociatedValue) { 4299 // BasePointerAddr + Offset = Alignment * Q for some integer Q. 4300 // So we can say that the maximum power of two which is a divisor of 4301 // gcd(Offset, Alignment) is an alignment. 4302 4303 uint32_t gcd = 4304 greatestCommonDivisor(uint32_t(abs((int32_t)Offset)), Alignment); 4305 Alignment = llvm::PowerOf2Floor(gcd); 4306 } 4307 } 4308 4309 return Alignment; 4310 } 4311 4312 struct AAAlignImpl : AAAlign { 4313 AAAlignImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : AAAlign(IRP, A) {} 4314 4315 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 4316 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 4317 SmallVector<Attribute, 4> Attrs; 4318 getAttrs({Attribute::Alignment}, Attrs); 4319 for (const Attribute &Attr : Attrs) 4320 takeKnownMaximum(Attr.getValueAsInt()); 4321 4322 Value &V = getAssociatedValue(); 4323 // TODO: This is a HACK to avoid getPointerAlignment to introduce a ptr2int 4324 // use of the function pointer. This was caused by D73131. We want to 4325 // avoid this for function pointers especially because we iterate 4326 // their uses and int2ptr is not handled. It is not a correctness 4327 // problem though! 4328 if (!V.getType()->getPointerElementType()->isFunctionTy()) 4329 takeKnownMaximum(V.getPointerAlignment(A.getDataLayout()).value()); 4330 4331 if (getIRPosition().isFnInterfaceKind() && 4332 (!getAnchorScope() || 4333 !A.isFunctionIPOAmendable(*getAssociatedFunction()))) { 4334 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 4335 return; 4336 } 4337 4338 if (Instruction *CtxI = getCtxI()) 4339 followUsesInMBEC(*this, A, getState(), *CtxI); 4340 } 4341 4342 /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...). 4343 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 4344 ChangeStatus LoadStoreChanged = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 4345 4346 // Check for users that allow alignment annotations. 4347 Value &AssociatedValue = getAssociatedValue(); 4348 for (const Use &U : AssociatedValue.uses()) { 4349 if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(U.getUser())) { 4350 if (SI->getPointerOperand() == &AssociatedValue) 4351 if (SI->getAlignment() < getAssumedAlign()) { 4352 STATS_DECLTRACK(AAAlign, Store, 4353 "Number of times alignment added to a store"); 4354 SI->setAlignment(Align(getAssumedAlign())); 4355 LoadStoreChanged = ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 4356 } 4357 } else if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(U.getUser())) { 4358 if (LI->getPointerOperand() == &AssociatedValue) 4359 if (LI->getAlignment() < getAssumedAlign()) { 4360 LI->setAlignment(Align(getAssumedAlign())); 4361 STATS_DECLTRACK(AAAlign, Load, 4362 "Number of times alignment added to a load"); 4363 LoadStoreChanged = ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 4364 } 4365 } 4366 } 4367 4368 ChangeStatus Changed = AAAlign::manifest(A); 4369 4370 Align InheritAlign = 4371 getAssociatedValue().getPointerAlignment(A.getDataLayout()); 4372 if (InheritAlign >= getAssumedAlign()) 4373 return LoadStoreChanged; 4374 return Changed | LoadStoreChanged; 4375 } 4376 4377 // TODO: Provide a helper to determine the implied ABI alignment and check in 4378 // the existing manifest method and a new one for AAAlignImpl that value 4379 // to avoid making the alignment explicit if it did not improve. 4380 4381 /// See AbstractAttribute::getDeducedAttributes 4382 virtual void 4383 getDeducedAttributes(LLVMContext &Ctx, 4384 SmallVectorImpl<Attribute> &Attrs) const override { 4385 if (getAssumedAlign() > 1) 4386 Attrs.emplace_back( 4387 Attribute::getWithAlignment(Ctx, Align(getAssumedAlign()))); 4388 } 4389 4390 /// See followUsesInMBEC 4391 bool followUseInMBEC(Attributor &A, const Use *U, const Instruction *I, 4392 AAAlign::StateType &State) { 4393 bool TrackUse = false; 4394 4395 unsigned int KnownAlign = 4396 getKnownAlignForUse(A, *this, getAssociatedValue(), U, I, TrackUse); 4397 State.takeKnownMaximum(KnownAlign); 4398 4399 return TrackUse; 4400 } 4401 4402 /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr(). 4403 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 4404 return getAssumedAlign() ? ("align<" + std::to_string(getKnownAlign()) + 4405 "-" + std::to_string(getAssumedAlign()) + ">") 4406 : "unknown-align"; 4407 } 4408 }; 4409 4410 /// Align attribute for a floating value. 4411 struct AAAlignFloating : AAAlignImpl { 4412 AAAlignFloating(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : AAAlignImpl(IRP, A) {} 4413 4414 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 4415 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 4416 const DataLayout &DL = A.getDataLayout(); 4417 4418 auto VisitValueCB = [&](Value &V, const Instruction *, 4419 AAAlign::StateType &T, bool Stripped) -> bool { 4420 const auto &AA = A.getAAFor<AAAlign>(*this, IRPosition::value(V), 4421 DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 4422 if (!Stripped && this == &AA) { 4423 int64_t Offset; 4424 unsigned Alignment = 1; 4425 if (const Value *Base = 4426 GetPointerBaseWithConstantOffset(&V, Offset, DL)) { 4427 Align PA = Base->getPointerAlignment(DL); 4428 // BasePointerAddr + Offset = Alignment * Q for some integer Q. 4429 // So we can say that the maximum power of two which is a divisor of 4430 // gcd(Offset, Alignment) is an alignment. 4431 4432 uint32_t gcd = greatestCommonDivisor(uint32_t(abs((int32_t)Offset)), 4433 uint32_t(PA.value())); 4434 Alignment = llvm::PowerOf2Floor(gcd); 4435 } else { 4436 Alignment = V.getPointerAlignment(DL).value(); 4437 } 4438 // Use only IR information if we did not strip anything. 4439 T.takeKnownMaximum(Alignment); 4440 T.indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 4441 } else { 4442 // Use abstract attribute information. 4443 const AAAlign::StateType &DS = AA.getState(); 4444 T ^= DS; 4445 } 4446 return T.isValidState(); 4447 }; 4448 4449 StateType T; 4450 if (!genericValueTraversal<StateType>(A, getIRPosition(), *this, T, 4451 VisitValueCB, getCtxI())) 4452 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 4453 4454 // TODO: If we know we visited all incoming values, thus no are assumed 4455 // dead, we can take the known information from the state T. 4456 return clampStateAndIndicateChange(getState(), T); 4457 } 4458 4459 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 4460 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_FLOATING_ATTR(align) } 4461 }; 4462 4463 /// Align attribute for function return value. 4464 struct AAAlignReturned final 4465 : AAReturnedFromReturnedValues<AAAlign, AAAlignImpl> { 4466 using Base = AAReturnedFromReturnedValues<AAAlign, AAAlignImpl>; 4467 AAAlignReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : Base(IRP, A) {} 4468 4469 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 4470 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 4471 Base::initialize(A); 4472 Function *F = getAssociatedFunction(); 4473 if (!F || F->isDeclaration()) 4474 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 4475 } 4476 4477 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 4478 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_FNRET_ATTR(aligned) } 4479 }; 4480 4481 /// Align attribute for function argument. 4482 struct AAAlignArgument final 4483 : AAArgumentFromCallSiteArguments<AAAlign, AAAlignImpl> { 4484 using Base = AAArgumentFromCallSiteArguments<AAAlign, AAAlignImpl>; 4485 AAAlignArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : Base(IRP, A) {} 4486 4487 /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...). 4488 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 4489 // If the associated argument is involved in a must-tail call we give up 4490 // because we would need to keep the argument alignments of caller and 4491 // callee in-sync. Just does not seem worth the trouble right now. 4492 if (A.getInfoCache().isInvolvedInMustTailCall(*getAssociatedArgument())) 4493 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 4494 return Base::manifest(A); 4495 } 4496 4497 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 4498 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(aligned) } 4499 }; 4500 4501 struct AAAlignCallSiteArgument final : AAAlignFloating { 4502 AAAlignCallSiteArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 4503 : AAAlignFloating(IRP, A) {} 4504 4505 /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...). 4506 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 4507 // If the associated argument is involved in a must-tail call we give up 4508 // because we would need to keep the argument alignments of caller and 4509 // callee in-sync. Just does not seem worth the trouble right now. 4510 if (Argument *Arg = getAssociatedArgument()) 4511 if (A.getInfoCache().isInvolvedInMustTailCall(*Arg)) 4512 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 4513 ChangeStatus Changed = AAAlignImpl::manifest(A); 4514 Align InheritAlign = 4515 getAssociatedValue().getPointerAlignment(A.getDataLayout()); 4516 if (InheritAlign >= getAssumedAlign()) 4517 Changed = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 4518 return Changed; 4519 } 4520 4521 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(Attributor &A). 4522 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 4523 ChangeStatus Changed = AAAlignFloating::updateImpl(A); 4524 if (Argument *Arg = getAssociatedArgument()) { 4525 // We only take known information from the argument 4526 // so we do not need to track a dependence. 4527 const auto &ArgAlignAA = A.getAAFor<AAAlign>( 4528 *this, IRPosition::argument(*Arg), DepClassTy::NONE); 4529 takeKnownMaximum(ArgAlignAA.getKnownAlign()); 4530 } 4531 return Changed; 4532 } 4533 4534 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 4535 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_CSARG_ATTR(aligned) } 4536 }; 4537 4538 /// Align attribute deduction for a call site return value. 4539 struct AAAlignCallSiteReturned final 4540 : AACallSiteReturnedFromReturned<AAAlign, AAAlignImpl> { 4541 using Base = AACallSiteReturnedFromReturned<AAAlign, AAAlignImpl>; 4542 AAAlignCallSiteReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 4543 : Base(IRP, A) {} 4544 4545 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 4546 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 4547 Base::initialize(A); 4548 Function *F = getAssociatedFunction(); 4549 if (!F || F->isDeclaration()) 4550 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 4551 } 4552 4553 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 4554 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_CS_ATTR(align); } 4555 }; 4556 4557 /// ------------------ Function No-Return Attribute ---------------------------- 4558 struct AANoReturnImpl : public AANoReturn { 4559 AANoReturnImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : AANoReturn(IRP, A) {} 4560 4561 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 4562 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 4563 AANoReturn::initialize(A); 4564 Function *F = getAssociatedFunction(); 4565 if (!F || F->isDeclaration()) 4566 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 4567 } 4568 4569 /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr(). 4570 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 4571 return getAssumed() ? "noreturn" : "may-return"; 4572 } 4573 4574 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(Attributor &A). 4575 virtual ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 4576 auto CheckForNoReturn = [](Instruction &) { return false; }; 4577 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 4578 if (!A.checkForAllInstructions(CheckForNoReturn, *this, 4579 {(unsigned)Instruction::Ret}, 4580 UsedAssumedInformation)) 4581 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 4582 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 4583 } 4584 }; 4585 4586 struct AANoReturnFunction final : AANoReturnImpl { 4587 AANoReturnFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 4588 : AANoReturnImpl(IRP, A) {} 4589 4590 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 4591 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(noreturn) } 4592 }; 4593 4594 /// NoReturn attribute deduction for a call sites. 4595 struct AANoReturnCallSite final : AANoReturnImpl { 4596 AANoReturnCallSite(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 4597 : AANoReturnImpl(IRP, A) {} 4598 4599 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 4600 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 4601 AANoReturnImpl::initialize(A); 4602 if (Function *F = getAssociatedFunction()) { 4603 const IRPosition &FnPos = IRPosition::function(*F); 4604 auto &FnAA = A.getAAFor<AANoReturn>(*this, FnPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 4605 if (!FnAA.isAssumedNoReturn()) 4606 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 4607 } 4608 } 4609 4610 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 4611 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 4612 // TODO: Once we have call site specific value information we can provide 4613 // call site specific liveness information and then it makes 4614 // sense to specialize attributes for call sites arguments instead of 4615 // redirecting requests to the callee argument. 4616 Function *F = getAssociatedFunction(); 4617 const IRPosition &FnPos = IRPosition::function(*F); 4618 auto &FnAA = A.getAAFor<AANoReturn>(*this, FnPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 4619 return clampStateAndIndicateChange(getState(), FnAA.getState()); 4620 } 4621 4622 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 4623 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_CS_ATTR(noreturn); } 4624 }; 4625 4626 /// ----------------------- Variable Capturing --------------------------------- 4627 4628 /// A class to hold the state of for no-capture attributes. 4629 struct AANoCaptureImpl : public AANoCapture { 4630 AANoCaptureImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : AANoCapture(IRP, A) {} 4631 4632 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 4633 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 4634 if (hasAttr(getAttrKind(), /* IgnoreSubsumingPositions */ true)) { 4635 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 4636 return; 4637 } 4638 Function *AnchorScope = getAnchorScope(); 4639 if (isFnInterfaceKind() && 4640 (!AnchorScope || !A.isFunctionIPOAmendable(*AnchorScope))) { 4641 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 4642 return; 4643 } 4644 4645 // You cannot "capture" null in the default address space. 4646 if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(getAssociatedValue()) && 4647 getAssociatedValue().getType()->getPointerAddressSpace() == 0) { 4648 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 4649 return; 4650 } 4651 4652 const Function *F = 4653 isArgumentPosition() ? getAssociatedFunction() : AnchorScope; 4654 4655 // Check what state the associated function can actually capture. 4656 if (F) 4657 determineFunctionCaptureCapabilities(getIRPosition(), *F, *this); 4658 else 4659 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 4660 } 4661 4662 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 4663 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override; 4664 4665 /// see AbstractAttribute::isAssumedNoCaptureMaybeReturned(...). 4666 virtual void 4667 getDeducedAttributes(LLVMContext &Ctx, 4668 SmallVectorImpl<Attribute> &Attrs) const override { 4669 if (!isAssumedNoCaptureMaybeReturned()) 4670 return; 4671 4672 if (isArgumentPosition()) { 4673 if (isAssumedNoCapture()) 4674 Attrs.emplace_back(Attribute::get(Ctx, Attribute::NoCapture)); 4675 else if (ManifestInternal) 4676 Attrs.emplace_back(Attribute::get(Ctx, "no-capture-maybe-returned")); 4677 } 4678 } 4679 4680 /// Set the NOT_CAPTURED_IN_MEM and NOT_CAPTURED_IN_RET bits in \p Known 4681 /// depending on the ability of the function associated with \p IRP to capture 4682 /// state in memory and through "returning/throwing", respectively. 4683 static void determineFunctionCaptureCapabilities(const IRPosition &IRP, 4684 const Function &F, 4685 BitIntegerState &State) { 4686 // TODO: Once we have memory behavior attributes we should use them here. 4687 4688 // If we know we cannot communicate or write to memory, we do not care about 4689 // ptr2int anymore. 4690 if (F.onlyReadsMemory() && F.doesNotThrow() && 4691 F.getReturnType()->isVoidTy()) { 4692 State.addKnownBits(NO_CAPTURE); 4693 return; 4694 } 4695 4696 // A function cannot capture state in memory if it only reads memory, it can 4697 // however return/throw state and the state might be influenced by the 4698 // pointer value, e.g., loading from a returned pointer might reveal a bit. 4699 if (F.onlyReadsMemory()) 4700 State.addKnownBits(NOT_CAPTURED_IN_MEM); 4701 4702 // A function cannot communicate state back if it does not through 4703 // exceptions and doesn not return values. 4704 if (F.doesNotThrow() && F.getReturnType()->isVoidTy()) 4705 State.addKnownBits(NOT_CAPTURED_IN_RET); 4706 4707 // Check existing "returned" attributes. 4708 int ArgNo = IRP.getCalleeArgNo(); 4709 if (F.doesNotThrow() && ArgNo >= 0) { 4710 for (unsigned u = 0, e = F.arg_size(); u < e; ++u) 4711 if (F.hasParamAttribute(u, Attribute::Returned)) { 4712 if (u == unsigned(ArgNo)) 4713 State.removeAssumedBits(NOT_CAPTURED_IN_RET); 4714 else if (F.onlyReadsMemory()) 4715 State.addKnownBits(NO_CAPTURE); 4716 else 4717 State.addKnownBits(NOT_CAPTURED_IN_RET); 4718 break; 4719 } 4720 } 4721 } 4722 4723 /// See AbstractState::getAsStr(). 4724 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 4725 if (isKnownNoCapture()) 4726 return "known not-captured"; 4727 if (isAssumedNoCapture()) 4728 return "assumed not-captured"; 4729 if (isKnownNoCaptureMaybeReturned()) 4730 return "known not-captured-maybe-returned"; 4731 if (isAssumedNoCaptureMaybeReturned()) 4732 return "assumed not-captured-maybe-returned"; 4733 return "assumed-captured"; 4734 } 4735 }; 4736 4737 /// Attributor-aware capture tracker. 4738 struct AACaptureUseTracker final : public CaptureTracker { 4739 4740 /// Create a capture tracker that can lookup in-flight abstract attributes 4741 /// through the Attributor \p A. 4742 /// 4743 /// If a use leads to a potential capture, \p CapturedInMemory is set and the 4744 /// search is stopped. If a use leads to a return instruction, 4745 /// \p CommunicatedBack is set to true and \p CapturedInMemory is not changed. 4746 /// If a use leads to a ptr2int which may capture the value, 4747 /// \p CapturedInInteger is set. If a use is found that is currently assumed 4748 /// "no-capture-maybe-returned", the user is added to the \p PotentialCopies 4749 /// set. All values in \p PotentialCopies are later tracked as well. For every 4750 /// explored use we decrement \p RemainingUsesToExplore. Once it reaches 0, 4751 /// the search is stopped with \p CapturedInMemory and \p CapturedInInteger 4752 /// conservatively set to true. 4753 AACaptureUseTracker(Attributor &A, AANoCapture &NoCaptureAA, 4754 const AAIsDead &IsDeadAA, AANoCapture::StateType &State, 4755 SmallSetVector<Value *, 4> &PotentialCopies, 4756 unsigned &RemainingUsesToExplore) 4757 : A(A), NoCaptureAA(NoCaptureAA), IsDeadAA(IsDeadAA), State(State), 4758 PotentialCopies(PotentialCopies), 4759 RemainingUsesToExplore(RemainingUsesToExplore) {} 4760 4761 /// Determine if \p V maybe captured. *Also updates the state!* 4762 bool valueMayBeCaptured(const Value *V) { 4763 if (V->getType()->isPointerTy()) { 4764 PointerMayBeCaptured(V, this); 4765 } else { 4766 State.indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 4767 } 4768 return State.isAssumed(AANoCapture::NO_CAPTURE_MAYBE_RETURNED); 4769 } 4770 4771 /// See CaptureTracker::tooManyUses(). 4772 void tooManyUses() override { 4773 State.removeAssumedBits(AANoCapture::NO_CAPTURE); 4774 } 4775 4776 bool isDereferenceableOrNull(Value *O, const DataLayout &DL) override { 4777 if (CaptureTracker::isDereferenceableOrNull(O, DL)) 4778 return true; 4779 const auto &DerefAA = A.getAAFor<AADereferenceable>( 4780 NoCaptureAA, IRPosition::value(*O), DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 4781 return DerefAA.getAssumedDereferenceableBytes(); 4782 } 4783 4784 /// See CaptureTracker::captured(...). 4785 bool captured(const Use *U) override { 4786 Instruction *UInst = cast<Instruction>(U->getUser()); 4787 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Check use: " << *U->get() << " in " << *UInst 4788 << "\n"); 4789 4790 // Because we may reuse the tracker multiple times we keep track of the 4791 // number of explored uses ourselves as well. 4792 if (RemainingUsesToExplore-- == 0) { 4793 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " - too many uses to explore!\n"); 4794 return isCapturedIn(/* Memory */ true, /* Integer */ true, 4795 /* Return */ true); 4796 } 4797 4798 // Deal with ptr2int by following uses. 4799 if (isa<PtrToIntInst>(UInst)) { 4800 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " - ptr2int assume the worst!\n"); 4801 return valueMayBeCaptured(UInst); 4802 } 4803 4804 // For stores we check if we can follow the value through memory or not. 4805 if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(UInst)) { 4806 if (SI->isVolatile()) 4807 return isCapturedIn(/* Memory */ true, /* Integer */ false, 4808 /* Return */ false); 4809 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 4810 if (!AA::getPotentialCopiesOfStoredValue( 4811 A, *SI, PotentialCopies, NoCaptureAA, UsedAssumedInformation)) 4812 return isCapturedIn(/* Memory */ true, /* Integer */ false, 4813 /* Return */ false); 4814 // Not captured directly, potential copies will be checked. 4815 return isCapturedIn(/* Memory */ false, /* Integer */ false, 4816 /* Return */ false); 4817 } 4818 4819 // Explicitly catch return instructions. 4820 if (isa<ReturnInst>(UInst)) { 4821 if (UInst->getFunction() == NoCaptureAA.getAnchorScope()) 4822 return isCapturedIn(/* Memory */ false, /* Integer */ false, 4823 /* Return */ true); 4824 return isCapturedIn(/* Memory */ true, /* Integer */ true, 4825 /* Return */ true); 4826 } 4827 4828 // For now we only use special logic for call sites. However, the tracker 4829 // itself knows about a lot of other non-capturing cases already. 4830 auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(UInst); 4831 if (!CB || !CB->isArgOperand(U)) 4832 return isCapturedIn(/* Memory */ true, /* Integer */ true, 4833 /* Return */ true); 4834 4835 unsigned ArgNo = CB->getArgOperandNo(U); 4836 const IRPosition &CSArgPos = IRPosition::callsite_argument(*CB, ArgNo); 4837 // If we have a abstract no-capture attribute for the argument we can use 4838 // it to justify a non-capture attribute here. This allows recursion! 4839 auto &ArgNoCaptureAA = 4840 A.getAAFor<AANoCapture>(NoCaptureAA, CSArgPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 4841 if (ArgNoCaptureAA.isAssumedNoCapture()) 4842 return isCapturedIn(/* Memory */ false, /* Integer */ false, 4843 /* Return */ false); 4844 if (ArgNoCaptureAA.isAssumedNoCaptureMaybeReturned()) { 4845 addPotentialCopy(*CB); 4846 return isCapturedIn(/* Memory */ false, /* Integer */ false, 4847 /* Return */ false); 4848 } 4849 4850 // Lastly, we could not find a reason no-capture can be assumed so we don't. 4851 return isCapturedIn(/* Memory */ true, /* Integer */ true, 4852 /* Return */ true); 4853 } 4854 4855 /// Register \p CS as potential copy of the value we are checking. 4856 void addPotentialCopy(CallBase &CB) { PotentialCopies.insert(&CB); } 4857 4858 /// See CaptureTracker::shouldExplore(...). 4859 bool shouldExplore(const Use *U) override { 4860 // Check liveness and ignore droppable users. 4861 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 4862 return !U->getUser()->isDroppable() && 4863 !A.isAssumedDead(*U, &NoCaptureAA, &IsDeadAA, 4864 UsedAssumedInformation); 4865 } 4866 4867 /// Update the state according to \p CapturedInMem, \p CapturedInInt, and 4868 /// \p CapturedInRet, then return the appropriate value for use in the 4869 /// CaptureTracker::captured() interface. 4870 bool isCapturedIn(bool CapturedInMem, bool CapturedInInt, 4871 bool CapturedInRet) { 4872 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " - captures [Mem " << CapturedInMem << "|Int " 4873 << CapturedInInt << "|Ret " << CapturedInRet << "]\n"); 4874 if (CapturedInMem) 4875 State.removeAssumedBits(AANoCapture::NOT_CAPTURED_IN_MEM); 4876 if (CapturedInInt) 4877 State.removeAssumedBits(AANoCapture::NOT_CAPTURED_IN_INT); 4878 if (CapturedInRet) 4879 State.removeAssumedBits(AANoCapture::NOT_CAPTURED_IN_RET); 4880 return !State.isAssumed(AANoCapture::NO_CAPTURE_MAYBE_RETURNED); 4881 } 4882 4883 private: 4884 /// The attributor providing in-flight abstract attributes. 4885 Attributor &A; 4886 4887 /// The abstract attribute currently updated. 4888 AANoCapture &NoCaptureAA; 4889 4890 /// The abstract liveness state. 4891 const AAIsDead &IsDeadAA; 4892 4893 /// The state currently updated. 4894 AANoCapture::StateType &State; 4895 4896 /// Set of potential copies of the tracked value. 4897 SmallSetVector<Value *, 4> &PotentialCopies; 4898 4899 /// Global counter to limit the number of explored uses. 4900 unsigned &RemainingUsesToExplore; 4901 }; 4902 4903 ChangeStatus AANoCaptureImpl::updateImpl(Attributor &A) { 4904 const IRPosition &IRP = getIRPosition(); 4905 Value *V = isArgumentPosition() ? IRP.getAssociatedArgument() 4906 : &IRP.getAssociatedValue(); 4907 if (!V) 4908 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 4909 4910 const Function *F = 4911 isArgumentPosition() ? IRP.getAssociatedFunction() : IRP.getAnchorScope(); 4912 assert(F && "Expected a function!"); 4913 const IRPosition &FnPos = IRPosition::function(*F); 4914 const auto &IsDeadAA = A.getAAFor<AAIsDead>(*this, FnPos, DepClassTy::NONE); 4915 4916 AANoCapture::StateType T; 4917 4918 // Readonly means we cannot capture through memory. 4919 const auto &FnMemAA = 4920 A.getAAFor<AAMemoryBehavior>(*this, FnPos, DepClassTy::NONE); 4921 if (FnMemAA.isAssumedReadOnly()) { 4922 T.addKnownBits(NOT_CAPTURED_IN_MEM); 4923 if (FnMemAA.isKnownReadOnly()) 4924 addKnownBits(NOT_CAPTURED_IN_MEM); 4925 else 4926 A.recordDependence(FnMemAA, *this, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 4927 } 4928 4929 // Make sure all returned values are different than the underlying value. 4930 // TODO: we could do this in a more sophisticated way inside 4931 // AAReturnedValues, e.g., track all values that escape through returns 4932 // directly somehow. 4933 auto CheckReturnedArgs = [&](const AAReturnedValues &RVAA) { 4934 bool SeenConstant = false; 4935 for (auto &It : RVAA.returned_values()) { 4936 if (isa<Constant>(It.first)) { 4937 if (SeenConstant) 4938 return false; 4939 SeenConstant = true; 4940 } else if (!isa<Argument>(It.first) || 4941 It.first == getAssociatedArgument()) 4942 return false; 4943 } 4944 return true; 4945 }; 4946 4947 const auto &NoUnwindAA = 4948 A.getAAFor<AANoUnwind>(*this, FnPos, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 4949 if (NoUnwindAA.isAssumedNoUnwind()) { 4950 bool IsVoidTy = F->getReturnType()->isVoidTy(); 4951 const AAReturnedValues *RVAA = 4952 IsVoidTy ? nullptr 4953 : &A.getAAFor<AAReturnedValues>(*this, FnPos, 4954 4955 DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 4956 if (IsVoidTy || CheckReturnedArgs(*RVAA)) { 4957 T.addKnownBits(NOT_CAPTURED_IN_RET); 4958 if (T.isKnown(NOT_CAPTURED_IN_MEM)) 4959 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 4960 if (NoUnwindAA.isKnownNoUnwind() && 4961 (IsVoidTy || RVAA->getState().isAtFixpoint())) { 4962 addKnownBits(NOT_CAPTURED_IN_RET); 4963 if (isKnown(NOT_CAPTURED_IN_MEM)) 4964 return indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 4965 } 4966 } 4967 } 4968 4969 // Use the CaptureTracker interface and logic with the specialized tracker, 4970 // defined in AACaptureUseTracker, that can look at in-flight abstract 4971 // attributes and directly updates the assumed state. 4972 SmallSetVector<Value *, 4> PotentialCopies; 4973 unsigned RemainingUsesToExplore = 4974 getDefaultMaxUsesToExploreForCaptureTracking(); 4975 AACaptureUseTracker Tracker(A, *this, IsDeadAA, T, PotentialCopies, 4976 RemainingUsesToExplore); 4977 4978 // Check all potential copies of the associated value until we can assume 4979 // none will be captured or we have to assume at least one might be. 4980 unsigned Idx = 0; 4981 PotentialCopies.insert(V); 4982 while (T.isAssumed(NO_CAPTURE_MAYBE_RETURNED) && Idx < PotentialCopies.size()) 4983 Tracker.valueMayBeCaptured(PotentialCopies[Idx++]); 4984 4985 AANoCapture::StateType &S = getState(); 4986 auto Assumed = S.getAssumed(); 4987 S.intersectAssumedBits(T.getAssumed()); 4988 if (!isAssumedNoCaptureMaybeReturned()) 4989 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 4990 return Assumed == S.getAssumed() ? ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED 4991 : ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 4992 } 4993 4994 /// NoCapture attribute for function arguments. 4995 struct AANoCaptureArgument final : AANoCaptureImpl { 4996 AANoCaptureArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 4997 : AANoCaptureImpl(IRP, A) {} 4998 4999 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 5000 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(nocapture) } 5001 }; 5002 5003 /// NoCapture attribute for call site arguments. 5004 struct AANoCaptureCallSiteArgument final : AANoCaptureImpl { 5005 AANoCaptureCallSiteArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 5006 : AANoCaptureImpl(IRP, A) {} 5007 5008 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 5009 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 5010 if (Argument *Arg = getAssociatedArgument()) 5011 if (Arg->hasByValAttr()) 5012 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 5013 AANoCaptureImpl::initialize(A); 5014 } 5015 5016 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 5017 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 5018 // TODO: Once we have call site specific value information we can provide 5019 // call site specific liveness information and then it makes 5020 // sense to specialize attributes for call sites arguments instead of 5021 // redirecting requests to the callee argument. 5022 Argument *Arg = getAssociatedArgument(); 5023 if (!Arg) 5024 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 5025 const IRPosition &ArgPos = IRPosition::argument(*Arg); 5026 auto &ArgAA = A.getAAFor<AANoCapture>(*this, ArgPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 5027 return clampStateAndIndicateChange(getState(), ArgAA.getState()); 5028 } 5029 5030 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 5031 void trackStatistics() const override{STATS_DECLTRACK_CSARG_ATTR(nocapture)}; 5032 }; 5033 5034 /// NoCapture attribute for floating values. 5035 struct AANoCaptureFloating final : AANoCaptureImpl { 5036 AANoCaptureFloating(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 5037 : AANoCaptureImpl(IRP, A) {} 5038 5039 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 5040 void trackStatistics() const override { 5041 STATS_DECLTRACK_FLOATING_ATTR(nocapture) 5042 } 5043 }; 5044 5045 /// NoCapture attribute for function return value. 5046 struct AANoCaptureReturned final : AANoCaptureImpl { 5047 AANoCaptureReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 5048 : AANoCaptureImpl(IRP, A) { 5049 llvm_unreachable("NoCapture is not applicable to function returns!"); 5050 } 5051 5052 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 5053 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 5054 llvm_unreachable("NoCapture is not applicable to function returns!"); 5055 } 5056 5057 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 5058 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 5059 llvm_unreachable("NoCapture is not applicable to function returns!"); 5060 } 5061 5062 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 5063 void trackStatistics() const override {} 5064 }; 5065 5066 /// NoCapture attribute deduction for a call site return value. 5067 struct AANoCaptureCallSiteReturned final : AANoCaptureImpl { 5068 AANoCaptureCallSiteReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 5069 : AANoCaptureImpl(IRP, A) {} 5070 5071 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 5072 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 5073 const Function *F = getAnchorScope(); 5074 // Check what state the associated function can actually capture. 5075 determineFunctionCaptureCapabilities(getIRPosition(), *F, *this); 5076 } 5077 5078 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 5079 void trackStatistics() const override { 5080 STATS_DECLTRACK_CSRET_ATTR(nocapture) 5081 } 5082 }; 5083 } // namespace 5084 5085 /// ------------------ Value Simplify Attribute ---------------------------- 5086 5087 bool ValueSimplifyStateType::unionAssumed(Optional<Value *> Other) { 5088 // FIXME: Add a typecast support. 5089 SimplifiedAssociatedValue = AA::combineOptionalValuesInAAValueLatice( 5090 SimplifiedAssociatedValue, Other, Ty); 5091 if (SimplifiedAssociatedValue == Optional<Value *>(nullptr)) 5092 return false; 5093 5094 LLVM_DEBUG({ 5095 if (SimplifiedAssociatedValue.hasValue()) 5096 dbgs() << "[ValueSimplify] is assumed to be " 5097 << **SimplifiedAssociatedValue << "\n"; 5098 else 5099 dbgs() << "[ValueSimplify] is assumed to be <none>\n"; 5100 }); 5101 return true; 5102 } 5103 5104 namespace { 5105 struct AAValueSimplifyImpl : AAValueSimplify { 5106 AAValueSimplifyImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 5107 : AAValueSimplify(IRP, A) {} 5108 5109 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 5110 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 5111 if (getAssociatedValue().getType()->isVoidTy()) 5112 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 5113 if (A.hasSimplificationCallback(getIRPosition())) 5114 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 5115 } 5116 5117 /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr(). 5118 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 5119 LLVM_DEBUG({ 5120 errs() << "SAV: " << SimplifiedAssociatedValue << " "; 5121 if (SimplifiedAssociatedValue && *SimplifiedAssociatedValue) 5122 errs() << "SAV: " << **SimplifiedAssociatedValue << " "; 5123 }); 5124 return isValidState() ? (isAtFixpoint() ? "simplified" : "maybe-simple") 5125 : "not-simple"; 5126 } 5127 5128 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 5129 void trackStatistics() const override {} 5130 5131 /// See AAValueSimplify::getAssumedSimplifiedValue() 5132 Optional<Value *> getAssumedSimplifiedValue(Attributor &A) const override { 5133 return SimplifiedAssociatedValue; 5134 } 5135 5136 /// Return a value we can use as replacement for the associated one, or 5137 /// nullptr if we don't have one that makes sense. 5138 Value *getReplacementValue(Attributor &A) const { 5139 Value *NewV; 5140 NewV = SimplifiedAssociatedValue.hasValue() 5141 ? SimplifiedAssociatedValue.getValue() 5142 : UndefValue::get(getAssociatedType()); 5143 if (!NewV) 5144 return nullptr; 5145 NewV = AA::getWithType(*NewV, *getAssociatedType()); 5146 if (!NewV || NewV == &getAssociatedValue()) 5147 return nullptr; 5148 const Instruction *CtxI = getCtxI(); 5149 if (CtxI && !AA::isValidAtPosition(*NewV, *CtxI, A.getInfoCache())) 5150 return nullptr; 5151 if (!CtxI && !AA::isValidInScope(*NewV, getAnchorScope())) 5152 return nullptr; 5153 return NewV; 5154 } 5155 5156 /// Helper function for querying AAValueSimplify and updating candicate. 5157 /// \param IRP The value position we are trying to unify with SimplifiedValue 5158 bool checkAndUpdate(Attributor &A, const AbstractAttribute &QueryingAA, 5159 const IRPosition &IRP, bool Simplify = true) { 5160 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 5161 Optional<Value *> QueryingValueSimplified = &IRP.getAssociatedValue(); 5162 if (Simplify) 5163 QueryingValueSimplified = 5164 A.getAssumedSimplified(IRP, QueryingAA, UsedAssumedInformation); 5165 return unionAssumed(QueryingValueSimplified); 5166 } 5167 5168 /// Returns a candidate is found or not 5169 template <typename AAType> bool askSimplifiedValueFor(Attributor &A) { 5170 if (!getAssociatedValue().getType()->isIntegerTy()) 5171 return false; 5172 5173 // This will also pass the call base context. 5174 const auto &AA = 5175 A.getAAFor<AAType>(*this, getIRPosition(), DepClassTy::NONE); 5176 5177 Optional<ConstantInt *> COpt = AA.getAssumedConstantInt(A); 5178 5179 if (!COpt.hasValue()) { 5180 SimplifiedAssociatedValue = llvm::None; 5181 A.recordDependence(AA, *this, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 5182 return true; 5183 } 5184 if (auto *C = COpt.getValue()) { 5185 SimplifiedAssociatedValue = C; 5186 A.recordDependence(AA, *this, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 5187 return true; 5188 } 5189 return false; 5190 } 5191 5192 bool askSimplifiedValueForOtherAAs(Attributor &A) { 5193 if (askSimplifiedValueFor<AAValueConstantRange>(A)) 5194 return true; 5195 if (askSimplifiedValueFor<AAPotentialValues>(A)) 5196 return true; 5197 return false; 5198 } 5199 5200 /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...). 5201 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 5202 ChangeStatus Changed = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 5203 if (getAssociatedValue().user_empty()) 5204 return Changed; 5205 5206 if (auto *NewV = getReplacementValue(A)) { 5207 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[ValueSimplify] " << getAssociatedValue() << " -> " 5208 << *NewV << " :: " << *this << "\n"); 5209 if (A.changeValueAfterManifest(getAssociatedValue(), *NewV)) 5210 Changed = ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 5211 } 5212 5213 return Changed | AAValueSimplify::manifest(A); 5214 } 5215 5216 /// See AbstractState::indicatePessimisticFixpoint(...). 5217 ChangeStatus indicatePessimisticFixpoint() override { 5218 SimplifiedAssociatedValue = &getAssociatedValue(); 5219 return AAValueSimplify::indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 5220 } 5221 5222 static bool handleLoad(Attributor &A, const AbstractAttribute &AA, 5223 LoadInst &L, function_ref<bool(Value &)> Union) { 5224 auto UnionWrapper = [&](Value &V, Value &Obj) { 5225 if (isa<AllocaInst>(Obj)) 5226 return Union(V); 5227 if (!AA::isDynamicallyUnique(A, AA, V)) 5228 return false; 5229 if (!AA::isValidAtPosition(V, L, A.getInfoCache())) 5230 return false; 5231 return Union(V); 5232 }; 5233 5234 Value &Ptr = *L.getPointerOperand(); 5235 SmallVector<Value *, 8> Objects; 5236 if (!AA::getAssumedUnderlyingObjects(A, Ptr, Objects, AA, &L)) 5237 return false; 5238 5239 for (Value *Obj : Objects) { 5240 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Visit underlying object " << *Obj << "\n"); 5241 if (isa<UndefValue>(Obj)) 5242 continue; 5243 if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Obj)) { 5244 // A null pointer access can be undefined but any offset from null may 5245 // be OK. We do not try to optimize the latter. 5246 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 5247 if (!NullPointerIsDefined(L.getFunction(), 5248 Ptr.getType()->getPointerAddressSpace()) && 5249 A.getAssumedSimplified(Ptr, AA, UsedAssumedInformation) == Obj) 5250 continue; 5251 return false; 5252 } 5253 if (!isa<AllocaInst>(Obj) && !isa<GlobalVariable>(Obj)) 5254 return false; 5255 Constant *InitialVal = AA::getInitialValueForObj(*Obj, *L.getType()); 5256 if (!InitialVal || !Union(*InitialVal)) 5257 return false; 5258 5259 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Underlying object amenable to load-store " 5260 "propagation, checking accesses next.\n"); 5261 5262 auto CheckAccess = [&](const AAPointerInfo::Access &Acc, bool IsExact) { 5263 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " - visit access " << Acc << "\n"); 5264 if (!Acc.isWrite()) 5265 return true; 5266 if (Acc.isWrittenValueYetUndetermined()) 5267 return true; 5268 Value *Content = Acc.getWrittenValue(); 5269 if (!Content) 5270 return false; 5271 Value *CastedContent = 5272 AA::getWithType(*Content, *AA.getAssociatedType()); 5273 if (!CastedContent) 5274 return false; 5275 if (IsExact) 5276 return UnionWrapper(*CastedContent, *Obj); 5277 if (auto *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(CastedContent)) 5278 if (C->isNullValue() || C->isAllOnesValue() || isa<UndefValue>(C)) 5279 return UnionWrapper(*CastedContent, *Obj); 5280 return false; 5281 }; 5282 5283 auto &PI = A.getAAFor<AAPointerInfo>(AA, IRPosition::value(*Obj), 5284 DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 5285 if (!PI.forallInterferingAccesses(L, CheckAccess)) 5286 return false; 5287 } 5288 return true; 5289 } 5290 }; 5291 5292 struct AAValueSimplifyArgument final : AAValueSimplifyImpl { 5293 AAValueSimplifyArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 5294 : AAValueSimplifyImpl(IRP, A) {} 5295 5296 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 5297 AAValueSimplifyImpl::initialize(A); 5298 if (!getAnchorScope() || getAnchorScope()->isDeclaration()) 5299 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 5300 if (hasAttr({Attribute::InAlloca, Attribute::Preallocated, 5301 Attribute::StructRet, Attribute::Nest, Attribute::ByVal}, 5302 /* IgnoreSubsumingPositions */ true)) 5303 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 5304 5305 // FIXME: This is a hack to prevent us from propagating function poiner in 5306 // the new pass manager CGSCC pass as it creates call edges the 5307 // CallGraphUpdater cannot handle yet. 5308 Value &V = getAssociatedValue(); 5309 if (V.getType()->isPointerTy() && 5310 V.getType()->getPointerElementType()->isFunctionTy() && 5311 !A.isModulePass()) 5312 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 5313 } 5314 5315 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 5316 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 5317 // Byval is only replacable if it is readonly otherwise we would write into 5318 // the replaced value and not the copy that byval creates implicitly. 5319 Argument *Arg = getAssociatedArgument(); 5320 if (Arg->hasByValAttr()) { 5321 // TODO: We probably need to verify synchronization is not an issue, e.g., 5322 // there is no race by not copying a constant byval. 5323 const auto &MemAA = A.getAAFor<AAMemoryBehavior>(*this, getIRPosition(), 5324 DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 5325 if (!MemAA.isAssumedReadOnly()) 5326 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 5327 } 5328 5329 auto Before = SimplifiedAssociatedValue; 5330 5331 auto PredForCallSite = [&](AbstractCallSite ACS) { 5332 const IRPosition &ACSArgPos = 5333 IRPosition::callsite_argument(ACS, getCallSiteArgNo()); 5334 // Check if a coresponding argument was found or if it is on not 5335 // associated (which can happen for callback calls). 5336 if (ACSArgPos.getPositionKind() == IRPosition::IRP_INVALID) 5337 return false; 5338 5339 // Simplify the argument operand explicitly and check if the result is 5340 // valid in the current scope. This avoids refering to simplified values 5341 // in other functions, e.g., we don't want to say a an argument in a 5342 // static function is actually an argument in a different function. 5343 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 5344 Optional<Constant *> SimpleArgOp = 5345 A.getAssumedConstant(ACSArgPos, *this, UsedAssumedInformation); 5346 if (!SimpleArgOp.hasValue()) 5347 return true; 5348 if (!SimpleArgOp.getValue()) 5349 return false; 5350 if (!AA::isDynamicallyUnique(A, *this, **SimpleArgOp)) 5351 return false; 5352 return unionAssumed(*SimpleArgOp); 5353 }; 5354 5355 // Generate a answer specific to a call site context. 5356 bool Success; 5357 bool AllCallSitesKnown; 5358 if (hasCallBaseContext() && 5359 getCallBaseContext()->getCalledFunction() == Arg->getParent()) 5360 Success = PredForCallSite( 5361 AbstractCallSite(&getCallBaseContext()->getCalledOperandUse())); 5362 else 5363 Success = A.checkForAllCallSites(PredForCallSite, *this, true, 5364 AllCallSitesKnown); 5365 5366 if (!Success) 5367 if (!askSimplifiedValueForOtherAAs(A)) 5368 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 5369 5370 // If a candicate was found in this update, return CHANGED. 5371 return Before == SimplifiedAssociatedValue ? ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED 5372 : ChangeStatus ::CHANGED; 5373 } 5374 5375 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 5376 void trackStatistics() const override { 5377 STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(value_simplify) 5378 } 5379 }; 5380 5381 struct AAValueSimplifyReturned : AAValueSimplifyImpl { 5382 AAValueSimplifyReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 5383 : AAValueSimplifyImpl(IRP, A) {} 5384 5385 /// See AAValueSimplify::getAssumedSimplifiedValue() 5386 Optional<Value *> getAssumedSimplifiedValue(Attributor &A) const override { 5387 if (!isValidState()) 5388 return nullptr; 5389 return SimplifiedAssociatedValue; 5390 } 5391 5392 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 5393 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 5394 auto Before = SimplifiedAssociatedValue; 5395 5396 auto PredForReturned = [&](Value &V) { 5397 return checkAndUpdate(A, *this, 5398 IRPosition::value(V, getCallBaseContext())); 5399 }; 5400 5401 if (!A.checkForAllReturnedValues(PredForReturned, *this)) 5402 if (!askSimplifiedValueForOtherAAs(A)) 5403 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 5404 5405 // If a candicate was found in this update, return CHANGED. 5406 return Before == SimplifiedAssociatedValue ? ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED 5407 : ChangeStatus ::CHANGED; 5408 } 5409 5410 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 5411 ChangeStatus Changed = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 5412 5413 if (auto *NewV = getReplacementValue(A)) { 5414 auto PredForReturned = 5415 [&](Value &, const SmallSetVector<ReturnInst *, 4> &RetInsts) { 5416 for (ReturnInst *RI : RetInsts) { 5417 Value *ReturnedVal = RI->getReturnValue(); 5418 if (ReturnedVal == NewV || isa<UndefValue>(ReturnedVal)) 5419 return true; 5420 assert(RI->getFunction() == getAnchorScope() && 5421 "ReturnInst in wrong function!"); 5422 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() 5423 << "[ValueSimplify] " << *ReturnedVal << " -> " 5424 << *NewV << " in " << *RI << " :: " << *this << "\n"); 5425 if (A.changeUseAfterManifest(RI->getOperandUse(0), *NewV)) 5426 Changed = ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 5427 } 5428 return true; 5429 }; 5430 A.checkForAllReturnedValuesAndReturnInsts(PredForReturned, *this); 5431 } 5432 5433 return Changed | AAValueSimplify::manifest(A); 5434 } 5435 5436 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 5437 void trackStatistics() const override { 5438 STATS_DECLTRACK_FNRET_ATTR(value_simplify) 5439 } 5440 }; 5441 5442 struct AAValueSimplifyFloating : AAValueSimplifyImpl { 5443 AAValueSimplifyFloating(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 5444 : AAValueSimplifyImpl(IRP, A) {} 5445 5446 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 5447 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 5448 AAValueSimplifyImpl::initialize(A); 5449 Value &V = getAnchorValue(); 5450 5451 // TODO: add other stuffs 5452 if (isa<Constant>(V)) 5453 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 5454 } 5455 5456 /// Check if \p Cmp is a comparison we can simplify. 5457 /// 5458 /// We handle multiple cases, one in which at least one operand is an 5459 /// (assumed) nullptr. If so, try to simplify it using AANonNull on the other 5460 /// operand. Return true if successful, in that case SimplifiedAssociatedValue 5461 /// will be updated. 5462 bool handleCmp(Attributor &A, CmpInst &Cmp) { 5463 auto Union = [&](Value &V) { 5464 SimplifiedAssociatedValue = AA::combineOptionalValuesInAAValueLatice( 5465 SimplifiedAssociatedValue, &V, V.getType()); 5466 return SimplifiedAssociatedValue != Optional<Value *>(nullptr); 5467 }; 5468 5469 Value *LHS = Cmp.getOperand(0); 5470 Value *RHS = Cmp.getOperand(1); 5471 5472 // Simplify the operands first. 5473 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 5474 const auto &SimplifiedLHS = 5475 A.getAssumedSimplified(IRPosition::value(*LHS, getCallBaseContext()), 5476 *this, UsedAssumedInformation); 5477 if (!SimplifiedLHS.hasValue()) 5478 return true; 5479 if (!SimplifiedLHS.getValue()) 5480 return false; 5481 LHS = *SimplifiedLHS; 5482 5483 const auto &SimplifiedRHS = 5484 A.getAssumedSimplified(IRPosition::value(*RHS, getCallBaseContext()), 5485 *this, UsedAssumedInformation); 5486 if (!SimplifiedRHS.hasValue()) 5487 return true; 5488 if (!SimplifiedRHS.getValue()) 5489 return false; 5490 RHS = *SimplifiedRHS; 5491 5492 LLVMContext &Ctx = Cmp.getContext(); 5493 // Handle the trivial case first in which we don't even need to think about 5494 // null or non-null. 5495 if (LHS == RHS && (Cmp.isTrueWhenEqual() || Cmp.isFalseWhenEqual())) { 5496 Constant *NewVal = 5497 ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt1Ty(Ctx), Cmp.isTrueWhenEqual()); 5498 if (!Union(*NewVal)) 5499 return false; 5500 if (!UsedAssumedInformation) 5501 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 5502 return true; 5503 } 5504 5505 // From now on we only handle equalities (==, !=). 5506 ICmpInst *ICmp = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(&Cmp); 5507 if (!ICmp || !ICmp->isEquality()) 5508 return false; 5509 5510 bool LHSIsNull = isa<ConstantPointerNull>(LHS); 5511 bool RHSIsNull = isa<ConstantPointerNull>(RHS); 5512 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) 5513 return false; 5514 5515 // Left is the nullptr ==/!= non-nullptr case. We'll use AANonNull on the 5516 // non-nullptr operand and if we assume it's non-null we can conclude the 5517 // result of the comparison. 5518 assert((LHSIsNull || RHSIsNull) && 5519 "Expected nullptr versus non-nullptr comparison at this point"); 5520 5521 // The index is the operand that we assume is not null. 5522 unsigned PtrIdx = LHSIsNull; 5523 auto &PtrNonNullAA = A.getAAFor<AANonNull>( 5524 *this, IRPosition::value(*ICmp->getOperand(PtrIdx)), 5525 DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 5526 if (!PtrNonNullAA.isAssumedNonNull()) 5527 return false; 5528 UsedAssumedInformation |= !PtrNonNullAA.isKnownNonNull(); 5529 5530 // The new value depends on the predicate, true for != and false for ==. 5531 Constant *NewVal = ConstantInt::get( 5532 Type::getInt1Ty(Ctx), ICmp->getPredicate() == CmpInst::ICMP_NE); 5533 if (!Union(*NewVal)) 5534 return false; 5535 5536 if (!UsedAssumedInformation) 5537 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 5538 5539 return true; 5540 } 5541 5542 bool updateWithLoad(Attributor &A, LoadInst &L) { 5543 auto Union = [&](Value &V) { 5544 SimplifiedAssociatedValue = AA::combineOptionalValuesInAAValueLatice( 5545 SimplifiedAssociatedValue, &V, L.getType()); 5546 return SimplifiedAssociatedValue != Optional<Value *>(nullptr); 5547 }; 5548 return handleLoad(A, *this, L, Union); 5549 } 5550 5551 /// Use the generic, non-optimistic InstSimplfy functionality if we managed to 5552 /// simplify any operand of the instruction \p I. Return true if successful, 5553 /// in that case SimplifiedAssociatedValue will be updated. 5554 bool handleGenericInst(Attributor &A, Instruction &I) { 5555 bool SomeSimplified = false; 5556 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 5557 5558 SmallVector<Value *, 8> NewOps(I.getNumOperands()); 5559 int Idx = 0; 5560 for (Value *Op : I.operands()) { 5561 const auto &SimplifiedOp = 5562 A.getAssumedSimplified(IRPosition::value(*Op, getCallBaseContext()), 5563 *this, UsedAssumedInformation); 5564 // If we are not sure about any operand we are not sure about the entire 5565 // instruction, we'll wait. 5566 if (!SimplifiedOp.hasValue()) 5567 return true; 5568 5569 if (SimplifiedOp.getValue()) 5570 NewOps[Idx] = SimplifiedOp.getValue(); 5571 else 5572 NewOps[Idx] = Op; 5573 5574 SomeSimplified |= (NewOps[Idx] != Op); 5575 ++Idx; 5576 } 5577 5578 // We won't bother with the InstSimplify interface if we didn't simplify any 5579 // operand ourselves. 5580 if (!SomeSimplified) 5581 return false; 5582 5583 InformationCache &InfoCache = A.getInfoCache(); 5584 Function *F = I.getFunction(); 5585 const auto *DT = 5586 InfoCache.getAnalysisResultForFunction<DominatorTreeAnalysis>(*F); 5587 const auto *TLI = A.getInfoCache().getTargetLibraryInfoForFunction(*F); 5588 auto *AC = InfoCache.getAnalysisResultForFunction<AssumptionAnalysis>(*F); 5589 OptimizationRemarkEmitter *ORE = nullptr; 5590 5591 const DataLayout &DL = I.getModule()->getDataLayout(); 5592 SimplifyQuery Q(DL, TLI, DT, AC, &I); 5593 if (Value *SimplifiedI = 5594 SimplifyInstructionWithOperands(&I, NewOps, Q, ORE)) { 5595 SimplifiedAssociatedValue = AA::combineOptionalValuesInAAValueLatice( 5596 SimplifiedAssociatedValue, SimplifiedI, I.getType()); 5597 return SimplifiedAssociatedValue != Optional<Value *>(nullptr); 5598 } 5599 return false; 5600 } 5601 5602 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 5603 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 5604 auto Before = SimplifiedAssociatedValue; 5605 5606 auto VisitValueCB = [&](Value &V, const Instruction *CtxI, bool &, 5607 bool Stripped) -> bool { 5608 auto &AA = A.getAAFor<AAValueSimplify>( 5609 *this, IRPosition::value(V, getCallBaseContext()), 5610 DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 5611 if (!Stripped && this == &AA) { 5612 5613 if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(&V)) { 5614 if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(&V)) 5615 if (updateWithLoad(A, *LI)) 5616 return true; 5617 if (auto *Cmp = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(&V)) 5618 if (handleCmp(A, *Cmp)) 5619 return true; 5620 if (handleGenericInst(A, *I)) 5621 return true; 5622 } 5623 // TODO: Look the instruction and check recursively. 5624 5625 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[ValueSimplify] Can't be stripped more : " << V 5626 << "\n"); 5627 return false; 5628 } 5629 return checkAndUpdate(A, *this, 5630 IRPosition::value(V, getCallBaseContext())); 5631 }; 5632 5633 bool Dummy = false; 5634 if (!genericValueTraversal<bool>(A, getIRPosition(), *this, Dummy, 5635 VisitValueCB, getCtxI(), 5636 /* UseValueSimplify */ false)) 5637 if (!askSimplifiedValueForOtherAAs(A)) 5638 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 5639 5640 // If a candicate was found in this update, return CHANGED. 5641 return Before == SimplifiedAssociatedValue ? ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED 5642 : ChangeStatus ::CHANGED; 5643 } 5644 5645 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 5646 void trackStatistics() const override { 5647 STATS_DECLTRACK_FLOATING_ATTR(value_simplify) 5648 } 5649 }; 5650 5651 struct AAValueSimplifyFunction : AAValueSimplifyImpl { 5652 AAValueSimplifyFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 5653 : AAValueSimplifyImpl(IRP, A) {} 5654 5655 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 5656 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 5657 SimplifiedAssociatedValue = nullptr; 5658 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 5659 } 5660 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 5661 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 5662 llvm_unreachable( 5663 "AAValueSimplify(Function|CallSite)::updateImpl will not be called"); 5664 } 5665 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 5666 void trackStatistics() const override { 5667 STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(value_simplify) 5668 } 5669 }; 5670 5671 struct AAValueSimplifyCallSite : AAValueSimplifyFunction { 5672 AAValueSimplifyCallSite(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 5673 : AAValueSimplifyFunction(IRP, A) {} 5674 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 5675 void trackStatistics() const override { 5676 STATS_DECLTRACK_CS_ATTR(value_simplify) 5677 } 5678 }; 5679 5680 struct AAValueSimplifyCallSiteReturned : AAValueSimplifyImpl { 5681 AAValueSimplifyCallSiteReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 5682 : AAValueSimplifyImpl(IRP, A) {} 5683 5684 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 5685 AAValueSimplifyImpl::initialize(A); 5686 if (!getAssociatedFunction()) 5687 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 5688 } 5689 5690 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 5691 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 5692 auto Before = SimplifiedAssociatedValue; 5693 auto &RetAA = A.getAAFor<AAReturnedValues>( 5694 *this, IRPosition::function(*getAssociatedFunction()), 5695 DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 5696 auto PredForReturned = 5697 [&](Value &RetVal, const SmallSetVector<ReturnInst *, 4> &RetInsts) { 5698 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 5699 Optional<Value *> CSRetVal = A.translateArgumentToCallSiteContent( 5700 &RetVal, *cast<CallBase>(getCtxI()), *this, 5701 UsedAssumedInformation); 5702 SimplifiedAssociatedValue = AA::combineOptionalValuesInAAValueLatice( 5703 SimplifiedAssociatedValue, CSRetVal, getAssociatedType()); 5704 return SimplifiedAssociatedValue != Optional<Value *>(nullptr); 5705 }; 5706 if (!RetAA.checkForAllReturnedValuesAndReturnInsts(PredForReturned)) 5707 if (!askSimplifiedValueForOtherAAs(A)) 5708 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 5709 return Before == SimplifiedAssociatedValue ? ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED 5710 : ChangeStatus ::CHANGED; 5711 } 5712 5713 void trackStatistics() const override { 5714 STATS_DECLTRACK_CSRET_ATTR(value_simplify) 5715 } 5716 }; 5717 5718 struct AAValueSimplifyCallSiteArgument : AAValueSimplifyFloating { 5719 AAValueSimplifyCallSiteArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 5720 : AAValueSimplifyFloating(IRP, A) {} 5721 5722 /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...). 5723 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 5724 ChangeStatus Changed = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 5725 5726 if (auto *NewV = getReplacementValue(A)) { 5727 Use &U = cast<CallBase>(&getAnchorValue()) 5728 ->getArgOperandUse(getCallSiteArgNo()); 5729 if (A.changeUseAfterManifest(U, *NewV)) 5730 Changed = ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 5731 } 5732 5733 return Changed | AAValueSimplify::manifest(A); 5734 } 5735 5736 void trackStatistics() const override { 5737 STATS_DECLTRACK_CSARG_ATTR(value_simplify) 5738 } 5739 }; 5740 5741 /// ----------------------- Heap-To-Stack Conversion --------------------------- 5742 struct AAHeapToStackFunction final : public AAHeapToStack { 5743 5744 struct AllocationInfo { 5745 /// The call that allocates the memory. 5746 CallBase *const CB; 5747 5748 /// The kind of allocation. 5749 const enum class AllocationKind { 5750 MALLOC, 5751 CALLOC, 5752 ALIGNED_ALLOC, 5753 } Kind; 5754 5755 /// The library function id for the allocation. 5756 LibFunc LibraryFunctionId = NotLibFunc; 5757 5758 /// The status wrt. a rewrite. 5759 enum { 5760 STACK_DUE_TO_USE, 5761 STACK_DUE_TO_FREE, 5762 INVALID, 5763 } Status = STACK_DUE_TO_USE; 5764 5765 /// Flag to indicate if we encountered a use that might free this allocation 5766 /// but which is not in the deallocation infos. 5767 bool HasPotentiallyFreeingUnknownUses = false; 5768 5769 /// The set of free calls that use this allocation. 5770 SmallPtrSet<CallBase *, 1> PotentialFreeCalls{}; 5771 }; 5772 5773 struct DeallocationInfo { 5774 /// The call that deallocates the memory. 5775 CallBase *const CB; 5776 5777 /// Flag to indicate if we don't know all objects this deallocation might 5778 /// free. 5779 bool MightFreeUnknownObjects = false; 5780 5781 /// The set of allocation calls that are potentially freed. 5782 SmallPtrSet<CallBase *, 1> PotentialAllocationCalls{}; 5783 }; 5784 5785 AAHeapToStackFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 5786 : AAHeapToStack(IRP, A) {} 5787 5788 ~AAHeapToStackFunction() { 5789 // Ensure we call the destructor so we release any memory allocated in the 5790 // sets. 5791 for (auto &It : AllocationInfos) 5792 It.getSecond()->~AllocationInfo(); 5793 for (auto &It : DeallocationInfos) 5794 It.getSecond()->~DeallocationInfo(); 5795 } 5796 5797 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 5798 AAHeapToStack::initialize(A); 5799 5800 const Function *F = getAnchorScope(); 5801 const auto *TLI = A.getInfoCache().getTargetLibraryInfoForFunction(*F); 5802 5803 auto AllocationIdentifierCB = [&](Instruction &I) { 5804 CallBase *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(&I); 5805 if (!CB) 5806 return true; 5807 if (isFreeCall(CB, TLI)) { 5808 DeallocationInfos[CB] = new (A.Allocator) DeallocationInfo{CB}; 5809 return true; 5810 } 5811 bool IsMalloc = isMallocLikeFn(CB, TLI); 5812 bool IsAlignedAllocLike = !IsMalloc && isAlignedAllocLikeFn(CB, TLI); 5813 bool IsCalloc = 5814 !IsMalloc && !IsAlignedAllocLike && isCallocLikeFn(CB, TLI); 5815 if (!IsMalloc && !IsAlignedAllocLike && !IsCalloc) 5816 return true; 5817 auto Kind = 5818 IsMalloc ? AllocationInfo::AllocationKind::MALLOC 5819 : (IsCalloc ? AllocationInfo::AllocationKind::CALLOC 5820 : AllocationInfo::AllocationKind::ALIGNED_ALLOC); 5821 5822 AllocationInfo *AI = new (A.Allocator) AllocationInfo{CB, Kind}; 5823 AllocationInfos[CB] = AI; 5824 TLI->getLibFunc(*CB, AI->LibraryFunctionId); 5825 return true; 5826 }; 5827 5828 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 5829 bool Success = A.checkForAllCallLikeInstructions( 5830 AllocationIdentifierCB, *this, UsedAssumedInformation, 5831 /* CheckBBLivenessOnly */ false, 5832 /* CheckPotentiallyDead */ true); 5833 (void)Success; 5834 assert(Success && "Did not expect the call base visit callback to fail!"); 5835 } 5836 5837 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 5838 unsigned NumH2SMallocs = 0, NumInvalidMallocs = 0; 5839 for (const auto &It : AllocationInfos) { 5840 if (It.second->Status == AllocationInfo::INVALID) 5841 ++NumInvalidMallocs; 5842 else 5843 ++NumH2SMallocs; 5844 } 5845 return "[H2S] Mallocs Good/Bad: " + std::to_string(NumH2SMallocs) + "/" + 5846 std::to_string(NumInvalidMallocs); 5847 } 5848 5849 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics(). 5850 void trackStatistics() const override { 5851 STATS_DECL( 5852 MallocCalls, Function, 5853 "Number of malloc/calloc/aligned_alloc calls converted to allocas"); 5854 for (auto &It : AllocationInfos) 5855 if (It.second->Status != AllocationInfo::INVALID) 5856 ++BUILD_STAT_NAME(MallocCalls, Function); 5857 } 5858 5859 bool isAssumedHeapToStack(const CallBase &CB) const override { 5860 if (isValidState()) 5861 if (AllocationInfo *AI = AllocationInfos.lookup(&CB)) 5862 return AI->Status != AllocationInfo::INVALID; 5863 return false; 5864 } 5865 5866 bool isAssumedHeapToStackRemovedFree(CallBase &CB) const override { 5867 if (!isValidState()) 5868 return false; 5869 5870 for (auto &It : AllocationInfos) { 5871 AllocationInfo &AI = *It.second; 5872 if (AI.Status == AllocationInfo::INVALID) 5873 continue; 5874 5875 if (AI.PotentialFreeCalls.count(&CB)) 5876 return true; 5877 } 5878 5879 return false; 5880 } 5881 5882 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 5883 assert(getState().isValidState() && 5884 "Attempted to manifest an invalid state!"); 5885 5886 ChangeStatus HasChanged = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 5887 Function *F = getAnchorScope(); 5888 const auto *TLI = A.getInfoCache().getTargetLibraryInfoForFunction(*F); 5889 5890 for (auto &It : AllocationInfos) { 5891 AllocationInfo &AI = *It.second; 5892 if (AI.Status == AllocationInfo::INVALID) 5893 continue; 5894 5895 for (CallBase *FreeCall : AI.PotentialFreeCalls) { 5896 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "H2S: Removing free call: " << *FreeCall << "\n"); 5897 A.deleteAfterManifest(*FreeCall); 5898 HasChanged = ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 5899 } 5900 5901 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "H2S: Removing malloc-like call: " << *AI.CB 5902 << "\n"); 5903 5904 auto Remark = [&](OptimizationRemark OR) { 5905 LibFunc IsAllocShared; 5906 if (TLI->getLibFunc(*AI.CB, IsAllocShared)) 5907 if (IsAllocShared == LibFunc___kmpc_alloc_shared) 5908 return OR << "Moving globalized variable to the stack."; 5909 return OR << "Moving memory allocation from the heap to the stack."; 5910 }; 5911 if (AI.LibraryFunctionId == LibFunc___kmpc_alloc_shared) 5912 A.emitRemark<OptimizationRemark>(AI.CB, "OMP110", Remark); 5913 else 5914 A.emitRemark<OptimizationRemark>(AI.CB, "HeapToStack", Remark); 5915 5916 Value *Size; 5917 Optional<APInt> SizeAPI = getSize(A, *this, AI); 5918 if (SizeAPI.hasValue()) { 5919 Size = ConstantInt::get(AI.CB->getContext(), *SizeAPI); 5920 } else if (AI.Kind == AllocationInfo::AllocationKind::CALLOC) { 5921 auto *Num = AI.CB->getOperand(0); 5922 auto *SizeT = AI.CB->getOperand(1); 5923 IRBuilder<> B(AI.CB); 5924 Size = B.CreateMul(Num, SizeT, "h2s.calloc.size"); 5925 } else if (AI.Kind == AllocationInfo::AllocationKind::ALIGNED_ALLOC) { 5926 Size = AI.CB->getOperand(1); 5927 } else { 5928 Size = AI.CB->getOperand(0); 5929 } 5930 5931 Align Alignment(1); 5932 if (AI.Kind == AllocationInfo::AllocationKind::ALIGNED_ALLOC) { 5933 Optional<APInt> AlignmentAPI = 5934 getAPInt(A, *this, *AI.CB->getArgOperand(0)); 5935 assert(AlignmentAPI.hasValue() && 5936 "Expected an alignment during manifest!"); 5937 Alignment = 5938 max(Alignment, MaybeAlign(AlignmentAPI.getValue().getZExtValue())); 5939 } 5940 5941 unsigned AS = cast<PointerType>(AI.CB->getType())->getAddressSpace(); 5942 Instruction *Alloca = 5943 new AllocaInst(Type::getInt8Ty(F->getContext()), AS, Size, Alignment, 5944 "", AI.CB->getNextNode()); 5945 5946 if (Alloca->getType() != AI.CB->getType()) 5947 Alloca = new BitCastInst(Alloca, AI.CB->getType(), "malloc_bc", 5948 Alloca->getNextNode()); 5949 5950 A.changeValueAfterManifest(*AI.CB, *Alloca); 5951 5952 if (auto *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(AI.CB)) { 5953 auto *NBB = II->getNormalDest(); 5954 BranchInst::Create(NBB, AI.CB->getParent()); 5955 A.deleteAfterManifest(*AI.CB); 5956 } else { 5957 A.deleteAfterManifest(*AI.CB); 5958 } 5959 5960 // Zero out the allocated memory if it was a calloc. 5961 if (AI.Kind == AllocationInfo::AllocationKind::CALLOC) { 5962 auto *BI = new BitCastInst(Alloca, AI.CB->getType(), "calloc_bc", 5963 Alloca->getNextNode()); 5964 Value *Ops[] = { 5965 BI, ConstantInt::get(F->getContext(), APInt(8, 0, false)), Size, 5966 ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt1Ty(F->getContext()), false)}; 5967 5968 Type *Tys[] = {BI->getType(), AI.CB->getOperand(0)->getType()}; 5969 Module *M = F->getParent(); 5970 Function *Fn = Intrinsic::getDeclaration(M, Intrinsic::memset, Tys); 5971 CallInst::Create(Fn, Ops, "", BI->getNextNode()); 5972 } 5973 HasChanged = ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 5974 } 5975 5976 return HasChanged; 5977 } 5978 5979 Optional<APInt> getAPInt(Attributor &A, const AbstractAttribute &AA, 5980 Value &V) { 5981 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 5982 Optional<Constant *> SimpleV = 5983 A.getAssumedConstant(V, AA, UsedAssumedInformation); 5984 if (!SimpleV.hasValue()) 5985 return APInt(64, 0); 5986 if (auto *CI = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantInt>(SimpleV.getValue())) 5987 return CI->getValue(); 5988 return llvm::None; 5989 } 5990 5991 Optional<APInt> getSize(Attributor &A, const AbstractAttribute &AA, 5992 AllocationInfo &AI) { 5993 5994 if (AI.Kind == AllocationInfo::AllocationKind::MALLOC) 5995 return getAPInt(A, AA, *AI.CB->getArgOperand(0)); 5996 5997 if (AI.Kind == AllocationInfo::AllocationKind::ALIGNED_ALLOC) 5998 // Only if the alignment is also constant we return a size. 5999 return getAPInt(A, AA, *AI.CB->getArgOperand(0)).hasValue() 6000 ? getAPInt(A, AA, *AI.CB->getArgOperand(1)) 6001 : llvm::None; 6002 6003 assert(AI.Kind == AllocationInfo::AllocationKind::CALLOC && 6004 "Expected only callocs are left"); 6005 Optional<APInt> Num = getAPInt(A, AA, *AI.CB->getArgOperand(0)); 6006 Optional<APInt> Size = getAPInt(A, AA, *AI.CB->getArgOperand(1)); 6007 if (!Num.hasValue() || !Size.hasValue()) 6008 return llvm::None; 6009 bool Overflow = false; 6010 Size = Size.getValue().umul_ov(Num.getValue(), Overflow); 6011 return Overflow ? llvm::None : Size; 6012 } 6013 6014 /// Collection of all malloc-like calls in a function with associated 6015 /// information. 6016 DenseMap<CallBase *, AllocationInfo *> AllocationInfos; 6017 6018 /// Collection of all free-like calls in a function with associated 6019 /// information. 6020 DenseMap<CallBase *, DeallocationInfo *> DeallocationInfos; 6021 6022 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override; 6023 }; 6024 6025 ChangeStatus AAHeapToStackFunction::updateImpl(Attributor &A) { 6026 ChangeStatus Changed = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 6027 const Function *F = getAnchorScope(); 6028 6029 const auto &LivenessAA = 6030 A.getAAFor<AAIsDead>(*this, IRPosition::function(*F), DepClassTy::NONE); 6031 6032 MustBeExecutedContextExplorer &Explorer = 6033 A.getInfoCache().getMustBeExecutedContextExplorer(); 6034 6035 bool StackIsAccessibleByOtherThreads = 6036 A.getInfoCache().stackIsAccessibleByOtherThreads(); 6037 6038 // Flag to ensure we update our deallocation information at most once per 6039 // updateImpl call and only if we use the free check reasoning. 6040 bool HasUpdatedFrees = false; 6041 6042 auto UpdateFrees = [&]() { 6043 HasUpdatedFrees = true; 6044 6045 for (auto &It : DeallocationInfos) { 6046 DeallocationInfo &DI = *It.second; 6047 // For now we cannot use deallocations that have unknown inputs, skip 6048 // them. 6049 if (DI.MightFreeUnknownObjects) 6050 continue; 6051 6052 // No need to analyze dead calls, ignore them instead. 6053 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 6054 if (A.isAssumedDead(*DI.CB, this, &LivenessAA, UsedAssumedInformation, 6055 /* CheckBBLivenessOnly */ true)) 6056 continue; 6057 6058 // Use the optimistic version to get the freed objects, ignoring dead 6059 // branches etc. 6060 SmallVector<Value *, 8> Objects; 6061 if (!AA::getAssumedUnderlyingObjects(A, *DI.CB->getArgOperand(0), Objects, 6062 *this, DI.CB)) { 6063 LLVM_DEBUG( 6064 dbgs() 6065 << "[H2S] Unexpected failure in getAssumedUnderlyingObjects!\n"); 6066 DI.MightFreeUnknownObjects = true; 6067 continue; 6068 } 6069 6070 // Check each object explicitly. 6071 for (auto *Obj : Objects) { 6072 // Free of null and undef can be ignored as no-ops (or UB in the latter 6073 // case). 6074 if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Obj) || isa<UndefValue>(Obj)) 6075 continue; 6076 6077 CallBase *ObjCB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(Obj); 6078 if (!ObjCB) { 6079 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() 6080 << "[H2S] Free of a non-call object: " << *Obj << "\n"); 6081 DI.MightFreeUnknownObjects = true; 6082 continue; 6083 } 6084 6085 AllocationInfo *AI = AllocationInfos.lookup(ObjCB); 6086 if (!AI) { 6087 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[H2S] Free of a non-allocation object: " << *Obj 6088 << "\n"); 6089 DI.MightFreeUnknownObjects = true; 6090 continue; 6091 } 6092 6093 DI.PotentialAllocationCalls.insert(ObjCB); 6094 } 6095 } 6096 }; 6097 6098 auto FreeCheck = [&](AllocationInfo &AI) { 6099 // If the stack is not accessible by other threads, the "must-free" logic 6100 // doesn't apply as the pointer could be shared and needs to be places in 6101 // "shareable" memory. 6102 if (!StackIsAccessibleByOtherThreads) { 6103 auto &NoSyncAA = 6104 A.getAAFor<AANoSync>(*this, getIRPosition(), DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 6105 if (!NoSyncAA.isAssumedNoSync()) { 6106 LLVM_DEBUG( 6107 dbgs() << "[H2S] found an escaping use, stack is not accessible by " 6108 "other threads and function is not nosync:\n"); 6109 return false; 6110 } 6111 } 6112 if (!HasUpdatedFrees) 6113 UpdateFrees(); 6114 6115 // TODO: Allow multi exit functions that have different free calls. 6116 if (AI.PotentialFreeCalls.size() != 1) { 6117 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[H2S] did not find one free call but " 6118 << AI.PotentialFreeCalls.size() << "\n"); 6119 return false; 6120 } 6121 CallBase *UniqueFree = *AI.PotentialFreeCalls.begin(); 6122 DeallocationInfo *DI = DeallocationInfos.lookup(UniqueFree); 6123 if (!DI) { 6124 LLVM_DEBUG( 6125 dbgs() << "[H2S] unique free call was not known as deallocation call " 6126 << *UniqueFree << "\n"); 6127 return false; 6128 } 6129 if (DI->MightFreeUnknownObjects) { 6130 LLVM_DEBUG( 6131 dbgs() << "[H2S] unique free call might free unknown allocations\n"); 6132 return false; 6133 } 6134 if (DI->PotentialAllocationCalls.size() > 1) { 6135 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[H2S] unique free call might free " 6136 << DI->PotentialAllocationCalls.size() 6137 << " different allocations\n"); 6138 return false; 6139 } 6140 if (*DI->PotentialAllocationCalls.begin() != AI.CB) { 6141 LLVM_DEBUG( 6142 dbgs() 6143 << "[H2S] unique free call not known to free this allocation but " 6144 << **DI->PotentialAllocationCalls.begin() << "\n"); 6145 return false; 6146 } 6147 Instruction *CtxI = isa<InvokeInst>(AI.CB) ? AI.CB : AI.CB->getNextNode(); 6148 if (!Explorer.findInContextOf(UniqueFree, CtxI)) { 6149 LLVM_DEBUG( 6150 dbgs() 6151 << "[H2S] unique free call might not be executed with the allocation " 6152 << *UniqueFree << "\n"); 6153 return false; 6154 } 6155 return true; 6156 }; 6157 6158 auto UsesCheck = [&](AllocationInfo &AI) { 6159 bool ValidUsesOnly = true; 6160 6161 auto Pred = [&](const Use &U, bool &Follow) -> bool { 6162 Instruction *UserI = cast<Instruction>(U.getUser()); 6163 if (isa<LoadInst>(UserI)) 6164 return true; 6165 if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(UserI)) { 6166 if (SI->getValueOperand() == U.get()) { 6167 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() 6168 << "[H2S] escaping store to memory: " << *UserI << "\n"); 6169 ValidUsesOnly = false; 6170 } else { 6171 // A store into the malloc'ed memory is fine. 6172 } 6173 return true; 6174 } 6175 if (auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(UserI)) { 6176 if (!CB->isArgOperand(&U) || CB->isLifetimeStartOrEnd()) 6177 return true; 6178 if (DeallocationInfos.count(CB)) { 6179 AI.PotentialFreeCalls.insert(CB); 6180 return true; 6181 } 6182 6183 unsigned ArgNo = CB->getArgOperandNo(&U); 6184 6185 const auto &NoCaptureAA = A.getAAFor<AANoCapture>( 6186 *this, IRPosition::callsite_argument(*CB, ArgNo), 6187 DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 6188 6189 // If a call site argument use is nofree, we are fine. 6190 const auto &ArgNoFreeAA = A.getAAFor<AANoFree>( 6191 *this, IRPosition::callsite_argument(*CB, ArgNo), 6192 DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 6193 6194 bool MaybeCaptured = !NoCaptureAA.isAssumedNoCapture(); 6195 bool MaybeFreed = !ArgNoFreeAA.isAssumedNoFree(); 6196 if (MaybeCaptured || 6197 (AI.LibraryFunctionId != LibFunc___kmpc_alloc_shared && 6198 MaybeFreed)) { 6199 AI.HasPotentiallyFreeingUnknownUses |= MaybeFreed; 6200 6201 // Emit a missed remark if this is missed OpenMP globalization. 6202 auto Remark = [&](OptimizationRemarkMissed ORM) { 6203 return ORM 6204 << "Could not move globalized variable to the stack. " 6205 "Variable is potentially captured in call. Mark " 6206 "parameter as `__attribute__((noescape))` to override."; 6207 }; 6208 6209 if (ValidUsesOnly && 6210 AI.LibraryFunctionId == LibFunc___kmpc_alloc_shared) 6211 A.emitRemark<OptimizationRemarkMissed>(AI.CB, "OMP113", Remark); 6212 6213 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[H2S] Bad user: " << *UserI << "\n"); 6214 ValidUsesOnly = false; 6215 } 6216 return true; 6217 } 6218 6219 if (isa<GetElementPtrInst>(UserI) || isa<BitCastInst>(UserI) || 6220 isa<PHINode>(UserI) || isa<SelectInst>(UserI)) { 6221 Follow = true; 6222 return true; 6223 } 6224 // Unknown user for which we can not track uses further (in a way that 6225 // makes sense). 6226 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[H2S] Unknown user: " << *UserI << "\n"); 6227 ValidUsesOnly = false; 6228 return true; 6229 }; 6230 if (!A.checkForAllUses(Pred, *this, *AI.CB)) 6231 return false; 6232 return ValidUsesOnly; 6233 }; 6234 6235 // The actual update starts here. We look at all allocations and depending on 6236 // their status perform the appropriate check(s). 6237 for (auto &It : AllocationInfos) { 6238 AllocationInfo &AI = *It.second; 6239 if (AI.Status == AllocationInfo::INVALID) 6240 continue; 6241 6242 if (MaxHeapToStackSize == -1) { 6243 if (AI.Kind == AllocationInfo::AllocationKind::ALIGNED_ALLOC) 6244 if (!getAPInt(A, *this, *AI.CB->getArgOperand(0)).hasValue()) { 6245 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[H2S] Unknown allocation alignment: " << *AI.CB 6246 << "\n"); 6247 AI.Status = AllocationInfo::INVALID; 6248 Changed = ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 6249 continue; 6250 } 6251 } else { 6252 Optional<APInt> Size = getSize(A, *this, AI); 6253 if (!Size.hasValue() || Size.getValue().ugt(MaxHeapToStackSize)) { 6254 LLVM_DEBUG({ 6255 if (!Size.hasValue()) 6256 dbgs() << "[H2S] Unknown allocation size (or alignment): " << *AI.CB 6257 << "\n"; 6258 else 6259 dbgs() << "[H2S] Allocation size too large: " << *AI.CB << " vs. " 6260 << MaxHeapToStackSize << "\n"; 6261 }); 6262 6263 AI.Status = AllocationInfo::INVALID; 6264 Changed = ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 6265 continue; 6266 } 6267 } 6268 6269 switch (AI.Status) { 6270 case AllocationInfo::STACK_DUE_TO_USE: 6271 if (UsesCheck(AI)) 6272 continue; 6273 AI.Status = AllocationInfo::STACK_DUE_TO_FREE; 6274 LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; 6275 case AllocationInfo::STACK_DUE_TO_FREE: 6276 if (FreeCheck(AI)) 6277 continue; 6278 AI.Status = AllocationInfo::INVALID; 6279 Changed = ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 6280 continue; 6281 case AllocationInfo::INVALID: 6282 llvm_unreachable("Invalid allocations should never reach this point!"); 6283 }; 6284 } 6285 6286 return Changed; 6287 } 6288 6289 /// ----------------------- Privatizable Pointers ------------------------------ 6290 struct AAPrivatizablePtrImpl : public AAPrivatizablePtr { 6291 AAPrivatizablePtrImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 6292 : AAPrivatizablePtr(IRP, A), PrivatizableType(llvm::None) {} 6293 6294 ChangeStatus indicatePessimisticFixpoint() override { 6295 AAPrivatizablePtr::indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 6296 PrivatizableType = nullptr; 6297 return ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 6298 } 6299 6300 /// Identify the type we can chose for a private copy of the underlying 6301 /// argument. None means it is not clear yet, nullptr means there is none. 6302 virtual Optional<Type *> identifyPrivatizableType(Attributor &A) = 0; 6303 6304 /// Return a privatizable type that encloses both T0 and T1. 6305 /// TODO: This is merely a stub for now as we should manage a mapping as well. 6306 Optional<Type *> combineTypes(Optional<Type *> T0, Optional<Type *> T1) { 6307 if (!T0.hasValue()) 6308 return T1; 6309 if (!T1.hasValue()) 6310 return T0; 6311 if (T0 == T1) 6312 return T0; 6313 return nullptr; 6314 } 6315 6316 Optional<Type *> getPrivatizableType() const override { 6317 return PrivatizableType; 6318 } 6319 6320 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 6321 return isAssumedPrivatizablePtr() ? "[priv]" : "[no-priv]"; 6322 } 6323 6324 protected: 6325 Optional<Type *> PrivatizableType; 6326 }; 6327 6328 // TODO: Do this for call site arguments (probably also other values) as well. 6329 6330 struct AAPrivatizablePtrArgument final : public AAPrivatizablePtrImpl { 6331 AAPrivatizablePtrArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 6332 : AAPrivatizablePtrImpl(IRP, A) {} 6333 6334 /// See AAPrivatizablePtrImpl::identifyPrivatizableType(...) 6335 Optional<Type *> identifyPrivatizableType(Attributor &A) override { 6336 // If this is a byval argument and we know all the call sites (so we can 6337 // rewrite them), there is no need to check them explicitly. 6338 bool AllCallSitesKnown; 6339 if (getIRPosition().hasAttr(Attribute::ByVal) && 6340 A.checkForAllCallSites([](AbstractCallSite ACS) { return true; }, *this, 6341 true, AllCallSitesKnown)) 6342 return getAssociatedValue().getType()->getPointerElementType(); 6343 6344 Optional<Type *> Ty; 6345 unsigned ArgNo = getIRPosition().getCallSiteArgNo(); 6346 6347 // Make sure the associated call site argument has the same type at all call 6348 // sites and it is an allocation we know is safe to privatize, for now that 6349 // means we only allow alloca instructions. 6350 // TODO: We can additionally analyze the accesses in the callee to create 6351 // the type from that information instead. That is a little more 6352 // involved and will be done in a follow up patch. 6353 auto CallSiteCheck = [&](AbstractCallSite ACS) { 6354 IRPosition ACSArgPos = IRPosition::callsite_argument(ACS, ArgNo); 6355 // Check if a coresponding argument was found or if it is one not 6356 // associated (which can happen for callback calls). 6357 if (ACSArgPos.getPositionKind() == IRPosition::IRP_INVALID) 6358 return false; 6359 6360 // Check that all call sites agree on a type. 6361 auto &PrivCSArgAA = 6362 A.getAAFor<AAPrivatizablePtr>(*this, ACSArgPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 6363 Optional<Type *> CSTy = PrivCSArgAA.getPrivatizableType(); 6364 6365 LLVM_DEBUG({ 6366 dbgs() << "[AAPrivatizablePtr] ACSPos: " << ACSArgPos << ", CSTy: "; 6367 if (CSTy.hasValue() && CSTy.getValue()) 6368 CSTy.getValue()->print(dbgs()); 6369 else if (CSTy.hasValue()) 6370 dbgs() << "<nullptr>"; 6371 else 6372 dbgs() << "<none>"; 6373 }); 6374 6375 Ty = combineTypes(Ty, CSTy); 6376 6377 LLVM_DEBUG({ 6378 dbgs() << " : New Type: "; 6379 if (Ty.hasValue() && Ty.getValue()) 6380 Ty.getValue()->print(dbgs()); 6381 else if (Ty.hasValue()) 6382 dbgs() << "<nullptr>"; 6383 else 6384 dbgs() << "<none>"; 6385 dbgs() << "\n"; 6386 }); 6387 6388 return !Ty.hasValue() || Ty.getValue(); 6389 }; 6390 6391 if (!A.checkForAllCallSites(CallSiteCheck, *this, true, AllCallSitesKnown)) 6392 return nullptr; 6393 return Ty; 6394 } 6395 6396 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 6397 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 6398 PrivatizableType = identifyPrivatizableType(A); 6399 if (!PrivatizableType.hasValue()) 6400 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 6401 if (!PrivatizableType.getValue()) 6402 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 6403 6404 // The dependence is optional so we don't give up once we give up on the 6405 // alignment. 6406 A.getAAFor<AAAlign>(*this, IRPosition::value(getAssociatedValue()), 6407 DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 6408 6409 // Avoid arguments with padding for now. 6410 if (!getIRPosition().hasAttr(Attribute::ByVal) && 6411 !ArgumentPromotionPass::isDenselyPacked(PrivatizableType.getValue(), 6412 A.getInfoCache().getDL())) { 6413 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPrivatizablePtr] Padding detected\n"); 6414 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 6415 } 6416 6417 // Verify callee and caller agree on how the promoted argument would be 6418 // passed. 6419 // TODO: The use of the ArgumentPromotion interface here is ugly, we need a 6420 // specialized form of TargetTransformInfo::areFunctionArgsABICompatible 6421 // which doesn't require the arguments ArgumentPromotion wanted to pass. 6422 Function &Fn = *getIRPosition().getAnchorScope(); 6423 SmallPtrSet<Argument *, 1> ArgsToPromote, Dummy; 6424 ArgsToPromote.insert(getAssociatedArgument()); 6425 const auto *TTI = 6426 A.getInfoCache().getAnalysisResultForFunction<TargetIRAnalysis>(Fn); 6427 if (!TTI || 6428 !ArgumentPromotionPass::areFunctionArgsABICompatible( 6429 Fn, *TTI, ArgsToPromote, Dummy) || 6430 ArgsToPromote.empty()) { 6431 LLVM_DEBUG( 6432 dbgs() << "[AAPrivatizablePtr] ABI incompatibility detected for " 6433 << Fn.getName() << "\n"); 6434 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 6435 } 6436 6437 // Collect the types that will replace the privatizable type in the function 6438 // signature. 6439 SmallVector<Type *, 16> ReplacementTypes; 6440 identifyReplacementTypes(PrivatizableType.getValue(), ReplacementTypes); 6441 6442 // Register a rewrite of the argument. 6443 Argument *Arg = getAssociatedArgument(); 6444 if (!A.isValidFunctionSignatureRewrite(*Arg, ReplacementTypes)) { 6445 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPrivatizablePtr] Rewrite not valid\n"); 6446 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 6447 } 6448 6449 unsigned ArgNo = Arg->getArgNo(); 6450 6451 // Helper to check if for the given call site the associated argument is 6452 // passed to a callback where the privatization would be different. 6453 auto IsCompatiblePrivArgOfCallback = [&](CallBase &CB) { 6454 SmallVector<const Use *, 4> CallbackUses; 6455 AbstractCallSite::getCallbackUses(CB, CallbackUses); 6456 for (const Use *U : CallbackUses) { 6457 AbstractCallSite CBACS(U); 6458 assert(CBACS && CBACS.isCallbackCall()); 6459 for (Argument &CBArg : CBACS.getCalledFunction()->args()) { 6460 int CBArgNo = CBACS.getCallArgOperandNo(CBArg); 6461 6462 LLVM_DEBUG({ 6463 dbgs() 6464 << "[AAPrivatizablePtr] Argument " << *Arg 6465 << "check if can be privatized in the context of its parent (" 6466 << Arg->getParent()->getName() 6467 << ")\n[AAPrivatizablePtr] because it is an argument in a " 6468 "callback (" 6469 << CBArgNo << "@" << CBACS.getCalledFunction()->getName() 6470 << ")\n[AAPrivatizablePtr] " << CBArg << " : " 6471 << CBACS.getCallArgOperand(CBArg) << " vs " 6472 << CB.getArgOperand(ArgNo) << "\n" 6473 << "[AAPrivatizablePtr] " << CBArg << " : " 6474 << CBACS.getCallArgOperandNo(CBArg) << " vs " << ArgNo << "\n"; 6475 }); 6476 6477 if (CBArgNo != int(ArgNo)) 6478 continue; 6479 const auto &CBArgPrivAA = A.getAAFor<AAPrivatizablePtr>( 6480 *this, IRPosition::argument(CBArg), DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 6481 if (CBArgPrivAA.isValidState()) { 6482 auto CBArgPrivTy = CBArgPrivAA.getPrivatizableType(); 6483 if (!CBArgPrivTy.hasValue()) 6484 continue; 6485 if (CBArgPrivTy.getValue() == PrivatizableType) 6486 continue; 6487 } 6488 6489 LLVM_DEBUG({ 6490 dbgs() << "[AAPrivatizablePtr] Argument " << *Arg 6491 << " cannot be privatized in the context of its parent (" 6492 << Arg->getParent()->getName() 6493 << ")\n[AAPrivatizablePtr] because it is an argument in a " 6494 "callback (" 6495 << CBArgNo << "@" << CBACS.getCalledFunction()->getName() 6496 << ").\n[AAPrivatizablePtr] for which the argument " 6497 "privatization is not compatible.\n"; 6498 }); 6499 return false; 6500 } 6501 } 6502 return true; 6503 }; 6504 6505 // Helper to check if for the given call site the associated argument is 6506 // passed to a direct call where the privatization would be different. 6507 auto IsCompatiblePrivArgOfDirectCS = [&](AbstractCallSite ACS) { 6508 CallBase *DC = cast<CallBase>(ACS.getInstruction()); 6509 int DCArgNo = ACS.getCallArgOperandNo(ArgNo); 6510 assert(DCArgNo >= 0 && unsigned(DCArgNo) < DC->arg_size() && 6511 "Expected a direct call operand for callback call operand"); 6512 6513 LLVM_DEBUG({ 6514 dbgs() << "[AAPrivatizablePtr] Argument " << *Arg 6515 << " check if be privatized in the context of its parent (" 6516 << Arg->getParent()->getName() 6517 << ")\n[AAPrivatizablePtr] because it is an argument in a " 6518 "direct call of (" 6519 << DCArgNo << "@" << DC->getCalledFunction()->getName() 6520 << ").\n"; 6521 }); 6522 6523 Function *DCCallee = DC->getCalledFunction(); 6524 if (unsigned(DCArgNo) < DCCallee->arg_size()) { 6525 const auto &DCArgPrivAA = A.getAAFor<AAPrivatizablePtr>( 6526 *this, IRPosition::argument(*DCCallee->getArg(DCArgNo)), 6527 DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 6528 if (DCArgPrivAA.isValidState()) { 6529 auto DCArgPrivTy = DCArgPrivAA.getPrivatizableType(); 6530 if (!DCArgPrivTy.hasValue()) 6531 return true; 6532 if (DCArgPrivTy.getValue() == PrivatizableType) 6533 return true; 6534 } 6535 } 6536 6537 LLVM_DEBUG({ 6538 dbgs() << "[AAPrivatizablePtr] Argument " << *Arg 6539 << " cannot be privatized in the context of its parent (" 6540 << Arg->getParent()->getName() 6541 << ")\n[AAPrivatizablePtr] because it is an argument in a " 6542 "direct call of (" 6543 << ACS.getInstruction()->getCalledFunction()->getName() 6544 << ").\n[AAPrivatizablePtr] for which the argument " 6545 "privatization is not compatible.\n"; 6546 }); 6547 return false; 6548 }; 6549 6550 // Helper to check if the associated argument is used at the given abstract 6551 // call site in a way that is incompatible with the privatization assumed 6552 // here. 6553 auto IsCompatiblePrivArgOfOtherCallSite = [&](AbstractCallSite ACS) { 6554 if (ACS.isDirectCall()) 6555 return IsCompatiblePrivArgOfCallback(*ACS.getInstruction()); 6556 if (ACS.isCallbackCall()) 6557 return IsCompatiblePrivArgOfDirectCS(ACS); 6558 return false; 6559 }; 6560 6561 bool AllCallSitesKnown; 6562 if (!A.checkForAllCallSites(IsCompatiblePrivArgOfOtherCallSite, *this, true, 6563 AllCallSitesKnown)) 6564 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 6565 6566 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 6567 } 6568 6569 /// Given a type to private \p PrivType, collect the constituates (which are 6570 /// used) in \p ReplacementTypes. 6571 static void 6572 identifyReplacementTypes(Type *PrivType, 6573 SmallVectorImpl<Type *> &ReplacementTypes) { 6574 // TODO: For now we expand the privatization type to the fullest which can 6575 // lead to dead arguments that need to be removed later. 6576 assert(PrivType && "Expected privatizable type!"); 6577 6578 // Traverse the type, extract constituate types on the outermost level. 6579 if (auto *PrivStructType = dyn_cast<StructType>(PrivType)) { 6580 for (unsigned u = 0, e = PrivStructType->getNumElements(); u < e; u++) 6581 ReplacementTypes.push_back(PrivStructType->getElementType(u)); 6582 } else if (auto *PrivArrayType = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PrivType)) { 6583 ReplacementTypes.append(PrivArrayType->getNumElements(), 6584 PrivArrayType->getElementType()); 6585 } else { 6586 ReplacementTypes.push_back(PrivType); 6587 } 6588 } 6589 6590 /// Initialize \p Base according to the type \p PrivType at position \p IP. 6591 /// The values needed are taken from the arguments of \p F starting at 6592 /// position \p ArgNo. 6593 static void createInitialization(Type *PrivType, Value &Base, Function &F, 6594 unsigned ArgNo, Instruction &IP) { 6595 assert(PrivType && "Expected privatizable type!"); 6596 6597 IRBuilder<NoFolder> IRB(&IP); 6598 const DataLayout &DL = F.getParent()->getDataLayout(); 6599 6600 // Traverse the type, build GEPs and stores. 6601 if (auto *PrivStructType = dyn_cast<StructType>(PrivType)) { 6602 const StructLayout *PrivStructLayout = DL.getStructLayout(PrivStructType); 6603 for (unsigned u = 0, e = PrivStructType->getNumElements(); u < e; u++) { 6604 Type *PointeeTy = PrivStructType->getElementType(u)->getPointerTo(); 6605 Value *Ptr = 6606 constructPointer(PointeeTy, PrivType, &Base, 6607 PrivStructLayout->getElementOffset(u), IRB, DL); 6608 new StoreInst(F.getArg(ArgNo + u), Ptr, &IP); 6609 } 6610 } else if (auto *PrivArrayType = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PrivType)) { 6611 Type *PointeeTy = PrivArrayType->getElementType(); 6612 Type *PointeePtrTy = PointeeTy->getPointerTo(); 6613 uint64_t PointeeTySize = DL.getTypeStoreSize(PointeeTy); 6614 for (unsigned u = 0, e = PrivArrayType->getNumElements(); u < e; u++) { 6615 Value *Ptr = constructPointer(PointeePtrTy, PrivType, &Base, 6616 u * PointeeTySize, IRB, DL); 6617 new StoreInst(F.getArg(ArgNo + u), Ptr, &IP); 6618 } 6619 } else { 6620 new StoreInst(F.getArg(ArgNo), &Base, &IP); 6621 } 6622 } 6623 6624 /// Extract values from \p Base according to the type \p PrivType at the 6625 /// call position \p ACS. The values are appended to \p ReplacementValues. 6626 void createReplacementValues(Align Alignment, Type *PrivType, 6627 AbstractCallSite ACS, Value *Base, 6628 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &ReplacementValues) { 6629 assert(Base && "Expected base value!"); 6630 assert(PrivType && "Expected privatizable type!"); 6631 Instruction *IP = ACS.getInstruction(); 6632 6633 IRBuilder<NoFolder> IRB(IP); 6634 const DataLayout &DL = IP->getModule()->getDataLayout(); 6635 6636 if (Base->getType()->getPointerElementType() != PrivType) 6637 Base = BitCastInst::CreateBitOrPointerCast(Base, PrivType->getPointerTo(), 6638 "", ACS.getInstruction()); 6639 6640 // Traverse the type, build GEPs and loads. 6641 if (auto *PrivStructType = dyn_cast<StructType>(PrivType)) { 6642 const StructLayout *PrivStructLayout = DL.getStructLayout(PrivStructType); 6643 for (unsigned u = 0, e = PrivStructType->getNumElements(); u < e; u++) { 6644 Type *PointeeTy = PrivStructType->getElementType(u); 6645 Value *Ptr = 6646 constructPointer(PointeeTy->getPointerTo(), PrivType, Base, 6647 PrivStructLayout->getElementOffset(u), IRB, DL); 6648 LoadInst *L = new LoadInst(PointeeTy, Ptr, "", IP); 6649 L->setAlignment(Alignment); 6650 ReplacementValues.push_back(L); 6651 } 6652 } else if (auto *PrivArrayType = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PrivType)) { 6653 Type *PointeeTy = PrivArrayType->getElementType(); 6654 uint64_t PointeeTySize = DL.getTypeStoreSize(PointeeTy); 6655 Type *PointeePtrTy = PointeeTy->getPointerTo(); 6656 for (unsigned u = 0, e = PrivArrayType->getNumElements(); u < e; u++) { 6657 Value *Ptr = constructPointer(PointeePtrTy, PrivType, Base, 6658 u * PointeeTySize, IRB, DL); 6659 LoadInst *L = new LoadInst(PointeeTy, Ptr, "", IP); 6660 L->setAlignment(Alignment); 6661 ReplacementValues.push_back(L); 6662 } 6663 } else { 6664 LoadInst *L = new LoadInst(PrivType, Base, "", IP); 6665 L->setAlignment(Alignment); 6666 ReplacementValues.push_back(L); 6667 } 6668 } 6669 6670 /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...) 6671 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 6672 if (!PrivatizableType.hasValue()) 6673 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 6674 assert(PrivatizableType.getValue() && "Expected privatizable type!"); 6675 6676 // Collect all tail calls in the function as we cannot allow new allocas to 6677 // escape into tail recursion. 6678 // TODO: Be smarter about new allocas escaping into tail calls. 6679 SmallVector<CallInst *, 16> TailCalls; 6680 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 6681 if (!A.checkForAllInstructions( 6682 [&](Instruction &I) { 6683 CallInst &CI = cast<CallInst>(I); 6684 if (CI.isTailCall()) 6685 TailCalls.push_back(&CI); 6686 return true; 6687 }, 6688 *this, {Instruction::Call}, UsedAssumedInformation)) 6689 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 6690 6691 Argument *Arg = getAssociatedArgument(); 6692 // Query AAAlign attribute for alignment of associated argument to 6693 // determine the best alignment of loads. 6694 const auto &AlignAA = 6695 A.getAAFor<AAAlign>(*this, IRPosition::value(*Arg), DepClassTy::NONE); 6696 6697 // Callback to repair the associated function. A new alloca is placed at the 6698 // beginning and initialized with the values passed through arguments. The 6699 // new alloca replaces the use of the old pointer argument. 6700 Attributor::ArgumentReplacementInfo::CalleeRepairCBTy FnRepairCB = 6701 [=](const Attributor::ArgumentReplacementInfo &ARI, 6702 Function &ReplacementFn, Function::arg_iterator ArgIt) { 6703 BasicBlock &EntryBB = ReplacementFn.getEntryBlock(); 6704 Instruction *IP = &*EntryBB.getFirstInsertionPt(); 6705 Instruction *AI = new AllocaInst(PrivatizableType.getValue(), 0, 6706 Arg->getName() + ".priv", IP); 6707 createInitialization(PrivatizableType.getValue(), *AI, ReplacementFn, 6708 ArgIt->getArgNo(), *IP); 6709 6710 if (AI->getType() != Arg->getType()) 6711 AI = 6712 BitCastInst::CreateBitOrPointerCast(AI, Arg->getType(), "", IP); 6713 Arg->replaceAllUsesWith(AI); 6714 6715 for (CallInst *CI : TailCalls) 6716 CI->setTailCall(false); 6717 }; 6718 6719 // Callback to repair a call site of the associated function. The elements 6720 // of the privatizable type are loaded prior to the call and passed to the 6721 // new function version. 6722 Attributor::ArgumentReplacementInfo::ACSRepairCBTy ACSRepairCB = 6723 [=, &AlignAA](const Attributor::ArgumentReplacementInfo &ARI, 6724 AbstractCallSite ACS, 6725 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &NewArgOperands) { 6726 // When no alignment is specified for the load instruction, 6727 // natural alignment is assumed. 6728 createReplacementValues( 6729 assumeAligned(AlignAA.getAssumedAlign()), 6730 PrivatizableType.getValue(), ACS, 6731 ACS.getCallArgOperand(ARI.getReplacedArg().getArgNo()), 6732 NewArgOperands); 6733 }; 6734 6735 // Collect the types that will replace the privatizable type in the function 6736 // signature. 6737 SmallVector<Type *, 16> ReplacementTypes; 6738 identifyReplacementTypes(PrivatizableType.getValue(), ReplacementTypes); 6739 6740 // Register a rewrite of the argument. 6741 if (A.registerFunctionSignatureRewrite(*Arg, ReplacementTypes, 6742 std::move(FnRepairCB), 6743 std::move(ACSRepairCB))) 6744 return ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 6745 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 6746 } 6747 6748 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 6749 void trackStatistics() const override { 6750 STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(privatizable_ptr); 6751 } 6752 }; 6753 6754 struct AAPrivatizablePtrFloating : public AAPrivatizablePtrImpl { 6755 AAPrivatizablePtrFloating(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 6756 : AAPrivatizablePtrImpl(IRP, A) {} 6757 6758 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 6759 virtual void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 6760 // TODO: We can privatize more than arguments. 6761 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 6762 } 6763 6764 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 6765 llvm_unreachable("AAPrivatizablePtr(Floating|Returned|CallSiteReturned)::" 6766 "updateImpl will not be called"); 6767 } 6768 6769 /// See AAPrivatizablePtrImpl::identifyPrivatizableType(...) 6770 Optional<Type *> identifyPrivatizableType(Attributor &A) override { 6771 Value *Obj = getUnderlyingObject(&getAssociatedValue()); 6772 if (!Obj) { 6773 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPrivatizablePtr] No underlying object found!\n"); 6774 return nullptr; 6775 } 6776 6777 if (auto *AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(Obj)) 6778 if (auto *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(AI->getArraySize())) 6779 if (CI->isOne()) 6780 return Obj->getType()->getPointerElementType(); 6781 if (auto *Arg = dyn_cast<Argument>(Obj)) { 6782 auto &PrivArgAA = A.getAAFor<AAPrivatizablePtr>( 6783 *this, IRPosition::argument(*Arg), DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 6784 if (PrivArgAA.isAssumedPrivatizablePtr()) 6785 return Obj->getType()->getPointerElementType(); 6786 } 6787 6788 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPrivatizablePtr] Underlying object neither valid " 6789 "alloca nor privatizable argument: " 6790 << *Obj << "!\n"); 6791 return nullptr; 6792 } 6793 6794 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 6795 void trackStatistics() const override { 6796 STATS_DECLTRACK_FLOATING_ATTR(privatizable_ptr); 6797 } 6798 }; 6799 6800 struct AAPrivatizablePtrCallSiteArgument final 6801 : public AAPrivatizablePtrFloating { 6802 AAPrivatizablePtrCallSiteArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 6803 : AAPrivatizablePtrFloating(IRP, A) {} 6804 6805 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 6806 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 6807 if (getIRPosition().hasAttr(Attribute::ByVal)) 6808 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 6809 } 6810 6811 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 6812 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 6813 PrivatizableType = identifyPrivatizableType(A); 6814 if (!PrivatizableType.hasValue()) 6815 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 6816 if (!PrivatizableType.getValue()) 6817 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 6818 6819 const IRPosition &IRP = getIRPosition(); 6820 auto &NoCaptureAA = 6821 A.getAAFor<AANoCapture>(*this, IRP, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 6822 if (!NoCaptureAA.isAssumedNoCapture()) { 6823 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPrivatizablePtr] pointer might be captured!\n"); 6824 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 6825 } 6826 6827 auto &NoAliasAA = A.getAAFor<AANoAlias>(*this, IRP, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 6828 if (!NoAliasAA.isAssumedNoAlias()) { 6829 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPrivatizablePtr] pointer might alias!\n"); 6830 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 6831 } 6832 6833 const auto &MemBehaviorAA = 6834 A.getAAFor<AAMemoryBehavior>(*this, IRP, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 6835 if (!MemBehaviorAA.isAssumedReadOnly()) { 6836 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPrivatizablePtr] pointer is written!\n"); 6837 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 6838 } 6839 6840 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 6841 } 6842 6843 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 6844 void trackStatistics() const override { 6845 STATS_DECLTRACK_CSARG_ATTR(privatizable_ptr); 6846 } 6847 }; 6848 6849 struct AAPrivatizablePtrCallSiteReturned final 6850 : public AAPrivatizablePtrFloating { 6851 AAPrivatizablePtrCallSiteReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 6852 : AAPrivatizablePtrFloating(IRP, A) {} 6853 6854 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 6855 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 6856 // TODO: We can privatize more than arguments. 6857 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 6858 } 6859 6860 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 6861 void trackStatistics() const override { 6862 STATS_DECLTRACK_CSRET_ATTR(privatizable_ptr); 6863 } 6864 }; 6865 6866 struct AAPrivatizablePtrReturned final : public AAPrivatizablePtrFloating { 6867 AAPrivatizablePtrReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 6868 : AAPrivatizablePtrFloating(IRP, A) {} 6869 6870 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 6871 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 6872 // TODO: We can privatize more than arguments. 6873 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 6874 } 6875 6876 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 6877 void trackStatistics() const override { 6878 STATS_DECLTRACK_FNRET_ATTR(privatizable_ptr); 6879 } 6880 }; 6881 6882 /// -------------------- Memory Behavior Attributes ---------------------------- 6883 /// Includes read-none, read-only, and write-only. 6884 /// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6885 struct AAMemoryBehaviorImpl : public AAMemoryBehavior { 6886 AAMemoryBehaviorImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 6887 : AAMemoryBehavior(IRP, A) {} 6888 6889 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 6890 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 6891 intersectAssumedBits(BEST_STATE); 6892 getKnownStateFromValue(getIRPosition(), getState()); 6893 AAMemoryBehavior::initialize(A); 6894 } 6895 6896 /// Return the memory behavior information encoded in the IR for \p IRP. 6897 static void getKnownStateFromValue(const IRPosition &IRP, 6898 BitIntegerState &State, 6899 bool IgnoreSubsumingPositions = false) { 6900 SmallVector<Attribute, 2> Attrs; 6901 IRP.getAttrs(AttrKinds, Attrs, IgnoreSubsumingPositions); 6902 for (const Attribute &Attr : Attrs) { 6903 switch (Attr.getKindAsEnum()) { 6904 case Attribute::ReadNone: 6905 State.addKnownBits(NO_ACCESSES); 6906 break; 6907 case Attribute::ReadOnly: 6908 State.addKnownBits(NO_WRITES); 6909 break; 6910 case Attribute::WriteOnly: 6911 State.addKnownBits(NO_READS); 6912 break; 6913 default: 6914 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected attribute!"); 6915 } 6916 } 6917 6918 if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(&IRP.getAnchorValue())) { 6919 if (!I->mayReadFromMemory()) 6920 State.addKnownBits(NO_READS); 6921 if (!I->mayWriteToMemory()) 6922 State.addKnownBits(NO_WRITES); 6923 } 6924 } 6925 6926 /// See AbstractAttribute::getDeducedAttributes(...). 6927 void getDeducedAttributes(LLVMContext &Ctx, 6928 SmallVectorImpl<Attribute> &Attrs) const override { 6929 assert(Attrs.size() == 0); 6930 if (isAssumedReadNone()) 6931 Attrs.push_back(Attribute::get(Ctx, Attribute::ReadNone)); 6932 else if (isAssumedReadOnly()) 6933 Attrs.push_back(Attribute::get(Ctx, Attribute::ReadOnly)); 6934 else if (isAssumedWriteOnly()) 6935 Attrs.push_back(Attribute::get(Ctx, Attribute::WriteOnly)); 6936 assert(Attrs.size() <= 1); 6937 } 6938 6939 /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...). 6940 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 6941 if (hasAttr(Attribute::ReadNone, /* IgnoreSubsumingPositions */ true)) 6942 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 6943 6944 const IRPosition &IRP = getIRPosition(); 6945 6946 // Check if we would improve the existing attributes first. 6947 SmallVector<Attribute, 4> DeducedAttrs; 6948 getDeducedAttributes(IRP.getAnchorValue().getContext(), DeducedAttrs); 6949 if (llvm::all_of(DeducedAttrs, [&](const Attribute &Attr) { 6950 return IRP.hasAttr(Attr.getKindAsEnum(), 6951 /* IgnoreSubsumingPositions */ true); 6952 })) 6953 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 6954 6955 // Clear existing attributes. 6956 IRP.removeAttrs(AttrKinds); 6957 6958 // Use the generic manifest method. 6959 return IRAttribute::manifest(A); 6960 } 6961 6962 /// See AbstractState::getAsStr(). 6963 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 6964 if (isAssumedReadNone()) 6965 return "readnone"; 6966 if (isAssumedReadOnly()) 6967 return "readonly"; 6968 if (isAssumedWriteOnly()) 6969 return "writeonly"; 6970 return "may-read/write"; 6971 } 6972 6973 /// The set of IR attributes AAMemoryBehavior deals with. 6974 static const Attribute::AttrKind AttrKinds[3]; 6975 }; 6976 6977 const Attribute::AttrKind AAMemoryBehaviorImpl::AttrKinds[] = { 6978 Attribute::ReadNone, Attribute::ReadOnly, Attribute::WriteOnly}; 6979 6980 /// Memory behavior attribute for a floating value. 6981 struct AAMemoryBehaviorFloating : AAMemoryBehaviorImpl { 6982 AAMemoryBehaviorFloating(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 6983 : AAMemoryBehaviorImpl(IRP, A) {} 6984 6985 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 6986 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override; 6987 6988 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 6989 void trackStatistics() const override { 6990 if (isAssumedReadNone()) 6991 STATS_DECLTRACK_FLOATING_ATTR(readnone) 6992 else if (isAssumedReadOnly()) 6993 STATS_DECLTRACK_FLOATING_ATTR(readonly) 6994 else if (isAssumedWriteOnly()) 6995 STATS_DECLTRACK_FLOATING_ATTR(writeonly) 6996 } 6997 6998 private: 6999 /// Return true if users of \p UserI might access the underlying 7000 /// variable/location described by \p U and should therefore be analyzed. 7001 bool followUsersOfUseIn(Attributor &A, const Use &U, 7002 const Instruction *UserI); 7003 7004 /// Update the state according to the effect of use \p U in \p UserI. 7005 void analyzeUseIn(Attributor &A, const Use &U, const Instruction *UserI); 7006 }; 7007 7008 /// Memory behavior attribute for function argument. 7009 struct AAMemoryBehaviorArgument : AAMemoryBehaviorFloating { 7010 AAMemoryBehaviorArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 7011 : AAMemoryBehaviorFloating(IRP, A) {} 7012 7013 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 7014 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 7015 intersectAssumedBits(BEST_STATE); 7016 const IRPosition &IRP = getIRPosition(); 7017 // TODO: Make IgnoreSubsumingPositions a property of an IRAttribute so we 7018 // can query it when we use has/getAttr. That would allow us to reuse the 7019 // initialize of the base class here. 7020 bool HasByVal = 7021 IRP.hasAttr({Attribute::ByVal}, /* IgnoreSubsumingPositions */ true); 7022 getKnownStateFromValue(IRP, getState(), 7023 /* IgnoreSubsumingPositions */ HasByVal); 7024 7025 // Initialize the use vector with all direct uses of the associated value. 7026 Argument *Arg = getAssociatedArgument(); 7027 if (!Arg || !A.isFunctionIPOAmendable(*(Arg->getParent()))) 7028 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 7029 } 7030 7031 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 7032 // TODO: Pointer arguments are not supported on vectors of pointers yet. 7033 if (!getAssociatedValue().getType()->isPointerTy()) 7034 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 7035 7036 // TODO: From readattrs.ll: "inalloca parameters are always 7037 // considered written" 7038 if (hasAttr({Attribute::InAlloca, Attribute::Preallocated})) { 7039 removeKnownBits(NO_WRITES); 7040 removeAssumedBits(NO_WRITES); 7041 } 7042 return AAMemoryBehaviorFloating::manifest(A); 7043 } 7044 7045 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 7046 void trackStatistics() const override { 7047 if (isAssumedReadNone()) 7048 STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(readnone) 7049 else if (isAssumedReadOnly()) 7050 STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(readonly) 7051 else if (isAssumedWriteOnly()) 7052 STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(writeonly) 7053 } 7054 }; 7055 7056 struct AAMemoryBehaviorCallSiteArgument final : AAMemoryBehaviorArgument { 7057 AAMemoryBehaviorCallSiteArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 7058 : AAMemoryBehaviorArgument(IRP, A) {} 7059 7060 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 7061 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 7062 // If we don't have an associated attribute this is either a variadic call 7063 // or an indirect call, either way, nothing to do here. 7064 Argument *Arg = getAssociatedArgument(); 7065 if (!Arg) { 7066 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 7067 return; 7068 } 7069 if (Arg->hasByValAttr()) { 7070 addKnownBits(NO_WRITES); 7071 removeKnownBits(NO_READS); 7072 removeAssumedBits(NO_READS); 7073 } 7074 AAMemoryBehaviorArgument::initialize(A); 7075 if (getAssociatedFunction()->isDeclaration()) 7076 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 7077 } 7078 7079 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 7080 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 7081 // TODO: Once we have call site specific value information we can provide 7082 // call site specific liveness liveness information and then it makes 7083 // sense to specialize attributes for call sites arguments instead of 7084 // redirecting requests to the callee argument. 7085 Argument *Arg = getAssociatedArgument(); 7086 const IRPosition &ArgPos = IRPosition::argument(*Arg); 7087 auto &ArgAA = 7088 A.getAAFor<AAMemoryBehavior>(*this, ArgPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 7089 return clampStateAndIndicateChange(getState(), ArgAA.getState()); 7090 } 7091 7092 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 7093 void trackStatistics() const override { 7094 if (isAssumedReadNone()) 7095 STATS_DECLTRACK_CSARG_ATTR(readnone) 7096 else if (isAssumedReadOnly()) 7097 STATS_DECLTRACK_CSARG_ATTR(readonly) 7098 else if (isAssumedWriteOnly()) 7099 STATS_DECLTRACK_CSARG_ATTR(writeonly) 7100 } 7101 }; 7102 7103 /// Memory behavior attribute for a call site return position. 7104 struct AAMemoryBehaviorCallSiteReturned final : AAMemoryBehaviorFloating { 7105 AAMemoryBehaviorCallSiteReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 7106 : AAMemoryBehaviorFloating(IRP, A) {} 7107 7108 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 7109 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 7110 AAMemoryBehaviorImpl::initialize(A); 7111 Function *F = getAssociatedFunction(); 7112 if (!F || F->isDeclaration()) 7113 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 7114 } 7115 7116 /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...). 7117 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 7118 // We do not annotate returned values. 7119 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 7120 } 7121 7122 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 7123 void trackStatistics() const override {} 7124 }; 7125 7126 /// An AA to represent the memory behavior function attributes. 7127 struct AAMemoryBehaviorFunction final : public AAMemoryBehaviorImpl { 7128 AAMemoryBehaviorFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 7129 : AAMemoryBehaviorImpl(IRP, A) {} 7130 7131 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(Attributor &A). 7132 virtual ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override; 7133 7134 /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...). 7135 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 7136 Function &F = cast<Function>(getAnchorValue()); 7137 if (isAssumedReadNone()) { 7138 F.removeFnAttr(Attribute::ArgMemOnly); 7139 F.removeFnAttr(Attribute::InaccessibleMemOnly); 7140 F.removeFnAttr(Attribute::InaccessibleMemOrArgMemOnly); 7141 } 7142 return AAMemoryBehaviorImpl::manifest(A); 7143 } 7144 7145 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 7146 void trackStatistics() const override { 7147 if (isAssumedReadNone()) 7148 STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(readnone) 7149 else if (isAssumedReadOnly()) 7150 STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(readonly) 7151 else if (isAssumedWriteOnly()) 7152 STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(writeonly) 7153 } 7154 }; 7155 7156 /// AAMemoryBehavior attribute for call sites. 7157 struct AAMemoryBehaviorCallSite final : AAMemoryBehaviorImpl { 7158 AAMemoryBehaviorCallSite(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 7159 : AAMemoryBehaviorImpl(IRP, A) {} 7160 7161 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 7162 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 7163 AAMemoryBehaviorImpl::initialize(A); 7164 Function *F = getAssociatedFunction(); 7165 if (!F || F->isDeclaration()) 7166 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 7167 } 7168 7169 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 7170 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 7171 // TODO: Once we have call site specific value information we can provide 7172 // call site specific liveness liveness information and then it makes 7173 // sense to specialize attributes for call sites arguments instead of 7174 // redirecting requests to the callee argument. 7175 Function *F = getAssociatedFunction(); 7176 const IRPosition &FnPos = IRPosition::function(*F); 7177 auto &FnAA = 7178 A.getAAFor<AAMemoryBehavior>(*this, FnPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 7179 return clampStateAndIndicateChange(getState(), FnAA.getState()); 7180 } 7181 7182 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 7183 void trackStatistics() const override { 7184 if (isAssumedReadNone()) 7185 STATS_DECLTRACK_CS_ATTR(readnone) 7186 else if (isAssumedReadOnly()) 7187 STATS_DECLTRACK_CS_ATTR(readonly) 7188 else if (isAssumedWriteOnly()) 7189 STATS_DECLTRACK_CS_ATTR(writeonly) 7190 } 7191 }; 7192 7193 ChangeStatus AAMemoryBehaviorFunction::updateImpl(Attributor &A) { 7194 7195 // The current assumed state used to determine a change. 7196 auto AssumedState = getAssumed(); 7197 7198 auto CheckRWInst = [&](Instruction &I) { 7199 // If the instruction has an own memory behavior state, use it to restrict 7200 // the local state. No further analysis is required as the other memory 7201 // state is as optimistic as it gets. 7202 if (const auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(&I)) { 7203 const auto &MemBehaviorAA = A.getAAFor<AAMemoryBehavior>( 7204 *this, IRPosition::callsite_function(*CB), DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 7205 intersectAssumedBits(MemBehaviorAA.getAssumed()); 7206 return !isAtFixpoint(); 7207 } 7208 7209 // Remove access kind modifiers if necessary. 7210 if (I.mayReadFromMemory()) 7211 removeAssumedBits(NO_READS); 7212 if (I.mayWriteToMemory()) 7213 removeAssumedBits(NO_WRITES); 7214 return !isAtFixpoint(); 7215 }; 7216 7217 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 7218 if (!A.checkForAllReadWriteInstructions(CheckRWInst, *this, 7219 UsedAssumedInformation)) 7220 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 7221 7222 return (AssumedState != getAssumed()) ? ChangeStatus::CHANGED 7223 : ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 7224 } 7225 7226 ChangeStatus AAMemoryBehaviorFloating::updateImpl(Attributor &A) { 7227 7228 const IRPosition &IRP = getIRPosition(); 7229 const IRPosition &FnPos = IRPosition::function_scope(IRP); 7230 AAMemoryBehavior::StateType &S = getState(); 7231 7232 // First, check the function scope. We take the known information and we avoid 7233 // work if the assumed information implies the current assumed information for 7234 // this attribute. This is a valid for all but byval arguments. 7235 Argument *Arg = IRP.getAssociatedArgument(); 7236 AAMemoryBehavior::base_t FnMemAssumedState = 7237 AAMemoryBehavior::StateType::getWorstState(); 7238 if (!Arg || !Arg->hasByValAttr()) { 7239 const auto &FnMemAA = 7240 A.getAAFor<AAMemoryBehavior>(*this, FnPos, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 7241 FnMemAssumedState = FnMemAA.getAssumed(); 7242 S.addKnownBits(FnMemAA.getKnown()); 7243 if ((S.getAssumed() & FnMemAA.getAssumed()) == S.getAssumed()) 7244 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 7245 } 7246 7247 // The current assumed state used to determine a change. 7248 auto AssumedState = S.getAssumed(); 7249 7250 // Make sure the value is not captured (except through "return"), if 7251 // it is, any information derived would be irrelevant anyway as we cannot 7252 // check the potential aliases introduced by the capture. However, no need 7253 // to fall back to anythign less optimistic than the function state. 7254 const auto &ArgNoCaptureAA = 7255 A.getAAFor<AANoCapture>(*this, IRP, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 7256 if (!ArgNoCaptureAA.isAssumedNoCaptureMaybeReturned()) { 7257 S.intersectAssumedBits(FnMemAssumedState); 7258 return (AssumedState != getAssumed()) ? ChangeStatus::CHANGED 7259 : ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 7260 } 7261 7262 // Visit and expand uses until all are analyzed or a fixpoint is reached. 7263 auto UsePred = [&](const Use &U, bool &Follow) -> bool { 7264 Instruction *UserI = cast<Instruction>(U.getUser()); 7265 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAMemoryBehavior] Use: " << *U << " in " << *UserI 7266 << " \n"); 7267 7268 // Droppable users, e.g., llvm::assume does not actually perform any action. 7269 if (UserI->isDroppable()) 7270 return true; 7271 7272 // Check if the users of UserI should also be visited. 7273 Follow = followUsersOfUseIn(A, U, UserI); 7274 7275 // If UserI might touch memory we analyze the use in detail. 7276 if (UserI->mayReadOrWriteMemory()) 7277 analyzeUseIn(A, U, UserI); 7278 7279 return !isAtFixpoint(); 7280 }; 7281 7282 if (!A.checkForAllUses(UsePred, *this, getAssociatedValue())) 7283 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 7284 7285 return (AssumedState != getAssumed()) ? ChangeStatus::CHANGED 7286 : ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 7287 } 7288 7289 bool AAMemoryBehaviorFloating::followUsersOfUseIn(Attributor &A, const Use &U, 7290 const Instruction *UserI) { 7291 // The loaded value is unrelated to the pointer argument, no need to 7292 // follow the users of the load. 7293 if (isa<LoadInst>(UserI)) 7294 return false; 7295 7296 // By default we follow all uses assuming UserI might leak information on U, 7297 // we have special handling for call sites operands though. 7298 const auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(UserI); 7299 if (!CB || !CB->isArgOperand(&U)) 7300 return true; 7301 7302 // If the use is a call argument known not to be captured, the users of 7303 // the call do not need to be visited because they have to be unrelated to 7304 // the input. Note that this check is not trivial even though we disallow 7305 // general capturing of the underlying argument. The reason is that the 7306 // call might the argument "through return", which we allow and for which we 7307 // need to check call users. 7308 if (U.get()->getType()->isPointerTy()) { 7309 unsigned ArgNo = CB->getArgOperandNo(&U); 7310 const auto &ArgNoCaptureAA = A.getAAFor<AANoCapture>( 7311 *this, IRPosition::callsite_argument(*CB, ArgNo), DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 7312 return !ArgNoCaptureAA.isAssumedNoCapture(); 7313 } 7314 7315 return true; 7316 } 7317 7318 void AAMemoryBehaviorFloating::analyzeUseIn(Attributor &A, const Use &U, 7319 const Instruction *UserI) { 7320 assert(UserI->mayReadOrWriteMemory()); 7321 7322 switch (UserI->getOpcode()) { 7323 default: 7324 // TODO: Handle all atomics and other side-effect operations we know of. 7325 break; 7326 case Instruction::Load: 7327 // Loads cause the NO_READS property to disappear. 7328 removeAssumedBits(NO_READS); 7329 return; 7330 7331 case Instruction::Store: 7332 // Stores cause the NO_WRITES property to disappear if the use is the 7333 // pointer operand. Note that while capturing was taken care of somewhere 7334 // else we need to deal with stores of the value that is not looked through. 7335 if (cast<StoreInst>(UserI)->getPointerOperand() == U.get()) 7336 removeAssumedBits(NO_WRITES); 7337 else 7338 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 7339 return; 7340 7341 case Instruction::Call: 7342 case Instruction::CallBr: 7343 case Instruction::Invoke: { 7344 // For call sites we look at the argument memory behavior attribute (this 7345 // could be recursive!) in order to restrict our own state. 7346 const auto *CB = cast<CallBase>(UserI); 7347 7348 // Give up on operand bundles. 7349 if (CB->isBundleOperand(&U)) { 7350 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 7351 return; 7352 } 7353 7354 // Calling a function does read the function pointer, maybe write it if the 7355 // function is self-modifying. 7356 if (CB->isCallee(&U)) { 7357 removeAssumedBits(NO_READS); 7358 break; 7359 } 7360 7361 // Adjust the possible access behavior based on the information on the 7362 // argument. 7363 IRPosition Pos; 7364 if (U.get()->getType()->isPointerTy()) 7365 Pos = IRPosition::callsite_argument(*CB, CB->getArgOperandNo(&U)); 7366 else 7367 Pos = IRPosition::callsite_function(*CB); 7368 const auto &MemBehaviorAA = 7369 A.getAAFor<AAMemoryBehavior>(*this, Pos, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 7370 // "assumed" has at most the same bits as the MemBehaviorAA assumed 7371 // and at least "known". 7372 intersectAssumedBits(MemBehaviorAA.getAssumed()); 7373 return; 7374 } 7375 }; 7376 7377 // Generally, look at the "may-properties" and adjust the assumed state if we 7378 // did not trigger special handling before. 7379 if (UserI->mayReadFromMemory()) 7380 removeAssumedBits(NO_READS); 7381 if (UserI->mayWriteToMemory()) 7382 removeAssumedBits(NO_WRITES); 7383 } 7384 } // namespace 7385 7386 /// -------------------- Memory Locations Attributes --------------------------- 7387 /// Includes read-none, argmemonly, inaccessiblememonly, 7388 /// inaccessiblememorargmemonly 7389 /// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7390 7391 std::string AAMemoryLocation::getMemoryLocationsAsStr( 7392 AAMemoryLocation::MemoryLocationsKind MLK) { 7393 if (0 == (MLK & AAMemoryLocation::NO_LOCATIONS)) 7394 return "all memory"; 7395 if (MLK == AAMemoryLocation::NO_LOCATIONS) 7396 return "no memory"; 7397 std::string S = "memory:"; 7398 if (0 == (MLK & AAMemoryLocation::NO_LOCAL_MEM)) 7399 S += "stack,"; 7400 if (0 == (MLK & AAMemoryLocation::NO_CONST_MEM)) 7401 S += "constant,"; 7402 if (0 == (MLK & AAMemoryLocation::NO_GLOBAL_INTERNAL_MEM)) 7403 S += "internal global,"; 7404 if (0 == (MLK & AAMemoryLocation::NO_GLOBAL_EXTERNAL_MEM)) 7405 S += "external global,"; 7406 if (0 == (MLK & AAMemoryLocation::NO_ARGUMENT_MEM)) 7407 S += "argument,"; 7408 if (0 == (MLK & AAMemoryLocation::NO_INACCESSIBLE_MEM)) 7409 S += "inaccessible,"; 7410 if (0 == (MLK & AAMemoryLocation::NO_MALLOCED_MEM)) 7411 S += "malloced,"; 7412 if (0 == (MLK & AAMemoryLocation::NO_UNKOWN_MEM)) 7413 S += "unknown,"; 7414 S.pop_back(); 7415 return S; 7416 } 7417 7418 namespace { 7419 struct AAMemoryLocationImpl : public AAMemoryLocation { 7420 7421 AAMemoryLocationImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 7422 : AAMemoryLocation(IRP, A), Allocator(A.Allocator) { 7423 for (unsigned u = 0; u < llvm::CTLog2<VALID_STATE>(); ++u) 7424 AccessKind2Accesses[u] = nullptr; 7425 } 7426 7427 ~AAMemoryLocationImpl() { 7428 // The AccessSets are allocated via a BumpPtrAllocator, we call 7429 // the destructor manually. 7430 for (unsigned u = 0; u < llvm::CTLog2<VALID_STATE>(); ++u) 7431 if (AccessKind2Accesses[u]) 7432 AccessKind2Accesses[u]->~AccessSet(); 7433 } 7434 7435 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 7436 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 7437 intersectAssumedBits(BEST_STATE); 7438 getKnownStateFromValue(A, getIRPosition(), getState()); 7439 AAMemoryLocation::initialize(A); 7440 } 7441 7442 /// Return the memory behavior information encoded in the IR for \p IRP. 7443 static void getKnownStateFromValue(Attributor &A, const IRPosition &IRP, 7444 BitIntegerState &State, 7445 bool IgnoreSubsumingPositions = false) { 7446 // For internal functions we ignore `argmemonly` and 7447 // `inaccessiblememorargmemonly` as we might break it via interprocedural 7448 // constant propagation. It is unclear if this is the best way but it is 7449 // unlikely this will cause real performance problems. If we are deriving 7450 // attributes for the anchor function we even remove the attribute in 7451 // addition to ignoring it. 7452 bool UseArgMemOnly = true; 7453 Function *AnchorFn = IRP.getAnchorScope(); 7454 if (AnchorFn && A.isRunOn(*AnchorFn)) 7455 UseArgMemOnly = !AnchorFn->hasLocalLinkage(); 7456 7457 SmallVector<Attribute, 2> Attrs; 7458 IRP.getAttrs(AttrKinds, Attrs, IgnoreSubsumingPositions); 7459 for (const Attribute &Attr : Attrs) { 7460 switch (Attr.getKindAsEnum()) { 7461 case Attribute::ReadNone: 7462 State.addKnownBits(NO_LOCAL_MEM | NO_CONST_MEM); 7463 break; 7464 case Attribute::InaccessibleMemOnly: 7465 State.addKnownBits(inverseLocation(NO_INACCESSIBLE_MEM, true, true)); 7466 break; 7467 case Attribute::ArgMemOnly: 7468 if (UseArgMemOnly) 7469 State.addKnownBits(inverseLocation(NO_ARGUMENT_MEM, true, true)); 7470 else 7471 IRP.removeAttrs({Attribute::ArgMemOnly}); 7472 break; 7473 case Attribute::InaccessibleMemOrArgMemOnly: 7474 if (UseArgMemOnly) 7475 State.addKnownBits(inverseLocation( 7476 NO_INACCESSIBLE_MEM | NO_ARGUMENT_MEM, true, true)); 7477 else 7478 IRP.removeAttrs({Attribute::InaccessibleMemOrArgMemOnly}); 7479 break; 7480 default: 7481 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected attribute!"); 7482 } 7483 } 7484 } 7485 7486 /// See AbstractAttribute::getDeducedAttributes(...). 7487 void getDeducedAttributes(LLVMContext &Ctx, 7488 SmallVectorImpl<Attribute> &Attrs) const override { 7489 assert(Attrs.size() == 0); 7490 if (isAssumedReadNone()) { 7491 Attrs.push_back(Attribute::get(Ctx, Attribute::ReadNone)); 7492 } else if (getIRPosition().getPositionKind() == IRPosition::IRP_FUNCTION) { 7493 if (isAssumedInaccessibleMemOnly()) 7494 Attrs.push_back(Attribute::get(Ctx, Attribute::InaccessibleMemOnly)); 7495 else if (isAssumedArgMemOnly()) 7496 Attrs.push_back(Attribute::get(Ctx, Attribute::ArgMemOnly)); 7497 else if (isAssumedInaccessibleOrArgMemOnly()) 7498 Attrs.push_back( 7499 Attribute::get(Ctx, Attribute::InaccessibleMemOrArgMemOnly)); 7500 } 7501 assert(Attrs.size() <= 1); 7502 } 7503 7504 /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...). 7505 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 7506 const IRPosition &IRP = getIRPosition(); 7507 7508 // Check if we would improve the existing attributes first. 7509 SmallVector<Attribute, 4> DeducedAttrs; 7510 getDeducedAttributes(IRP.getAnchorValue().getContext(), DeducedAttrs); 7511 if (llvm::all_of(DeducedAttrs, [&](const Attribute &Attr) { 7512 return IRP.hasAttr(Attr.getKindAsEnum(), 7513 /* IgnoreSubsumingPositions */ true); 7514 })) 7515 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 7516 7517 // Clear existing attributes. 7518 IRP.removeAttrs(AttrKinds); 7519 if (isAssumedReadNone()) 7520 IRP.removeAttrs(AAMemoryBehaviorImpl::AttrKinds); 7521 7522 // Use the generic manifest method. 7523 return IRAttribute::manifest(A); 7524 } 7525 7526 /// See AAMemoryLocation::checkForAllAccessesToMemoryKind(...). 7527 bool checkForAllAccessesToMemoryKind( 7528 function_ref<bool(const Instruction *, const Value *, AccessKind, 7529 MemoryLocationsKind)> 7530 Pred, 7531 MemoryLocationsKind RequestedMLK) const override { 7532 if (!isValidState()) 7533 return false; 7534 7535 MemoryLocationsKind AssumedMLK = getAssumedNotAccessedLocation(); 7536 if (AssumedMLK == NO_LOCATIONS) 7537 return true; 7538 7539 unsigned Idx = 0; 7540 for (MemoryLocationsKind CurMLK = 1; CurMLK < NO_LOCATIONS; 7541 CurMLK *= 2, ++Idx) { 7542 if (CurMLK & RequestedMLK) 7543 continue; 7544 7545 if (const AccessSet *Accesses = AccessKind2Accesses[Idx]) 7546 for (const AccessInfo &AI : *Accesses) 7547 if (!Pred(AI.I, AI.Ptr, AI.Kind, CurMLK)) 7548 return false; 7549 } 7550 7551 return true; 7552 } 7553 7554 ChangeStatus indicatePessimisticFixpoint() override { 7555 // If we give up and indicate a pessimistic fixpoint this instruction will 7556 // become an access for all potential access kinds: 7557 // TODO: Add pointers for argmemonly and globals to improve the results of 7558 // checkForAllAccessesToMemoryKind. 7559 bool Changed = false; 7560 MemoryLocationsKind KnownMLK = getKnown(); 7561 Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(&getAssociatedValue()); 7562 for (MemoryLocationsKind CurMLK = 1; CurMLK < NO_LOCATIONS; CurMLK *= 2) 7563 if (!(CurMLK & KnownMLK)) 7564 updateStateAndAccessesMap(getState(), CurMLK, I, nullptr, Changed, 7565 getAccessKindFromInst(I)); 7566 return AAMemoryLocation::indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 7567 } 7568 7569 protected: 7570 /// Helper struct to tie together an instruction that has a read or write 7571 /// effect with the pointer it accesses (if any). 7572 struct AccessInfo { 7573 7574 /// The instruction that caused the access. 7575 const Instruction *I; 7576 7577 /// The base pointer that is accessed, or null if unknown. 7578 const Value *Ptr; 7579 7580 /// The kind of access (read/write/read+write). 7581 AccessKind Kind; 7582 7583 bool operator==(const AccessInfo &RHS) const { 7584 return I == RHS.I && Ptr == RHS.Ptr && Kind == RHS.Kind; 7585 } 7586 bool operator()(const AccessInfo &LHS, const AccessInfo &RHS) const { 7587 if (LHS.I != RHS.I) 7588 return LHS.I < RHS.I; 7589 if (LHS.Ptr != RHS.Ptr) 7590 return LHS.Ptr < RHS.Ptr; 7591 if (LHS.Kind != RHS.Kind) 7592 return LHS.Kind < RHS.Kind; 7593 return false; 7594 } 7595 }; 7596 7597 /// Mapping from *single* memory location kinds, e.g., LOCAL_MEM with the 7598 /// value of NO_LOCAL_MEM, to the accesses encountered for this memory kind. 7599 using AccessSet = SmallSet<AccessInfo, 2, AccessInfo>; 7600 AccessSet *AccessKind2Accesses[llvm::CTLog2<VALID_STATE>()]; 7601 7602 /// Categorize the pointer arguments of CB that might access memory in 7603 /// AccessedLoc and update the state and access map accordingly. 7604 void 7605 categorizeArgumentPointerLocations(Attributor &A, CallBase &CB, 7606 AAMemoryLocation::StateType &AccessedLocs, 7607 bool &Changed); 7608 7609 /// Return the kind(s) of location that may be accessed by \p V. 7610 AAMemoryLocation::MemoryLocationsKind 7611 categorizeAccessedLocations(Attributor &A, Instruction &I, bool &Changed); 7612 7613 /// Return the access kind as determined by \p I. 7614 AccessKind getAccessKindFromInst(const Instruction *I) { 7615 AccessKind AK = READ_WRITE; 7616 if (I) { 7617 AK = I->mayReadFromMemory() ? READ : NONE; 7618 AK = AccessKind(AK | (I->mayWriteToMemory() ? WRITE : NONE)); 7619 } 7620 return AK; 7621 } 7622 7623 /// Update the state \p State and the AccessKind2Accesses given that \p I is 7624 /// an access of kind \p AK to a \p MLK memory location with the access 7625 /// pointer \p Ptr. 7626 void updateStateAndAccessesMap(AAMemoryLocation::StateType &State, 7627 MemoryLocationsKind MLK, const Instruction *I, 7628 const Value *Ptr, bool &Changed, 7629 AccessKind AK = READ_WRITE) { 7630 7631 assert(isPowerOf2_32(MLK) && "Expected a single location set!"); 7632 auto *&Accesses = AccessKind2Accesses[llvm::Log2_32(MLK)]; 7633 if (!Accesses) 7634 Accesses = new (Allocator) AccessSet(); 7635 Changed |= Accesses->insert(AccessInfo{I, Ptr, AK}).second; 7636 State.removeAssumedBits(MLK); 7637 } 7638 7639 /// Determine the underlying locations kinds for \p Ptr, e.g., globals or 7640 /// arguments, and update the state and access map accordingly. 7641 void categorizePtrValue(Attributor &A, const Instruction &I, const Value &Ptr, 7642 AAMemoryLocation::StateType &State, bool &Changed); 7643 7644 /// Used to allocate access sets. 7645 BumpPtrAllocator &Allocator; 7646 7647 /// The set of IR attributes AAMemoryLocation deals with. 7648 static const Attribute::AttrKind AttrKinds[4]; 7649 }; 7650 7651 const Attribute::AttrKind AAMemoryLocationImpl::AttrKinds[] = { 7652 Attribute::ReadNone, Attribute::InaccessibleMemOnly, Attribute::ArgMemOnly, 7653 Attribute::InaccessibleMemOrArgMemOnly}; 7654 7655 void AAMemoryLocationImpl::categorizePtrValue( 7656 Attributor &A, const Instruction &I, const Value &Ptr, 7657 AAMemoryLocation::StateType &State, bool &Changed) { 7658 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAMemoryLocation] Categorize pointer locations for " 7659 << Ptr << " [" 7660 << getMemoryLocationsAsStr(State.getAssumed()) << "]\n"); 7661 7662 SmallVector<Value *, 8> Objects; 7663 if (!AA::getAssumedUnderlyingObjects(A, Ptr, Objects, *this, &I)) { 7664 LLVM_DEBUG( 7665 dbgs() << "[AAMemoryLocation] Pointer locations not categorized\n"); 7666 updateStateAndAccessesMap(State, NO_UNKOWN_MEM, &I, nullptr, Changed, 7667 getAccessKindFromInst(&I)); 7668 return; 7669 } 7670 7671 for (Value *Obj : Objects) { 7672 // TODO: recognize the TBAA used for constant accesses. 7673 MemoryLocationsKind MLK = NO_LOCATIONS; 7674 assert(!isa<GEPOperator>(Obj) && "GEPs should have been stripped."); 7675 if (isa<UndefValue>(Obj)) 7676 continue; 7677 if (isa<Argument>(Obj)) { 7678 // TODO: For now we do not treat byval arguments as local copies performed 7679 // on the call edge, though, we should. To make that happen we need to 7680 // teach various passes, e.g., DSE, about the copy effect of a byval. That 7681 // would also allow us to mark functions only accessing byval arguments as 7682 // readnone again, atguably their acceses have no effect outside of the 7683 // function, like accesses to allocas. 7684 MLK = NO_ARGUMENT_MEM; 7685 } else if (auto *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalValue>(Obj)) { 7686 // Reading constant memory is not treated as a read "effect" by the 7687 // function attr pass so we won't neither. Constants defined by TBAA are 7688 // similar. (We know we do not write it because it is constant.) 7689 if (auto *GVar = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(GV)) 7690 if (GVar->isConstant()) 7691 continue; 7692 7693 if (GV->hasLocalLinkage()) 7694 MLK = NO_GLOBAL_INTERNAL_MEM; 7695 else 7696 MLK = NO_GLOBAL_EXTERNAL_MEM; 7697 } else if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Obj) && 7698 !NullPointerIsDefined(getAssociatedFunction(), 7699 Ptr.getType()->getPointerAddressSpace())) { 7700 continue; 7701 } else if (isa<AllocaInst>(Obj)) { 7702 MLK = NO_LOCAL_MEM; 7703 } else if (const auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(Obj)) { 7704 const auto &NoAliasAA = A.getAAFor<AANoAlias>( 7705 *this, IRPosition::callsite_returned(*CB), DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 7706 if (NoAliasAA.isAssumedNoAlias()) 7707 MLK = NO_MALLOCED_MEM; 7708 else 7709 MLK = NO_UNKOWN_MEM; 7710 } else { 7711 MLK = NO_UNKOWN_MEM; 7712 } 7713 7714 assert(MLK != NO_LOCATIONS && "No location specified!"); 7715 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAMemoryLocation] Ptr value can be categorized: " 7716 << *Obj << " -> " << getMemoryLocationsAsStr(MLK) 7717 << "\n"); 7718 updateStateAndAccessesMap(getState(), MLK, &I, Obj, Changed, 7719 getAccessKindFromInst(&I)); 7720 } 7721 7722 LLVM_DEBUG( 7723 dbgs() << "[AAMemoryLocation] Accessed locations with pointer locations: " 7724 << getMemoryLocationsAsStr(State.getAssumed()) << "\n"); 7725 } 7726 7727 void AAMemoryLocationImpl::categorizeArgumentPointerLocations( 7728 Attributor &A, CallBase &CB, AAMemoryLocation::StateType &AccessedLocs, 7729 bool &Changed) { 7730 for (unsigned ArgNo = 0, E = CB.arg_size(); ArgNo < E; ++ArgNo) { 7731 7732 // Skip non-pointer arguments. 7733 const Value *ArgOp = CB.getArgOperand(ArgNo); 7734 if (!ArgOp->getType()->isPtrOrPtrVectorTy()) 7735 continue; 7736 7737 // Skip readnone arguments. 7738 const IRPosition &ArgOpIRP = IRPosition::callsite_argument(CB, ArgNo); 7739 const auto &ArgOpMemLocationAA = 7740 A.getAAFor<AAMemoryBehavior>(*this, ArgOpIRP, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 7741 7742 if (ArgOpMemLocationAA.isAssumedReadNone()) 7743 continue; 7744 7745 // Categorize potentially accessed pointer arguments as if there was an 7746 // access instruction with them as pointer. 7747 categorizePtrValue(A, CB, *ArgOp, AccessedLocs, Changed); 7748 } 7749 } 7750 7751 AAMemoryLocation::MemoryLocationsKind 7752 AAMemoryLocationImpl::categorizeAccessedLocations(Attributor &A, Instruction &I, 7753 bool &Changed) { 7754 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAMemoryLocation] Categorize accessed locations for " 7755 << I << "\n"); 7756 7757 AAMemoryLocation::StateType AccessedLocs; 7758 AccessedLocs.intersectAssumedBits(NO_LOCATIONS); 7759 7760 if (auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(&I)) { 7761 7762 // First check if we assume any memory is access is visible. 7763 const auto &CBMemLocationAA = A.getAAFor<AAMemoryLocation>( 7764 *this, IRPosition::callsite_function(*CB), DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 7765 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAMemoryLocation] Categorize call site: " << I 7766 << " [" << CBMemLocationAA << "]\n"); 7767 7768 if (CBMemLocationAA.isAssumedReadNone()) 7769 return NO_LOCATIONS; 7770 7771 if (CBMemLocationAA.isAssumedInaccessibleMemOnly()) { 7772 updateStateAndAccessesMap(AccessedLocs, NO_INACCESSIBLE_MEM, &I, nullptr, 7773 Changed, getAccessKindFromInst(&I)); 7774 return AccessedLocs.getAssumed(); 7775 } 7776 7777 uint32_t CBAssumedNotAccessedLocs = 7778 CBMemLocationAA.getAssumedNotAccessedLocation(); 7779 7780 // Set the argmemonly and global bit as we handle them separately below. 7781 uint32_t CBAssumedNotAccessedLocsNoArgMem = 7782 CBAssumedNotAccessedLocs | NO_ARGUMENT_MEM | NO_GLOBAL_MEM; 7783 7784 for (MemoryLocationsKind CurMLK = 1; CurMLK < NO_LOCATIONS; CurMLK *= 2) { 7785 if (CBAssumedNotAccessedLocsNoArgMem & CurMLK) 7786 continue; 7787 updateStateAndAccessesMap(AccessedLocs, CurMLK, &I, nullptr, Changed, 7788 getAccessKindFromInst(&I)); 7789 } 7790 7791 // Now handle global memory if it might be accessed. This is slightly tricky 7792 // as NO_GLOBAL_MEM has multiple bits set. 7793 bool HasGlobalAccesses = ((~CBAssumedNotAccessedLocs) & NO_GLOBAL_MEM); 7794 if (HasGlobalAccesses) { 7795 auto AccessPred = [&](const Instruction *, const Value *Ptr, 7796 AccessKind Kind, MemoryLocationsKind MLK) { 7797 updateStateAndAccessesMap(AccessedLocs, MLK, &I, Ptr, Changed, 7798 getAccessKindFromInst(&I)); 7799 return true; 7800 }; 7801 if (!CBMemLocationAA.checkForAllAccessesToMemoryKind( 7802 AccessPred, inverseLocation(NO_GLOBAL_MEM, false, false))) 7803 return AccessedLocs.getWorstState(); 7804 } 7805 7806 LLVM_DEBUG( 7807 dbgs() << "[AAMemoryLocation] Accessed state before argument handling: " 7808 << getMemoryLocationsAsStr(AccessedLocs.getAssumed()) << "\n"); 7809 7810 // Now handle argument memory if it might be accessed. 7811 bool HasArgAccesses = ((~CBAssumedNotAccessedLocs) & NO_ARGUMENT_MEM); 7812 if (HasArgAccesses) 7813 categorizeArgumentPointerLocations(A, *CB, AccessedLocs, Changed); 7814 7815 LLVM_DEBUG( 7816 dbgs() << "[AAMemoryLocation] Accessed state after argument handling: " 7817 << getMemoryLocationsAsStr(AccessedLocs.getAssumed()) << "\n"); 7818 7819 return AccessedLocs.getAssumed(); 7820 } 7821 7822 if (const Value *Ptr = getPointerOperand(&I, /* AllowVolatile */ true)) { 7823 LLVM_DEBUG( 7824 dbgs() << "[AAMemoryLocation] Categorize memory access with pointer: " 7825 << I << " [" << *Ptr << "]\n"); 7826 categorizePtrValue(A, I, *Ptr, AccessedLocs, Changed); 7827 return AccessedLocs.getAssumed(); 7828 } 7829 7830 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAMemoryLocation] Failed to categorize instruction: " 7831 << I << "\n"); 7832 updateStateAndAccessesMap(AccessedLocs, NO_UNKOWN_MEM, &I, nullptr, Changed, 7833 getAccessKindFromInst(&I)); 7834 return AccessedLocs.getAssumed(); 7835 } 7836 7837 /// An AA to represent the memory behavior function attributes. 7838 struct AAMemoryLocationFunction final : public AAMemoryLocationImpl { 7839 AAMemoryLocationFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 7840 : AAMemoryLocationImpl(IRP, A) {} 7841 7842 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(Attributor &A). 7843 virtual ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 7844 7845 const auto &MemBehaviorAA = 7846 A.getAAFor<AAMemoryBehavior>(*this, getIRPosition(), DepClassTy::NONE); 7847 if (MemBehaviorAA.isAssumedReadNone()) { 7848 if (MemBehaviorAA.isKnownReadNone()) 7849 return indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 7850 assert(isAssumedReadNone() && 7851 "AAMemoryLocation was not read-none but AAMemoryBehavior was!"); 7852 A.recordDependence(MemBehaviorAA, *this, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 7853 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 7854 } 7855 7856 // The current assumed state used to determine a change. 7857 auto AssumedState = getAssumed(); 7858 bool Changed = false; 7859 7860 auto CheckRWInst = [&](Instruction &I) { 7861 MemoryLocationsKind MLK = categorizeAccessedLocations(A, I, Changed); 7862 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAMemoryLocation] Accessed locations for " << I 7863 << ": " << getMemoryLocationsAsStr(MLK) << "\n"); 7864 removeAssumedBits(inverseLocation(MLK, false, false)); 7865 // Stop once only the valid bit set in the *not assumed location*, thus 7866 // once we don't actually exclude any memory locations in the state. 7867 return getAssumedNotAccessedLocation() != VALID_STATE; 7868 }; 7869 7870 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 7871 if (!A.checkForAllReadWriteInstructions(CheckRWInst, *this, 7872 UsedAssumedInformation)) 7873 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 7874 7875 Changed |= AssumedState != getAssumed(); 7876 return Changed ? ChangeStatus::CHANGED : ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 7877 } 7878 7879 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 7880 void trackStatistics() const override { 7881 if (isAssumedReadNone()) 7882 STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(readnone) 7883 else if (isAssumedArgMemOnly()) 7884 STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(argmemonly) 7885 else if (isAssumedInaccessibleMemOnly()) 7886 STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(inaccessiblememonly) 7887 else if (isAssumedInaccessibleOrArgMemOnly()) 7888 STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(inaccessiblememorargmemonly) 7889 } 7890 }; 7891 7892 /// AAMemoryLocation attribute for call sites. 7893 struct AAMemoryLocationCallSite final : AAMemoryLocationImpl { 7894 AAMemoryLocationCallSite(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 7895 : AAMemoryLocationImpl(IRP, A) {} 7896 7897 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 7898 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 7899 AAMemoryLocationImpl::initialize(A); 7900 Function *F = getAssociatedFunction(); 7901 if (!F || F->isDeclaration()) 7902 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 7903 } 7904 7905 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 7906 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 7907 // TODO: Once we have call site specific value information we can provide 7908 // call site specific liveness liveness information and then it makes 7909 // sense to specialize attributes for call sites arguments instead of 7910 // redirecting requests to the callee argument. 7911 Function *F = getAssociatedFunction(); 7912 const IRPosition &FnPos = IRPosition::function(*F); 7913 auto &FnAA = 7914 A.getAAFor<AAMemoryLocation>(*this, FnPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 7915 bool Changed = false; 7916 auto AccessPred = [&](const Instruction *I, const Value *Ptr, 7917 AccessKind Kind, MemoryLocationsKind MLK) { 7918 updateStateAndAccessesMap(getState(), MLK, I, Ptr, Changed, 7919 getAccessKindFromInst(I)); 7920 return true; 7921 }; 7922 if (!FnAA.checkForAllAccessesToMemoryKind(AccessPred, ALL_LOCATIONS)) 7923 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 7924 return Changed ? ChangeStatus::CHANGED : ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 7925 } 7926 7927 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 7928 void trackStatistics() const override { 7929 if (isAssumedReadNone()) 7930 STATS_DECLTRACK_CS_ATTR(readnone) 7931 } 7932 }; 7933 7934 /// ------------------ Value Constant Range Attribute ------------------------- 7935 7936 struct AAValueConstantRangeImpl : AAValueConstantRange { 7937 using StateType = IntegerRangeState; 7938 AAValueConstantRangeImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 7939 : AAValueConstantRange(IRP, A) {} 7940 7941 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(..). 7942 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 7943 if (A.hasSimplificationCallback(getIRPosition())) { 7944 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 7945 return; 7946 } 7947 7948 // Intersect a range given by SCEV. 7949 intersectKnown(getConstantRangeFromSCEV(A, getCtxI())); 7950 7951 // Intersect a range given by LVI. 7952 intersectKnown(getConstantRangeFromLVI(A, getCtxI())); 7953 } 7954 7955 /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr(). 7956 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 7957 std::string Str; 7958 llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Str); 7959 OS << "range(" << getBitWidth() << ")<"; 7960 getKnown().print(OS); 7961 OS << " / "; 7962 getAssumed().print(OS); 7963 OS << ">"; 7964 return OS.str(); 7965 } 7966 7967 /// Helper function to get a SCEV expr for the associated value at program 7968 /// point \p I. 7969 const SCEV *getSCEV(Attributor &A, const Instruction *I = nullptr) const { 7970 if (!getAnchorScope()) 7971 return nullptr; 7972 7973 ScalarEvolution *SE = 7974 A.getInfoCache().getAnalysisResultForFunction<ScalarEvolutionAnalysis>( 7975 *getAnchorScope()); 7976 7977 LoopInfo *LI = A.getInfoCache().getAnalysisResultForFunction<LoopAnalysis>( 7978 *getAnchorScope()); 7979 7980 if (!SE || !LI) 7981 return nullptr; 7982 7983 const SCEV *S = SE->getSCEV(&getAssociatedValue()); 7984 if (!I) 7985 return S; 7986 7987 return SE->getSCEVAtScope(S, LI->getLoopFor(I->getParent())); 7988 } 7989 7990 /// Helper function to get a range from SCEV for the associated value at 7991 /// program point \p I. 7992 ConstantRange getConstantRangeFromSCEV(Attributor &A, 7993 const Instruction *I = nullptr) const { 7994 if (!getAnchorScope()) 7995 return getWorstState(getBitWidth()); 7996 7997 ScalarEvolution *SE = 7998 A.getInfoCache().getAnalysisResultForFunction<ScalarEvolutionAnalysis>( 7999 *getAnchorScope()); 8000 8001 const SCEV *S = getSCEV(A, I); 8002 if (!SE || !S) 8003 return getWorstState(getBitWidth()); 8004 8005 return SE->getUnsignedRange(S); 8006 } 8007 8008 /// Helper function to get a range from LVI for the associated value at 8009 /// program point \p I. 8010 ConstantRange 8011 getConstantRangeFromLVI(Attributor &A, 8012 const Instruction *CtxI = nullptr) const { 8013 if (!getAnchorScope()) 8014 return getWorstState(getBitWidth()); 8015 8016 LazyValueInfo *LVI = 8017 A.getInfoCache().getAnalysisResultForFunction<LazyValueAnalysis>( 8018 *getAnchorScope()); 8019 8020 if (!LVI || !CtxI) 8021 return getWorstState(getBitWidth()); 8022 return LVI->getConstantRange(&getAssociatedValue(), 8023 const_cast<Instruction *>(CtxI)); 8024 } 8025 8026 /// Return true if \p CtxI is valid for querying outside analyses. 8027 /// This basically makes sure we do not ask intra-procedural analysis 8028 /// about a context in the wrong function or a context that violates 8029 /// dominance assumptions they might have. The \p AllowAACtxI flag indicates 8030 /// if the original context of this AA is OK or should be considered invalid. 8031 bool isValidCtxInstructionForOutsideAnalysis(Attributor &A, 8032 const Instruction *CtxI, 8033 bool AllowAACtxI) const { 8034 if (!CtxI || (!AllowAACtxI && CtxI == getCtxI())) 8035 return false; 8036 8037 // Our context might be in a different function, neither intra-procedural 8038 // analysis (ScalarEvolution nor LazyValueInfo) can handle that. 8039 if (!AA::isValidInScope(getAssociatedValue(), CtxI->getFunction())) 8040 return false; 8041 8042 // If the context is not dominated by the value there are paths to the 8043 // context that do not define the value. This cannot be handled by 8044 // LazyValueInfo so we need to bail. 8045 if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(&getAssociatedValue())) { 8046 InformationCache &InfoCache = A.getInfoCache(); 8047 const DominatorTree *DT = 8048 InfoCache.getAnalysisResultForFunction<DominatorTreeAnalysis>( 8049 *I->getFunction()); 8050 return DT && DT->dominates(I, CtxI); 8051 } 8052 8053 return true; 8054 } 8055 8056 /// See AAValueConstantRange::getKnownConstantRange(..). 8057 ConstantRange 8058 getKnownConstantRange(Attributor &A, 8059 const Instruction *CtxI = nullptr) const override { 8060 if (!isValidCtxInstructionForOutsideAnalysis(A, CtxI, 8061 /* AllowAACtxI */ false)) 8062 return getKnown(); 8063 8064 ConstantRange LVIR = getConstantRangeFromLVI(A, CtxI); 8065 ConstantRange SCEVR = getConstantRangeFromSCEV(A, CtxI); 8066 return getKnown().intersectWith(SCEVR).intersectWith(LVIR); 8067 } 8068 8069 /// See AAValueConstantRange::getAssumedConstantRange(..). 8070 ConstantRange 8071 getAssumedConstantRange(Attributor &A, 8072 const Instruction *CtxI = nullptr) const override { 8073 // TODO: Make SCEV use Attributor assumption. 8074 // We may be able to bound a variable range via assumptions in 8075 // Attributor. ex.) If x is assumed to be in [1, 3] and y is known to 8076 // evolve to x^2 + x, then we can say that y is in [2, 12]. 8077 if (!isValidCtxInstructionForOutsideAnalysis(A, CtxI, 8078 /* AllowAACtxI */ false)) 8079 return getAssumed(); 8080 8081 ConstantRange LVIR = getConstantRangeFromLVI(A, CtxI); 8082 ConstantRange SCEVR = getConstantRangeFromSCEV(A, CtxI); 8083 return getAssumed().intersectWith(SCEVR).intersectWith(LVIR); 8084 } 8085 8086 /// Helper function to create MDNode for range metadata. 8087 static MDNode * 8088 getMDNodeForConstantRange(Type *Ty, LLVMContext &Ctx, 8089 const ConstantRange &AssumedConstantRange) { 8090 Metadata *LowAndHigh[] = {ConstantAsMetadata::get(ConstantInt::get( 8091 Ty, AssumedConstantRange.getLower())), 8092 ConstantAsMetadata::get(ConstantInt::get( 8093 Ty, AssumedConstantRange.getUpper()))}; 8094 return MDNode::get(Ctx, LowAndHigh); 8095 } 8096 8097 /// Return true if \p Assumed is included in \p KnownRanges. 8098 static bool isBetterRange(const ConstantRange &Assumed, MDNode *KnownRanges) { 8099 8100 if (Assumed.isFullSet()) 8101 return false; 8102 8103 if (!KnownRanges) 8104 return true; 8105 8106 // If multiple ranges are annotated in IR, we give up to annotate assumed 8107 // range for now. 8108 8109 // TODO: If there exists a known range which containts assumed range, we 8110 // can say assumed range is better. 8111 if (KnownRanges->getNumOperands() > 2) 8112 return false; 8113 8114 ConstantInt *Lower = 8115 mdconst::extract<ConstantInt>(KnownRanges->getOperand(0)); 8116 ConstantInt *Upper = 8117 mdconst::extract<ConstantInt>(KnownRanges->getOperand(1)); 8118 8119 ConstantRange Known(Lower->getValue(), Upper->getValue()); 8120 return Known.contains(Assumed) && Known != Assumed; 8121 } 8122 8123 /// Helper function to set range metadata. 8124 static bool 8125 setRangeMetadataIfisBetterRange(Instruction *I, 8126 const ConstantRange &AssumedConstantRange) { 8127 auto *OldRangeMD = I->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_range); 8128 if (isBetterRange(AssumedConstantRange, OldRangeMD)) { 8129 if (!AssumedConstantRange.isEmptySet()) { 8130 I->setMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_range, 8131 getMDNodeForConstantRange(I->getType(), I->getContext(), 8132 AssumedConstantRange)); 8133 return true; 8134 } 8135 } 8136 return false; 8137 } 8138 8139 /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest() 8140 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 8141 ChangeStatus Changed = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 8142 ConstantRange AssumedConstantRange = getAssumedConstantRange(A); 8143 assert(!AssumedConstantRange.isFullSet() && "Invalid state"); 8144 8145 auto &V = getAssociatedValue(); 8146 if (!AssumedConstantRange.isEmptySet() && 8147 !AssumedConstantRange.isSingleElement()) { 8148 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(&V)) { 8149 assert(I == getCtxI() && "Should not annotate an instruction which is " 8150 "not the context instruction"); 8151 if (isa<CallInst>(I) || isa<LoadInst>(I)) 8152 if (setRangeMetadataIfisBetterRange(I, AssumedConstantRange)) 8153 Changed = ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 8154 } 8155 } 8156 8157 return Changed; 8158 } 8159 }; 8160 8161 struct AAValueConstantRangeArgument final 8162 : AAArgumentFromCallSiteArguments< 8163 AAValueConstantRange, AAValueConstantRangeImpl, IntegerRangeState, 8164 true /* BridgeCallBaseContext */> { 8165 using Base = AAArgumentFromCallSiteArguments< 8166 AAValueConstantRange, AAValueConstantRangeImpl, IntegerRangeState, 8167 true /* BridgeCallBaseContext */>; 8168 AAValueConstantRangeArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 8169 : Base(IRP, A) {} 8170 8171 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(..). 8172 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 8173 if (!getAnchorScope() || getAnchorScope()->isDeclaration()) { 8174 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 8175 } else { 8176 Base::initialize(A); 8177 } 8178 } 8179 8180 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 8181 void trackStatistics() const override { 8182 STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(value_range) 8183 } 8184 }; 8185 8186 struct AAValueConstantRangeReturned 8187 : AAReturnedFromReturnedValues<AAValueConstantRange, 8188 AAValueConstantRangeImpl, 8189 AAValueConstantRangeImpl::StateType, 8190 /* PropogateCallBaseContext */ true> { 8191 using Base = 8192 AAReturnedFromReturnedValues<AAValueConstantRange, 8193 AAValueConstantRangeImpl, 8194 AAValueConstantRangeImpl::StateType, 8195 /* PropogateCallBaseContext */ true>; 8196 AAValueConstantRangeReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 8197 : Base(IRP, A) {} 8198 8199 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 8200 void initialize(Attributor &A) override {} 8201 8202 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 8203 void trackStatistics() const override { 8204 STATS_DECLTRACK_FNRET_ATTR(value_range) 8205 } 8206 }; 8207 8208 struct AAValueConstantRangeFloating : AAValueConstantRangeImpl { 8209 AAValueConstantRangeFloating(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 8210 : AAValueConstantRangeImpl(IRP, A) {} 8211 8212 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 8213 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 8214 AAValueConstantRangeImpl::initialize(A); 8215 if (isAtFixpoint()) 8216 return; 8217 8218 Value &V = getAssociatedValue(); 8219 8220 if (auto *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(&V)) { 8221 unionAssumed(ConstantRange(C->getValue())); 8222 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 8223 return; 8224 } 8225 8226 if (isa<UndefValue>(&V)) { 8227 // Collapse the undef state to 0. 8228 unionAssumed(ConstantRange(APInt(getBitWidth(), 0))); 8229 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 8230 return; 8231 } 8232 8233 if (isa<CallBase>(&V)) 8234 return; 8235 8236 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(&V) || isa<CmpInst>(&V) || isa<CastInst>(&V)) 8237 return; 8238 8239 // If it is a load instruction with range metadata, use it. 8240 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(&V)) 8241 if (auto *RangeMD = LI->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_range)) { 8242 intersectKnown(getConstantRangeFromMetadata(*RangeMD)); 8243 return; 8244 } 8245 8246 // We can work with PHI and select instruction as we traverse their operands 8247 // during update. 8248 if (isa<SelectInst>(V) || isa<PHINode>(V)) 8249 return; 8250 8251 // Otherwise we give up. 8252 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 8253 8254 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAValueConstantRange] We give up: " 8255 << getAssociatedValue() << "\n"); 8256 } 8257 8258 bool calculateBinaryOperator( 8259 Attributor &A, BinaryOperator *BinOp, IntegerRangeState &T, 8260 const Instruction *CtxI, 8261 SmallVectorImpl<const AAValueConstantRange *> &QuerriedAAs) { 8262 Value *LHS = BinOp->getOperand(0); 8263 Value *RHS = BinOp->getOperand(1); 8264 8265 // Simplify the operands first. 8266 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 8267 const auto &SimplifiedLHS = 8268 A.getAssumedSimplified(IRPosition::value(*LHS, getCallBaseContext()), 8269 *this, UsedAssumedInformation); 8270 if (!SimplifiedLHS.hasValue()) 8271 return true; 8272 if (!SimplifiedLHS.getValue()) 8273 return false; 8274 LHS = *SimplifiedLHS; 8275 8276 const auto &SimplifiedRHS = 8277 A.getAssumedSimplified(IRPosition::value(*RHS, getCallBaseContext()), 8278 *this, UsedAssumedInformation); 8279 if (!SimplifiedRHS.hasValue()) 8280 return true; 8281 if (!SimplifiedRHS.getValue()) 8282 return false; 8283 RHS = *SimplifiedRHS; 8284 8285 // TODO: Allow non integers as well. 8286 if (!LHS->getType()->isIntegerTy() || !RHS->getType()->isIntegerTy()) 8287 return false; 8288 8289 auto &LHSAA = A.getAAFor<AAValueConstantRange>( 8290 *this, IRPosition::value(*LHS, getCallBaseContext()), 8291 DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 8292 QuerriedAAs.push_back(&LHSAA); 8293 auto LHSAARange = LHSAA.getAssumedConstantRange(A, CtxI); 8294 8295 auto &RHSAA = A.getAAFor<AAValueConstantRange>( 8296 *this, IRPosition::value(*RHS, getCallBaseContext()), 8297 DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 8298 QuerriedAAs.push_back(&RHSAA); 8299 auto RHSAARange = RHSAA.getAssumedConstantRange(A, CtxI); 8300 8301 auto AssumedRange = LHSAARange.binaryOp(BinOp->getOpcode(), RHSAARange); 8302 8303 T.unionAssumed(AssumedRange); 8304 8305 // TODO: Track a known state too. 8306 8307 return T.isValidState(); 8308 } 8309 8310 bool calculateCastInst( 8311 Attributor &A, CastInst *CastI, IntegerRangeState &T, 8312 const Instruction *CtxI, 8313 SmallVectorImpl<const AAValueConstantRange *> &QuerriedAAs) { 8314 assert(CastI->getNumOperands() == 1 && "Expected cast to be unary!"); 8315 // TODO: Allow non integers as well. 8316 Value *OpV = CastI->getOperand(0); 8317 8318 // Simplify the operand first. 8319 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 8320 const auto &SimplifiedOpV = 8321 A.getAssumedSimplified(IRPosition::value(*OpV, getCallBaseContext()), 8322 *this, UsedAssumedInformation); 8323 if (!SimplifiedOpV.hasValue()) 8324 return true; 8325 if (!SimplifiedOpV.getValue()) 8326 return false; 8327 OpV = *SimplifiedOpV; 8328 8329 if (!OpV->getType()->isIntegerTy()) 8330 return false; 8331 8332 auto &OpAA = A.getAAFor<AAValueConstantRange>( 8333 *this, IRPosition::value(*OpV, getCallBaseContext()), 8334 DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 8335 QuerriedAAs.push_back(&OpAA); 8336 T.unionAssumed( 8337 OpAA.getAssumed().castOp(CastI->getOpcode(), getState().getBitWidth())); 8338 return T.isValidState(); 8339 } 8340 8341 bool 8342 calculateCmpInst(Attributor &A, CmpInst *CmpI, IntegerRangeState &T, 8343 const Instruction *CtxI, 8344 SmallVectorImpl<const AAValueConstantRange *> &QuerriedAAs) { 8345 Value *LHS = CmpI->getOperand(0); 8346 Value *RHS = CmpI->getOperand(1); 8347 8348 // Simplify the operands first. 8349 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 8350 const auto &SimplifiedLHS = 8351 A.getAssumedSimplified(IRPosition::value(*LHS, getCallBaseContext()), 8352 *this, UsedAssumedInformation); 8353 if (!SimplifiedLHS.hasValue()) 8354 return true; 8355 if (!SimplifiedLHS.getValue()) 8356 return false; 8357 LHS = *SimplifiedLHS; 8358 8359 const auto &SimplifiedRHS = 8360 A.getAssumedSimplified(IRPosition::value(*RHS, getCallBaseContext()), 8361 *this, UsedAssumedInformation); 8362 if (!SimplifiedRHS.hasValue()) 8363 return true; 8364 if (!SimplifiedRHS.getValue()) 8365 return false; 8366 RHS = *SimplifiedRHS; 8367 8368 // TODO: Allow non integers as well. 8369 if (!LHS->getType()->isIntegerTy() || !RHS->getType()->isIntegerTy()) 8370 return false; 8371 8372 auto &LHSAA = A.getAAFor<AAValueConstantRange>( 8373 *this, IRPosition::value(*LHS, getCallBaseContext()), 8374 DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 8375 QuerriedAAs.push_back(&LHSAA); 8376 auto &RHSAA = A.getAAFor<AAValueConstantRange>( 8377 *this, IRPosition::value(*RHS, getCallBaseContext()), 8378 DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 8379 QuerriedAAs.push_back(&RHSAA); 8380 auto LHSAARange = LHSAA.getAssumedConstantRange(A, CtxI); 8381 auto RHSAARange = RHSAA.getAssumedConstantRange(A, CtxI); 8382 8383 // If one of them is empty set, we can't decide. 8384 if (LHSAARange.isEmptySet() || RHSAARange.isEmptySet()) 8385 return true; 8386 8387 bool MustTrue = false, MustFalse = false; 8388 8389 auto AllowedRegion = 8390 ConstantRange::makeAllowedICmpRegion(CmpI->getPredicate(), RHSAARange); 8391 8392 if (AllowedRegion.intersectWith(LHSAARange).isEmptySet()) 8393 MustFalse = true; 8394 8395 if (LHSAARange.icmp(CmpI->getPredicate(), RHSAARange)) 8396 MustTrue = true; 8397 8398 assert((!MustTrue || !MustFalse) && 8399 "Either MustTrue or MustFalse should be false!"); 8400 8401 if (MustTrue) 8402 T.unionAssumed(ConstantRange(APInt(/* numBits */ 1, /* val */ 1))); 8403 else if (MustFalse) 8404 T.unionAssumed(ConstantRange(APInt(/* numBits */ 1, /* val */ 0))); 8405 else 8406 T.unionAssumed(ConstantRange(/* BitWidth */ 1, /* isFullSet */ true)); 8407 8408 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAValueConstantRange] " << *CmpI << " " << LHSAA 8409 << " " << RHSAA << "\n"); 8410 8411 // TODO: Track a known state too. 8412 return T.isValidState(); 8413 } 8414 8415 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 8416 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 8417 auto VisitValueCB = [&](Value &V, const Instruction *CtxI, 8418 IntegerRangeState &T, bool Stripped) -> bool { 8419 Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(&V); 8420 if (!I || isa<CallBase>(I)) { 8421 8422 // Simplify the operand first. 8423 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 8424 const auto &SimplifiedOpV = 8425 A.getAssumedSimplified(IRPosition::value(V, getCallBaseContext()), 8426 *this, UsedAssumedInformation); 8427 if (!SimplifiedOpV.hasValue()) 8428 return true; 8429 if (!SimplifiedOpV.getValue()) 8430 return false; 8431 Value *VPtr = *SimplifiedOpV; 8432 8433 // If the value is not instruction, we query AA to Attributor. 8434 const auto &AA = A.getAAFor<AAValueConstantRange>( 8435 *this, IRPosition::value(*VPtr, getCallBaseContext()), 8436 DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 8437 8438 // Clamp operator is not used to utilize a program point CtxI. 8439 T.unionAssumed(AA.getAssumedConstantRange(A, CtxI)); 8440 8441 return T.isValidState(); 8442 } 8443 8444 SmallVector<const AAValueConstantRange *, 4> QuerriedAAs; 8445 if (auto *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I)) { 8446 if (!calculateBinaryOperator(A, BinOp, T, CtxI, QuerriedAAs)) 8447 return false; 8448 } else if (auto *CmpI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(I)) { 8449 if (!calculateCmpInst(A, CmpI, T, CtxI, QuerriedAAs)) 8450 return false; 8451 } else if (auto *CastI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(I)) { 8452 if (!calculateCastInst(A, CastI, T, CtxI, QuerriedAAs)) 8453 return false; 8454 } else { 8455 // Give up with other instructions. 8456 // TODO: Add other instructions 8457 8458 T.indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 8459 return false; 8460 } 8461 8462 // Catch circular reasoning in a pessimistic way for now. 8463 // TODO: Check how the range evolves and if we stripped anything, see also 8464 // AADereferenceable or AAAlign for similar situations. 8465 for (const AAValueConstantRange *QueriedAA : QuerriedAAs) { 8466 if (QueriedAA != this) 8467 continue; 8468 // If we are in a stady state we do not need to worry. 8469 if (T.getAssumed() == getState().getAssumed()) 8470 continue; 8471 T.indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 8472 } 8473 8474 return T.isValidState(); 8475 }; 8476 8477 IntegerRangeState T(getBitWidth()); 8478 8479 if (!genericValueTraversal<IntegerRangeState>(A, getIRPosition(), *this, T, 8480 VisitValueCB, getCtxI(), 8481 /* UseValueSimplify */ false)) 8482 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 8483 8484 return clampStateAndIndicateChange(getState(), T); 8485 } 8486 8487 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 8488 void trackStatistics() const override { 8489 STATS_DECLTRACK_FLOATING_ATTR(value_range) 8490 } 8491 }; 8492 8493 struct AAValueConstantRangeFunction : AAValueConstantRangeImpl { 8494 AAValueConstantRangeFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 8495 : AAValueConstantRangeImpl(IRP, A) {} 8496 8497 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 8498 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 8499 llvm_unreachable("AAValueConstantRange(Function|CallSite)::updateImpl will " 8500 "not be called"); 8501 } 8502 8503 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 8504 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(value_range) } 8505 }; 8506 8507 struct AAValueConstantRangeCallSite : AAValueConstantRangeFunction { 8508 AAValueConstantRangeCallSite(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 8509 : AAValueConstantRangeFunction(IRP, A) {} 8510 8511 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 8512 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_CS_ATTR(value_range) } 8513 }; 8514 8515 struct AAValueConstantRangeCallSiteReturned 8516 : AACallSiteReturnedFromReturned<AAValueConstantRange, 8517 AAValueConstantRangeImpl, 8518 AAValueConstantRangeImpl::StateType, 8519 /* IntroduceCallBaseContext */ true> { 8520 AAValueConstantRangeCallSiteReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 8521 : AACallSiteReturnedFromReturned<AAValueConstantRange, 8522 AAValueConstantRangeImpl, 8523 AAValueConstantRangeImpl::StateType, 8524 /* IntroduceCallBaseContext */ true>(IRP, 8525 A) { 8526 } 8527 8528 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 8529 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 8530 // If it is a load instruction with range metadata, use the metadata. 8531 if (CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(&getAssociatedValue())) 8532 if (auto *RangeMD = CI->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_range)) 8533 intersectKnown(getConstantRangeFromMetadata(*RangeMD)); 8534 8535 AAValueConstantRangeImpl::initialize(A); 8536 } 8537 8538 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 8539 void trackStatistics() const override { 8540 STATS_DECLTRACK_CSRET_ATTR(value_range) 8541 } 8542 }; 8543 struct AAValueConstantRangeCallSiteArgument : AAValueConstantRangeFloating { 8544 AAValueConstantRangeCallSiteArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 8545 : AAValueConstantRangeFloating(IRP, A) {} 8546 8547 /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest() 8548 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 8549 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 8550 } 8551 8552 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 8553 void trackStatistics() const override { 8554 STATS_DECLTRACK_CSARG_ATTR(value_range) 8555 } 8556 }; 8557 8558 /// ------------------ Potential Values Attribute ------------------------- 8559 8560 struct AAPotentialValuesImpl : AAPotentialValues { 8561 using StateType = PotentialConstantIntValuesState; 8562 8563 AAPotentialValuesImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 8564 : AAPotentialValues(IRP, A) {} 8565 8566 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(..). 8567 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 8568 if (A.hasSimplificationCallback(getIRPosition())) 8569 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 8570 else 8571 AAPotentialValues::initialize(A); 8572 } 8573 8574 /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr(). 8575 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 8576 std::string Str; 8577 llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Str); 8578 OS << getState(); 8579 return OS.str(); 8580 } 8581 8582 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 8583 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 8584 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 8585 } 8586 }; 8587 8588 struct AAPotentialValuesArgument final 8589 : AAArgumentFromCallSiteArguments<AAPotentialValues, AAPotentialValuesImpl, 8590 PotentialConstantIntValuesState> { 8591 using Base = 8592 AAArgumentFromCallSiteArguments<AAPotentialValues, AAPotentialValuesImpl, 8593 PotentialConstantIntValuesState>; 8594 AAPotentialValuesArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 8595 : Base(IRP, A) {} 8596 8597 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(..). 8598 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 8599 if (!getAnchorScope() || getAnchorScope()->isDeclaration()) { 8600 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 8601 } else { 8602 Base::initialize(A); 8603 } 8604 } 8605 8606 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 8607 void trackStatistics() const override { 8608 STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(potential_values) 8609 } 8610 }; 8611 8612 struct AAPotentialValuesReturned 8613 : AAReturnedFromReturnedValues<AAPotentialValues, AAPotentialValuesImpl> { 8614 using Base = 8615 AAReturnedFromReturnedValues<AAPotentialValues, AAPotentialValuesImpl>; 8616 AAPotentialValuesReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 8617 : Base(IRP, A) {} 8618 8619 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 8620 void trackStatistics() const override { 8621 STATS_DECLTRACK_FNRET_ATTR(potential_values) 8622 } 8623 }; 8624 8625 struct AAPotentialValuesFloating : AAPotentialValuesImpl { 8626 AAPotentialValuesFloating(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 8627 : AAPotentialValuesImpl(IRP, A) {} 8628 8629 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(..). 8630 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 8631 AAPotentialValuesImpl::initialize(A); 8632 if (isAtFixpoint()) 8633 return; 8634 8635 Value &V = getAssociatedValue(); 8636 8637 if (auto *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(&V)) { 8638 unionAssumed(C->getValue()); 8639 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 8640 return; 8641 } 8642 8643 if (isa<UndefValue>(&V)) { 8644 unionAssumedWithUndef(); 8645 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 8646 return; 8647 } 8648 8649 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(&V) || isa<ICmpInst>(&V) || isa<CastInst>(&V)) 8650 return; 8651 8652 if (isa<SelectInst>(V) || isa<PHINode>(V) || isa<LoadInst>(V)) 8653 return; 8654 8655 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 8656 8657 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPotentialValues] We give up: " 8658 << getAssociatedValue() << "\n"); 8659 } 8660 8661 static bool calculateICmpInst(const ICmpInst *ICI, const APInt &LHS, 8662 const APInt &RHS) { 8663 return ICmpInst::compare(LHS, RHS, ICI->getPredicate()); 8664 } 8665 8666 static APInt calculateCastInst(const CastInst *CI, const APInt &Src, 8667 uint32_t ResultBitWidth) { 8668 Instruction::CastOps CastOp = CI->getOpcode(); 8669 switch (CastOp) { 8670 default: 8671 llvm_unreachable("unsupported or not integer cast"); 8672 case Instruction::Trunc: 8673 return Src.trunc(ResultBitWidth); 8674 case Instruction::SExt: 8675 return Src.sext(ResultBitWidth); 8676 case Instruction::ZExt: 8677 return Src.zext(ResultBitWidth); 8678 case Instruction::BitCast: 8679 return Src; 8680 } 8681 } 8682 8683 static APInt calculateBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *BinOp, 8684 const APInt &LHS, const APInt &RHS, 8685 bool &SkipOperation, bool &Unsupported) { 8686 Instruction::BinaryOps BinOpcode = BinOp->getOpcode(); 8687 // Unsupported is set to true when the binary operator is not supported. 8688 // SkipOperation is set to true when UB occur with the given operand pair 8689 // (LHS, RHS). 8690 // TODO: we should look at nsw and nuw keywords to handle operations 8691 // that create poison or undef value. 8692 switch (BinOpcode) { 8693 default: 8694 Unsupported = true; 8695 return LHS; 8696 case Instruction::Add: 8697 return LHS + RHS; 8698 case Instruction::Sub: 8699 return LHS - RHS; 8700 case Instruction::Mul: 8701 return LHS * RHS; 8702 case Instruction::UDiv: 8703 if (RHS.isZero()) { 8704 SkipOperation = true; 8705 return LHS; 8706 } 8707 return LHS.udiv(RHS); 8708 case Instruction::SDiv: 8709 if (RHS.isZero()) { 8710 SkipOperation = true; 8711 return LHS; 8712 } 8713 return LHS.sdiv(RHS); 8714 case Instruction::URem: 8715 if (RHS.isZero()) { 8716 SkipOperation = true; 8717 return LHS; 8718 } 8719 return LHS.urem(RHS); 8720 case Instruction::SRem: 8721 if (RHS.isZero()) { 8722 SkipOperation = true; 8723 return LHS; 8724 } 8725 return LHS.srem(RHS); 8726 case Instruction::Shl: 8727 return LHS.shl(RHS); 8728 case Instruction::LShr: 8729 return LHS.lshr(RHS); 8730 case Instruction::AShr: 8731 return LHS.ashr(RHS); 8732 case Instruction::And: 8733 return LHS & RHS; 8734 case Instruction::Or: 8735 return LHS | RHS; 8736 case Instruction::Xor: 8737 return LHS ^ RHS; 8738 } 8739 } 8740 8741 bool calculateBinaryOperatorAndTakeUnion(const BinaryOperator *BinOp, 8742 const APInt &LHS, const APInt &RHS) { 8743 bool SkipOperation = false; 8744 bool Unsupported = false; 8745 APInt Result = 8746 calculateBinaryOperator(BinOp, LHS, RHS, SkipOperation, Unsupported); 8747 if (Unsupported) 8748 return false; 8749 // If SkipOperation is true, we can ignore this operand pair (L, R). 8750 if (!SkipOperation) 8751 unionAssumed(Result); 8752 return isValidState(); 8753 } 8754 8755 ChangeStatus updateWithICmpInst(Attributor &A, ICmpInst *ICI) { 8756 auto AssumedBefore = getAssumed(); 8757 Value *LHS = ICI->getOperand(0); 8758 Value *RHS = ICI->getOperand(1); 8759 8760 // Simplify the operands first. 8761 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 8762 const auto &SimplifiedLHS = 8763 A.getAssumedSimplified(IRPosition::value(*LHS, getCallBaseContext()), 8764 *this, UsedAssumedInformation); 8765 if (!SimplifiedLHS.hasValue()) 8766 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 8767 if (!SimplifiedLHS.getValue()) 8768 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 8769 LHS = *SimplifiedLHS; 8770 8771 const auto &SimplifiedRHS = 8772 A.getAssumedSimplified(IRPosition::value(*RHS, getCallBaseContext()), 8773 *this, UsedAssumedInformation); 8774 if (!SimplifiedRHS.hasValue()) 8775 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 8776 if (!SimplifiedRHS.getValue()) 8777 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 8778 RHS = *SimplifiedRHS; 8779 8780 if (!LHS->getType()->isIntegerTy() || !RHS->getType()->isIntegerTy()) 8781 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 8782 8783 auto &LHSAA = A.getAAFor<AAPotentialValues>(*this, IRPosition::value(*LHS), 8784 DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 8785 if (!LHSAA.isValidState()) 8786 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 8787 8788 auto &RHSAA = A.getAAFor<AAPotentialValues>(*this, IRPosition::value(*RHS), 8789 DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 8790 if (!RHSAA.isValidState()) 8791 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 8792 8793 const DenseSet<APInt> &LHSAAPVS = LHSAA.getAssumedSet(); 8794 const DenseSet<APInt> &RHSAAPVS = RHSAA.getAssumedSet(); 8795 8796 // TODO: make use of undef flag to limit potential values aggressively. 8797 bool MaybeTrue = false, MaybeFalse = false; 8798 const APInt Zero(RHS->getType()->getIntegerBitWidth(), 0); 8799 if (LHSAA.undefIsContained() && RHSAA.undefIsContained()) { 8800 // The result of any comparison between undefs can be soundly replaced 8801 // with undef. 8802 unionAssumedWithUndef(); 8803 } else if (LHSAA.undefIsContained()) { 8804 for (const APInt &R : RHSAAPVS) { 8805 bool CmpResult = calculateICmpInst(ICI, Zero, R); 8806 MaybeTrue |= CmpResult; 8807 MaybeFalse |= !CmpResult; 8808 if (MaybeTrue & MaybeFalse) 8809 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 8810 } 8811 } else if (RHSAA.undefIsContained()) { 8812 for (const APInt &L : LHSAAPVS) { 8813 bool CmpResult = calculateICmpInst(ICI, L, Zero); 8814 MaybeTrue |= CmpResult; 8815 MaybeFalse |= !CmpResult; 8816 if (MaybeTrue & MaybeFalse) 8817 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 8818 } 8819 } else { 8820 for (const APInt &L : LHSAAPVS) { 8821 for (const APInt &R : RHSAAPVS) { 8822 bool CmpResult = calculateICmpInst(ICI, L, R); 8823 MaybeTrue |= CmpResult; 8824 MaybeFalse |= !CmpResult; 8825 if (MaybeTrue & MaybeFalse) 8826 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 8827 } 8828 } 8829 } 8830 if (MaybeTrue) 8831 unionAssumed(APInt(/* numBits */ 1, /* val */ 1)); 8832 if (MaybeFalse) 8833 unionAssumed(APInt(/* numBits */ 1, /* val */ 0)); 8834 return AssumedBefore == getAssumed() ? ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED 8835 : ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 8836 } 8837 8838 ChangeStatus updateWithSelectInst(Attributor &A, SelectInst *SI) { 8839 auto AssumedBefore = getAssumed(); 8840 Value *LHS = SI->getTrueValue(); 8841 Value *RHS = SI->getFalseValue(); 8842 8843 // Simplify the operands first. 8844 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 8845 const auto &SimplifiedLHS = 8846 A.getAssumedSimplified(IRPosition::value(*LHS, getCallBaseContext()), 8847 *this, UsedAssumedInformation); 8848 if (!SimplifiedLHS.hasValue()) 8849 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 8850 if (!SimplifiedLHS.getValue()) 8851 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 8852 LHS = *SimplifiedLHS; 8853 8854 const auto &SimplifiedRHS = 8855 A.getAssumedSimplified(IRPosition::value(*RHS, getCallBaseContext()), 8856 *this, UsedAssumedInformation); 8857 if (!SimplifiedRHS.hasValue()) 8858 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 8859 if (!SimplifiedRHS.getValue()) 8860 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 8861 RHS = *SimplifiedRHS; 8862 8863 if (!LHS->getType()->isIntegerTy() || !RHS->getType()->isIntegerTy()) 8864 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 8865 8866 Optional<Constant *> C = A.getAssumedConstant(*SI->getCondition(), *this, 8867 UsedAssumedInformation); 8868 8869 // Check if we only need one operand. 8870 bool OnlyLeft = false, OnlyRight = false; 8871 if (C.hasValue() && *C && (*C)->isOneValue()) 8872 OnlyLeft = true; 8873 else if (C.hasValue() && *C && (*C)->isZeroValue()) 8874 OnlyRight = true; 8875 8876 const AAPotentialValues *LHSAA = nullptr, *RHSAA = nullptr; 8877 if (!OnlyRight) { 8878 LHSAA = &A.getAAFor<AAPotentialValues>(*this, IRPosition::value(*LHS), 8879 DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 8880 if (!LHSAA->isValidState()) 8881 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 8882 } 8883 if (!OnlyLeft) { 8884 RHSAA = &A.getAAFor<AAPotentialValues>(*this, IRPosition::value(*RHS), 8885 DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 8886 if (!RHSAA->isValidState()) 8887 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 8888 } 8889 8890 if (!LHSAA || !RHSAA) { 8891 // select (true/false), lhs, rhs 8892 auto *OpAA = LHSAA ? LHSAA : RHSAA; 8893 8894 if (OpAA->undefIsContained()) 8895 unionAssumedWithUndef(); 8896 else 8897 unionAssumed(*OpAA); 8898 8899 } else if (LHSAA->undefIsContained() && RHSAA->undefIsContained()) { 8900 // select i1 *, undef , undef => undef 8901 unionAssumedWithUndef(); 8902 } else { 8903 unionAssumed(*LHSAA); 8904 unionAssumed(*RHSAA); 8905 } 8906 return AssumedBefore == getAssumed() ? ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED 8907 : ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 8908 } 8909 8910 ChangeStatus updateWithCastInst(Attributor &A, CastInst *CI) { 8911 auto AssumedBefore = getAssumed(); 8912 if (!CI->isIntegerCast()) 8913 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 8914 assert(CI->getNumOperands() == 1 && "Expected cast to be unary!"); 8915 uint32_t ResultBitWidth = CI->getDestTy()->getIntegerBitWidth(); 8916 Value *Src = CI->getOperand(0); 8917 8918 // Simplify the operand first. 8919 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 8920 const auto &SimplifiedSrc = 8921 A.getAssumedSimplified(IRPosition::value(*Src, getCallBaseContext()), 8922 *this, UsedAssumedInformation); 8923 if (!SimplifiedSrc.hasValue()) 8924 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 8925 if (!SimplifiedSrc.getValue()) 8926 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 8927 Src = *SimplifiedSrc; 8928 8929 auto &SrcAA = A.getAAFor<AAPotentialValues>(*this, IRPosition::value(*Src), 8930 DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 8931 if (!SrcAA.isValidState()) 8932 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 8933 const DenseSet<APInt> &SrcAAPVS = SrcAA.getAssumedSet(); 8934 if (SrcAA.undefIsContained()) 8935 unionAssumedWithUndef(); 8936 else { 8937 for (const APInt &S : SrcAAPVS) { 8938 APInt T = calculateCastInst(CI, S, ResultBitWidth); 8939 unionAssumed(T); 8940 } 8941 } 8942 return AssumedBefore == getAssumed() ? ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED 8943 : ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 8944 } 8945 8946 ChangeStatus updateWithBinaryOperator(Attributor &A, BinaryOperator *BinOp) { 8947 auto AssumedBefore = getAssumed(); 8948 Value *LHS = BinOp->getOperand(0); 8949 Value *RHS = BinOp->getOperand(1); 8950 8951 // Simplify the operands first. 8952 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 8953 const auto &SimplifiedLHS = 8954 A.getAssumedSimplified(IRPosition::value(*LHS, getCallBaseContext()), 8955 *this, UsedAssumedInformation); 8956 if (!SimplifiedLHS.hasValue()) 8957 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 8958 if (!SimplifiedLHS.getValue()) 8959 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 8960 LHS = *SimplifiedLHS; 8961 8962 const auto &SimplifiedRHS = 8963 A.getAssumedSimplified(IRPosition::value(*RHS, getCallBaseContext()), 8964 *this, UsedAssumedInformation); 8965 if (!SimplifiedRHS.hasValue()) 8966 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 8967 if (!SimplifiedRHS.getValue()) 8968 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 8969 RHS = *SimplifiedRHS; 8970 8971 if (!LHS->getType()->isIntegerTy() || !RHS->getType()->isIntegerTy()) 8972 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 8973 8974 auto &LHSAA = A.getAAFor<AAPotentialValues>(*this, IRPosition::value(*LHS), 8975 DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 8976 if (!LHSAA.isValidState()) 8977 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 8978 8979 auto &RHSAA = A.getAAFor<AAPotentialValues>(*this, IRPosition::value(*RHS), 8980 DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 8981 if (!RHSAA.isValidState()) 8982 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 8983 8984 const DenseSet<APInt> &LHSAAPVS = LHSAA.getAssumedSet(); 8985 const DenseSet<APInt> &RHSAAPVS = RHSAA.getAssumedSet(); 8986 const APInt Zero = APInt(LHS->getType()->getIntegerBitWidth(), 0); 8987 8988 // TODO: make use of undef flag to limit potential values aggressively. 8989 if (LHSAA.undefIsContained() && RHSAA.undefIsContained()) { 8990 if (!calculateBinaryOperatorAndTakeUnion(BinOp, Zero, Zero)) 8991 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 8992 } else if (LHSAA.undefIsContained()) { 8993 for (const APInt &R : RHSAAPVS) { 8994 if (!calculateBinaryOperatorAndTakeUnion(BinOp, Zero, R)) 8995 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 8996 } 8997 } else if (RHSAA.undefIsContained()) { 8998 for (const APInt &L : LHSAAPVS) { 8999 if (!calculateBinaryOperatorAndTakeUnion(BinOp, L, Zero)) 9000 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 9001 } 9002 } else { 9003 for (const APInt &L : LHSAAPVS) { 9004 for (const APInt &R : RHSAAPVS) { 9005 if (!calculateBinaryOperatorAndTakeUnion(BinOp, L, R)) 9006 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 9007 } 9008 } 9009 } 9010 return AssumedBefore == getAssumed() ? ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED 9011 : ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 9012 } 9013 9014 ChangeStatus updateWithPHINode(Attributor &A, PHINode *PHI) { 9015 auto AssumedBefore = getAssumed(); 9016 for (unsigned u = 0, e = PHI->getNumIncomingValues(); u < e; u++) { 9017 Value *IncomingValue = PHI->getIncomingValue(u); 9018 9019 // Simplify the operand first. 9020 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 9021 const auto &SimplifiedIncomingValue = A.getAssumedSimplified( 9022 IRPosition::value(*IncomingValue, getCallBaseContext()), *this, 9023 UsedAssumedInformation); 9024 if (!SimplifiedIncomingValue.hasValue()) 9025 continue; 9026 if (!SimplifiedIncomingValue.getValue()) 9027 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 9028 IncomingValue = *SimplifiedIncomingValue; 9029 9030 auto &PotentialValuesAA = A.getAAFor<AAPotentialValues>( 9031 *this, IRPosition::value(*IncomingValue), DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 9032 if (!PotentialValuesAA.isValidState()) 9033 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 9034 if (PotentialValuesAA.undefIsContained()) 9035 unionAssumedWithUndef(); 9036 else 9037 unionAssumed(PotentialValuesAA.getAssumed()); 9038 } 9039 return AssumedBefore == getAssumed() ? ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED 9040 : ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 9041 } 9042 9043 ChangeStatus updateWithLoad(Attributor &A, LoadInst &L) { 9044 if (!L.getType()->isIntegerTy()) 9045 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 9046 9047 auto Union = [&](Value &V) { 9048 if (isa<UndefValue>(V)) { 9049 unionAssumedWithUndef(); 9050 return true; 9051 } 9052 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(&V)) { 9053 unionAssumed(CI->getValue()); 9054 return true; 9055 } 9056 return false; 9057 }; 9058 auto AssumedBefore = getAssumed(); 9059 9060 if (!AAValueSimplifyImpl::handleLoad(A, *this, L, Union)) 9061 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 9062 9063 return AssumedBefore == getAssumed() ? ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED 9064 : ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 9065 } 9066 9067 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 9068 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 9069 Value &V = getAssociatedValue(); 9070 Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(&V); 9071 9072 if (auto *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(I)) 9073 return updateWithICmpInst(A, ICI); 9074 9075 if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(I)) 9076 return updateWithSelectInst(A, SI); 9077 9078 if (auto *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(I)) 9079 return updateWithCastInst(A, CI); 9080 9081 if (auto *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I)) 9082 return updateWithBinaryOperator(A, BinOp); 9083 9084 if (auto *PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)) 9085 return updateWithPHINode(A, PHI); 9086 9087 if (auto *L = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) 9088 return updateWithLoad(A, *L); 9089 9090 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 9091 } 9092 9093 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 9094 void trackStatistics() const override { 9095 STATS_DECLTRACK_FLOATING_ATTR(potential_values) 9096 } 9097 }; 9098 9099 struct AAPotentialValuesFunction : AAPotentialValuesImpl { 9100 AAPotentialValuesFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 9101 : AAPotentialValuesImpl(IRP, A) {} 9102 9103 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 9104 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 9105 llvm_unreachable("AAPotentialValues(Function|CallSite)::updateImpl will " 9106 "not be called"); 9107 } 9108 9109 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 9110 void trackStatistics() const override { 9111 STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(potential_values) 9112 } 9113 }; 9114 9115 struct AAPotentialValuesCallSite : AAPotentialValuesFunction { 9116 AAPotentialValuesCallSite(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 9117 : AAPotentialValuesFunction(IRP, A) {} 9118 9119 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 9120 void trackStatistics() const override { 9121 STATS_DECLTRACK_CS_ATTR(potential_values) 9122 } 9123 }; 9124 9125 struct AAPotentialValuesCallSiteReturned 9126 : AACallSiteReturnedFromReturned<AAPotentialValues, AAPotentialValuesImpl> { 9127 AAPotentialValuesCallSiteReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 9128 : AACallSiteReturnedFromReturned<AAPotentialValues, 9129 AAPotentialValuesImpl>(IRP, A) {} 9130 9131 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 9132 void trackStatistics() const override { 9133 STATS_DECLTRACK_CSRET_ATTR(potential_values) 9134 } 9135 }; 9136 9137 struct AAPotentialValuesCallSiteArgument : AAPotentialValuesFloating { 9138 AAPotentialValuesCallSiteArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 9139 : AAPotentialValuesFloating(IRP, A) {} 9140 9141 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(..). 9142 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 9143 AAPotentialValuesImpl::initialize(A); 9144 if (isAtFixpoint()) 9145 return; 9146 9147 Value &V = getAssociatedValue(); 9148 9149 if (auto *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(&V)) { 9150 unionAssumed(C->getValue()); 9151 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 9152 return; 9153 } 9154 9155 if (isa<UndefValue>(&V)) { 9156 unionAssumedWithUndef(); 9157 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 9158 return; 9159 } 9160 } 9161 9162 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 9163 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 9164 Value &V = getAssociatedValue(); 9165 auto AssumedBefore = getAssumed(); 9166 auto &AA = A.getAAFor<AAPotentialValues>(*this, IRPosition::value(V), 9167 DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 9168 const auto &S = AA.getAssumed(); 9169 unionAssumed(S); 9170 return AssumedBefore == getAssumed() ? ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED 9171 : ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 9172 } 9173 9174 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 9175 void trackStatistics() const override { 9176 STATS_DECLTRACK_CSARG_ATTR(potential_values) 9177 } 9178 }; 9179 9180 /// ------------------------ NoUndef Attribute --------------------------------- 9181 struct AANoUndefImpl : AANoUndef { 9182 AANoUndefImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : AANoUndef(IRP, A) {} 9183 9184 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 9185 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 9186 if (getIRPosition().hasAttr({Attribute::NoUndef})) { 9187 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 9188 return; 9189 } 9190 Value &V = getAssociatedValue(); 9191 if (isa<UndefValue>(V)) 9192 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 9193 else if (isa<FreezeInst>(V)) 9194 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 9195 else if (getPositionKind() != IRPosition::IRP_RETURNED && 9196 isGuaranteedNotToBeUndefOrPoison(&V)) 9197 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 9198 else 9199 AANoUndef::initialize(A); 9200 } 9201 9202 /// See followUsesInMBEC 9203 bool followUseInMBEC(Attributor &A, const Use *U, const Instruction *I, 9204 AANoUndef::StateType &State) { 9205 const Value *UseV = U->get(); 9206 const DominatorTree *DT = nullptr; 9207 AssumptionCache *AC = nullptr; 9208 InformationCache &InfoCache = A.getInfoCache(); 9209 if (Function *F = getAnchorScope()) { 9210 DT = InfoCache.getAnalysisResultForFunction<DominatorTreeAnalysis>(*F); 9211 AC = InfoCache.getAnalysisResultForFunction<AssumptionAnalysis>(*F); 9212 } 9213 State.setKnown(isGuaranteedNotToBeUndefOrPoison(UseV, AC, I, DT)); 9214 bool TrackUse = false; 9215 // Track use for instructions which must produce undef or poison bits when 9216 // at least one operand contains such bits. 9217 if (isa<CastInst>(*I) || isa<GetElementPtrInst>(*I)) 9218 TrackUse = true; 9219 return TrackUse; 9220 } 9221 9222 /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr(). 9223 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 9224 return getAssumed() ? "noundef" : "may-undef-or-poison"; 9225 } 9226 9227 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 9228 // We don't manifest noundef attribute for dead positions because the 9229 // associated values with dead positions would be replaced with undef 9230 // values. 9231 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 9232 if (A.isAssumedDead(getIRPosition(), nullptr, nullptr, 9233 UsedAssumedInformation)) 9234 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 9235 // A position whose simplified value does not have any value is 9236 // considered to be dead. We don't manifest noundef in such positions for 9237 // the same reason above. 9238 if (!A.getAssumedSimplified(getIRPosition(), *this, UsedAssumedInformation) 9239 .hasValue()) 9240 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 9241 return AANoUndef::manifest(A); 9242 } 9243 }; 9244 9245 struct AANoUndefFloating : public AANoUndefImpl { 9246 AANoUndefFloating(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 9247 : AANoUndefImpl(IRP, A) {} 9248 9249 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 9250 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 9251 AANoUndefImpl::initialize(A); 9252 if (!getState().isAtFixpoint()) 9253 if (Instruction *CtxI = getCtxI()) 9254 followUsesInMBEC(*this, A, getState(), *CtxI); 9255 } 9256 9257 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 9258 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 9259 auto VisitValueCB = [&](Value &V, const Instruction *CtxI, 9260 AANoUndef::StateType &T, bool Stripped) -> bool { 9261 const auto &AA = A.getAAFor<AANoUndef>(*this, IRPosition::value(V), 9262 DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 9263 if (!Stripped && this == &AA) { 9264 T.indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 9265 } else { 9266 const AANoUndef::StateType &S = 9267 static_cast<const AANoUndef::StateType &>(AA.getState()); 9268 T ^= S; 9269 } 9270 return T.isValidState(); 9271 }; 9272 9273 StateType T; 9274 if (!genericValueTraversal<StateType>(A, getIRPosition(), *this, T, 9275 VisitValueCB, getCtxI())) 9276 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 9277 9278 return clampStateAndIndicateChange(getState(), T); 9279 } 9280 9281 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 9282 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_FNRET_ATTR(noundef) } 9283 }; 9284 9285 struct AANoUndefReturned final 9286 : AAReturnedFromReturnedValues<AANoUndef, AANoUndefImpl> { 9287 AANoUndefReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 9288 : AAReturnedFromReturnedValues<AANoUndef, AANoUndefImpl>(IRP, A) {} 9289 9290 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 9291 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_FNRET_ATTR(noundef) } 9292 }; 9293 9294 struct AANoUndefArgument final 9295 : AAArgumentFromCallSiteArguments<AANoUndef, AANoUndefImpl> { 9296 AANoUndefArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 9297 : AAArgumentFromCallSiteArguments<AANoUndef, AANoUndefImpl>(IRP, A) {} 9298 9299 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 9300 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(noundef) } 9301 }; 9302 9303 struct AANoUndefCallSiteArgument final : AANoUndefFloating { 9304 AANoUndefCallSiteArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 9305 : AANoUndefFloating(IRP, A) {} 9306 9307 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 9308 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_CSARG_ATTR(noundef) } 9309 }; 9310 9311 struct AANoUndefCallSiteReturned final 9312 : AACallSiteReturnedFromReturned<AANoUndef, AANoUndefImpl> { 9313 AANoUndefCallSiteReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 9314 : AACallSiteReturnedFromReturned<AANoUndef, AANoUndefImpl>(IRP, A) {} 9315 9316 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 9317 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_CSRET_ATTR(noundef) } 9318 }; 9319 9320 struct AACallEdgesImpl : public AACallEdges { 9321 AACallEdgesImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : AACallEdges(IRP, A) {} 9322 9323 virtual const SetVector<Function *> &getOptimisticEdges() const override { 9324 return CalledFunctions; 9325 } 9326 9327 virtual bool hasUnknownCallee() const override { return HasUnknownCallee; } 9328 9329 virtual bool hasNonAsmUnknownCallee() const override { 9330 return HasUnknownCalleeNonAsm; 9331 } 9332 9333 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 9334 return "CallEdges[" + std::to_string(HasUnknownCallee) + "," + 9335 std::to_string(CalledFunctions.size()) + "]"; 9336 } 9337 9338 void trackStatistics() const override {} 9339 9340 protected: 9341 void addCalledFunction(Function *Fn, ChangeStatus &Change) { 9342 if (CalledFunctions.insert(Fn)) { 9343 Change = ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 9344 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AACallEdges] New call edge: " << Fn->getName() 9345 << "\n"); 9346 } 9347 } 9348 9349 void setHasUnknownCallee(bool NonAsm, ChangeStatus &Change) { 9350 if (!HasUnknownCallee) 9351 Change = ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 9352 if (NonAsm && !HasUnknownCalleeNonAsm) 9353 Change = ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 9354 HasUnknownCalleeNonAsm |= NonAsm; 9355 HasUnknownCallee = true; 9356 } 9357 9358 private: 9359 /// Optimistic set of functions that might be called by this position. 9360 SetVector<Function *> CalledFunctions; 9361 9362 /// Is there any call with a unknown callee. 9363 bool HasUnknownCallee = false; 9364 9365 /// Is there any call with a unknown callee, excluding any inline asm. 9366 bool HasUnknownCalleeNonAsm = false; 9367 }; 9368 9369 struct AACallEdgesCallSite : public AACallEdgesImpl { 9370 AACallEdgesCallSite(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 9371 : AACallEdgesImpl(IRP, A) {} 9372 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 9373 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 9374 ChangeStatus Change = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 9375 9376 auto VisitValue = [&](Value &V, const Instruction *CtxI, bool &HasUnknown, 9377 bool Stripped) -> bool { 9378 if (Function *Fn = dyn_cast<Function>(&V)) { 9379 addCalledFunction(Fn, Change); 9380 } else { 9381 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AACallEdges] Unrecognized value: " << V << "\n"); 9382 setHasUnknownCallee(true, Change); 9383 } 9384 9385 // Explore all values. 9386 return true; 9387 }; 9388 9389 // Process any value that we might call. 9390 auto ProcessCalledOperand = [&](Value *V) { 9391 bool DummyValue = false; 9392 if (!genericValueTraversal<bool>(A, IRPosition::value(*V), *this, 9393 DummyValue, VisitValue, nullptr, 9394 false)) { 9395 // If we haven't gone through all values, assume that there are unknown 9396 // callees. 9397 setHasUnknownCallee(true, Change); 9398 } 9399 }; 9400 9401 CallBase *CB = static_cast<CallBase *>(getCtxI()); 9402 9403 if (CB->isInlineAsm()) { 9404 setHasUnknownCallee(false, Change); 9405 return Change; 9406 } 9407 9408 // Process callee metadata if available. 9409 if (auto *MD = getCtxI()->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_callees)) { 9410 for (auto &Op : MD->operands()) { 9411 Function *Callee = mdconst::dyn_extract_or_null<Function>(Op); 9412 if (Callee) 9413 addCalledFunction(Callee, Change); 9414 } 9415 return Change; 9416 } 9417 9418 // The most simple case. 9419 ProcessCalledOperand(CB->getCalledOperand()); 9420 9421 // Process callback functions. 9422 SmallVector<const Use *, 4u> CallbackUses; 9423 AbstractCallSite::getCallbackUses(*CB, CallbackUses); 9424 for (const Use *U : CallbackUses) 9425 ProcessCalledOperand(U->get()); 9426 9427 return Change; 9428 } 9429 }; 9430 9431 struct AACallEdgesFunction : public AACallEdgesImpl { 9432 AACallEdgesFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 9433 : AACallEdgesImpl(IRP, A) {} 9434 9435 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 9436 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 9437 ChangeStatus Change = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 9438 9439 auto ProcessCallInst = [&](Instruction &Inst) { 9440 CallBase &CB = static_cast<CallBase &>(Inst); 9441 9442 auto &CBEdges = A.getAAFor<AACallEdges>( 9443 *this, IRPosition::callsite_function(CB), DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 9444 if (CBEdges.hasNonAsmUnknownCallee()) 9445 setHasUnknownCallee(true, Change); 9446 if (CBEdges.hasUnknownCallee()) 9447 setHasUnknownCallee(false, Change); 9448 9449 for (Function *F : CBEdges.getOptimisticEdges()) 9450 addCalledFunction(F, Change); 9451 9452 return true; 9453 }; 9454 9455 // Visit all callable instructions. 9456 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 9457 if (!A.checkForAllCallLikeInstructions(ProcessCallInst, *this, 9458 UsedAssumedInformation)) { 9459 // If we haven't looked at all call like instructions, assume that there 9460 // are unknown callees. 9461 setHasUnknownCallee(true, Change); 9462 } 9463 9464 return Change; 9465 } 9466 }; 9467 9468 struct AAFunctionReachabilityFunction : public AAFunctionReachability { 9469 private: 9470 struct QuerySet { 9471 void markReachable(Function *Fn) { 9472 Reachable.insert(Fn); 9473 Unreachable.erase(Fn); 9474 } 9475 9476 ChangeStatus update(Attributor &A, const AAFunctionReachability &AA, 9477 ArrayRef<const AACallEdges *> AAEdgesList) { 9478 ChangeStatus Change = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 9479 9480 for (auto *AAEdges : AAEdgesList) { 9481 if (AAEdges->hasUnknownCallee()) { 9482 if (!CanReachUnknownCallee) 9483 Change = ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 9484 CanReachUnknownCallee = true; 9485 return Change; 9486 } 9487 } 9488 9489 for (Function *Fn : make_early_inc_range(Unreachable)) { 9490 if (checkIfReachable(A, AA, AAEdgesList, Fn)) { 9491 Change = ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 9492 markReachable(Fn); 9493 } 9494 } 9495 return Change; 9496 } 9497 9498 bool isReachable(Attributor &A, const AAFunctionReachability &AA, 9499 ArrayRef<const AACallEdges *> AAEdgesList, Function *Fn) { 9500 // Assume that we can reach the function. 9501 // TODO: Be more specific with the unknown callee. 9502 if (CanReachUnknownCallee) 9503 return true; 9504 9505 if (Reachable.count(Fn)) 9506 return true; 9507 9508 if (Unreachable.count(Fn)) 9509 return false; 9510 9511 // We need to assume that this function can't reach Fn to prevent 9512 // an infinite loop if this function is recursive. 9513 Unreachable.insert(Fn); 9514 9515 bool Result = checkIfReachable(A, AA, AAEdgesList, Fn); 9516 if (Result) 9517 markReachable(Fn); 9518 return Result; 9519 } 9520 9521 bool checkIfReachable(Attributor &A, const AAFunctionReachability &AA, 9522 ArrayRef<const AACallEdges *> AAEdgesList, 9523 Function *Fn) const { 9524 9525 // Handle the most trivial case first. 9526 for (auto *AAEdges : AAEdgesList) { 9527 const SetVector<Function *> &Edges = AAEdges->getOptimisticEdges(); 9528 9529 if (Edges.count(Fn)) 9530 return true; 9531 } 9532 9533 SmallVector<const AAFunctionReachability *, 8> Deps; 9534 for (auto &AAEdges : AAEdgesList) { 9535 const SetVector<Function *> &Edges = AAEdges->getOptimisticEdges(); 9536 9537 for (Function *Edge : Edges) { 9538 // We don't need a dependency if the result is reachable. 9539 const AAFunctionReachability &EdgeReachability = 9540 A.getAAFor<AAFunctionReachability>( 9541 AA, IRPosition::function(*Edge), DepClassTy::NONE); 9542 Deps.push_back(&EdgeReachability); 9543 9544 if (EdgeReachability.canReach(A, Fn)) 9545 return true; 9546 } 9547 } 9548 9549 // The result is false for now, set dependencies and leave. 9550 for (auto Dep : Deps) 9551 A.recordDependence(AA, *Dep, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 9552 9553 return false; 9554 } 9555 9556 /// Set of functions that we know for sure is reachable. 9557 DenseSet<Function *> Reachable; 9558 9559 /// Set of functions that are unreachable, but might become reachable. 9560 DenseSet<Function *> Unreachable; 9561 9562 /// If we can reach a function with a call to a unknown function we assume 9563 /// that we can reach any function. 9564 bool CanReachUnknownCallee = false; 9565 }; 9566 9567 public: 9568 AAFunctionReachabilityFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 9569 : AAFunctionReachability(IRP, A) {} 9570 9571 bool canReach(Attributor &A, Function *Fn) const override { 9572 const AACallEdges &AAEdges = 9573 A.getAAFor<AACallEdges>(*this, getIRPosition(), DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 9574 9575 // Attributor returns attributes as const, so this function has to be 9576 // const for users of this attribute to use it without having to do 9577 // a const_cast. 9578 // This is a hack for us to be able to cache queries. 9579 auto *NonConstThis = const_cast<AAFunctionReachabilityFunction *>(this); 9580 bool Result = 9581 NonConstThis->WholeFunction.isReachable(A, *this, {&AAEdges}, Fn); 9582 9583 return Result; 9584 } 9585 9586 /// Can \p CB reach \p Fn 9587 bool canReach(Attributor &A, CallBase &CB, Function *Fn) const override { 9588 const AACallEdges &AAEdges = A.getAAFor<AACallEdges>( 9589 *this, IRPosition::callsite_function(CB), DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 9590 9591 // Attributor returns attributes as const, so this function has to be 9592 // const for users of this attribute to use it without having to do 9593 // a const_cast. 9594 // This is a hack for us to be able to cache queries. 9595 auto *NonConstThis = const_cast<AAFunctionReachabilityFunction *>(this); 9596 QuerySet &CBQuery = NonConstThis->CBQueries[&CB]; 9597 9598 bool Result = CBQuery.isReachable(A, *this, {&AAEdges}, Fn); 9599 9600 return Result; 9601 } 9602 9603 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 9604 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 9605 const AACallEdges &AAEdges = 9606 A.getAAFor<AACallEdges>(*this, getIRPosition(), DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 9607 ChangeStatus Change = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 9608 9609 Change |= WholeFunction.update(A, *this, {&AAEdges}); 9610 9611 for (auto CBPair : CBQueries) { 9612 const AACallEdges &AAEdges = A.getAAFor<AACallEdges>( 9613 *this, IRPosition::callsite_function(*CBPair.first), 9614 DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 9615 9616 Change |= CBPair.second.update(A, *this, {&AAEdges}); 9617 } 9618 9619 return Change; 9620 } 9621 9622 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 9623 size_t QueryCount = 9624 WholeFunction.Reachable.size() + WholeFunction.Unreachable.size(); 9625 9626 return "FunctionReachability [" + 9627 std::to_string(WholeFunction.Reachable.size()) + "," + 9628 std::to_string(QueryCount) + "]"; 9629 } 9630 9631 void trackStatistics() const override {} 9632 9633 private: 9634 bool canReachUnknownCallee() const override { 9635 return WholeFunction.CanReachUnknownCallee; 9636 } 9637 9638 /// Used to answer if a the whole function can reacha a specific function. 9639 QuerySet WholeFunction; 9640 9641 /// Used to answer if a call base inside this function can reach a specific 9642 /// function. 9643 DenseMap<CallBase *, QuerySet> CBQueries; 9644 }; 9645 9646 /// ---------------------- Assumption Propagation ------------------------------ 9647 struct AAAssumptionInfoImpl : public AAAssumptionInfo { 9648 AAAssumptionInfoImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A, 9649 const DenseSet<StringRef> &Known) 9650 : AAAssumptionInfo(IRP, A, Known) {} 9651 9652 bool hasAssumption(const StringRef Assumption) const override { 9653 return isValidState() && setContains(Assumption); 9654 } 9655 9656 /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr() 9657 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 9658 const SetContents &Known = getKnown(); 9659 const SetContents &Assumed = getAssumed(); 9660 9661 const std::string KnownStr = 9662 llvm::join(Known.getSet().begin(), Known.getSet().end(), ","); 9663 const std::string AssumedStr = 9664 (Assumed.isUniversal()) 9665 ? "Universal" 9666 : llvm::join(Assumed.getSet().begin(), Assumed.getSet().end(), ","); 9667 9668 return "Known [" + KnownStr + "]," + " Assumed [" + AssumedStr + "]"; 9669 } 9670 }; 9671 9672 /// Propagates assumption information from parent functions to all of their 9673 /// successors. An assumption can be propagated if the containing function 9674 /// dominates the called function. 9675 /// 9676 /// We start with a "known" set of assumptions already valid for the associated 9677 /// function and an "assumed" set that initially contains all possible 9678 /// assumptions. The assumed set is inter-procedurally updated by narrowing its 9679 /// contents as concrete values are known. The concrete values are seeded by the 9680 /// first nodes that are either entries into the call graph, or contains no 9681 /// assumptions. Each node is updated as the intersection of the assumed state 9682 /// with all of its predecessors. 9683 struct AAAssumptionInfoFunction final : AAAssumptionInfoImpl { 9684 AAAssumptionInfoFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 9685 : AAAssumptionInfoImpl(IRP, A, 9686 getAssumptions(*IRP.getAssociatedFunction())) {} 9687 9688 /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...). 9689 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 9690 const auto &Assumptions = getKnown(); 9691 9692 // Don't manifest a universal set if it somehow made it here. 9693 if (Assumptions.isUniversal()) 9694 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 9695 9696 Function *AssociatedFunction = getAssociatedFunction(); 9697 9698 bool Changed = addAssumptions(*AssociatedFunction, Assumptions.getSet()); 9699 9700 return Changed ? ChangeStatus::CHANGED : ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 9701 } 9702 9703 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 9704 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 9705 bool Changed = false; 9706 9707 auto CallSitePred = [&](AbstractCallSite ACS) { 9708 const auto &AssumptionAA = A.getAAFor<AAAssumptionInfo>( 9709 *this, IRPosition::callsite_function(*ACS.getInstruction()), 9710 DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 9711 // Get the set of assumptions shared by all of this function's callers. 9712 Changed |= getIntersection(AssumptionAA.getAssumed()); 9713 return !getAssumed().empty() || !getKnown().empty(); 9714 }; 9715 9716 bool AllCallSitesKnown; 9717 // Get the intersection of all assumptions held by this node's predecessors. 9718 // If we don't know all the call sites then this is either an entry into the 9719 // call graph or an empty node. This node is known to only contain its own 9720 // assumptions and can be propagated to its successors. 9721 if (!A.checkForAllCallSites(CallSitePred, *this, true, AllCallSitesKnown)) 9722 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 9723 9724 return Changed ? ChangeStatus::CHANGED : ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 9725 } 9726 9727 void trackStatistics() const override {} 9728 }; 9729 9730 /// Assumption Info defined for call sites. 9731 struct AAAssumptionInfoCallSite final : AAAssumptionInfoImpl { 9732 9733 AAAssumptionInfoCallSite(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 9734 : AAAssumptionInfoImpl(IRP, A, getInitialAssumptions(IRP)) {} 9735 9736 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 9737 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 9738 const IRPosition &FnPos = IRPosition::function(*getAnchorScope()); 9739 A.getAAFor<AAAssumptionInfo>(*this, FnPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 9740 } 9741 9742 /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...). 9743 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 9744 // Don't manifest a universal set if it somehow made it here. 9745 if (getKnown().isUniversal()) 9746 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 9747 9748 CallBase &AssociatedCall = cast<CallBase>(getAssociatedValue()); 9749 bool Changed = addAssumptions(AssociatedCall, getAssumed().getSet()); 9750 9751 return Changed ? ChangeStatus::CHANGED : ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 9752 } 9753 9754 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 9755 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 9756 const IRPosition &FnPos = IRPosition::function(*getAnchorScope()); 9757 auto &AssumptionAA = 9758 A.getAAFor<AAAssumptionInfo>(*this, FnPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 9759 bool Changed = getIntersection(AssumptionAA.getAssumed()); 9760 return Changed ? ChangeStatus::CHANGED : ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 9761 } 9762 9763 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 9764 void trackStatistics() const override {} 9765 9766 private: 9767 /// Helper to initialized the known set as all the assumptions this call and 9768 /// the callee contain. 9769 DenseSet<StringRef> getInitialAssumptions(const IRPosition &IRP) { 9770 const CallBase &CB = cast<CallBase>(IRP.getAssociatedValue()); 9771 auto Assumptions = getAssumptions(CB); 9772 if (Function *F = IRP.getAssociatedFunction()) 9773 set_union(Assumptions, getAssumptions(*F)); 9774 if (Function *F = IRP.getAssociatedFunction()) 9775 set_union(Assumptions, getAssumptions(*F)); 9776 return Assumptions; 9777 } 9778 }; 9779 9780 } // namespace 9781 9782 AACallGraphNode *AACallEdgeIterator::operator*() const { 9783 return static_cast<AACallGraphNode *>(const_cast<AACallEdges *>( 9784 &A.getOrCreateAAFor<AACallEdges>(IRPosition::function(**I)))); 9785 } 9786 9787 void AttributorCallGraph::print() { llvm::WriteGraph(outs(), this); } 9788 9789 const char AAReturnedValues::ID = 0; 9790 const char AANoUnwind::ID = 0; 9791 const char AANoSync::ID = 0; 9792 const char AANoFree::ID = 0; 9793 const char AANonNull::ID = 0; 9794 const char AANoRecurse::ID = 0; 9795 const char AAWillReturn::ID = 0; 9796 const char AAUndefinedBehavior::ID = 0; 9797 const char AANoAlias::ID = 0; 9798 const char AAReachability::ID = 0; 9799 const char AANoReturn::ID = 0; 9800 const char AAIsDead::ID = 0; 9801 const char AADereferenceable::ID = 0; 9802 const char AAAlign::ID = 0; 9803 const char AANoCapture::ID = 0; 9804 const char AAValueSimplify::ID = 0; 9805 const char AAHeapToStack::ID = 0; 9806 const char AAPrivatizablePtr::ID = 0; 9807 const char AAMemoryBehavior::ID = 0; 9808 const char AAMemoryLocation::ID = 0; 9809 const char AAValueConstantRange::ID = 0; 9810 const char AAPotentialValues::ID = 0; 9811 const char AANoUndef::ID = 0; 9812 const char AACallEdges::ID = 0; 9813 const char AAFunctionReachability::ID = 0; 9814 const char AAPointerInfo::ID = 0; 9815 const char AAAssumptionInfo::ID = 0; 9816 9817 // Macro magic to create the static generator function for attributes that 9818 // follow the naming scheme. 9819 9820 #define SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, PK, POS_NAME) \ 9821 case IRPosition::PK: \ 9822 llvm_unreachable("Cannot create " #CLASS " for a " POS_NAME " position!"); 9823 9824 #define SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, PK, SUFFIX) \ 9825 case IRPosition::PK: \ 9826 AA = new (A.Allocator) CLASS##SUFFIX(IRP, A); \ 9827 ++NumAAs; \ 9828 break; 9829 9830 #define CREATE_FUNCTION_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(CLASS) \ 9831 CLASS &CLASS::createForPosition(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) { \ 9832 CLASS *AA = nullptr; \ 9833 switch (IRP.getPositionKind()) { \ 9834 SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_INVALID, "invalid") \ 9835 SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_FLOAT, "floating") \ 9836 SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_ARGUMENT, "argument") \ 9837 SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_RETURNED, "returned") \ 9838 SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_CALL_SITE_RETURNED, "call site returned") \ 9839 SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_CALL_SITE_ARGUMENT, "call site argument") \ 9840 SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_FUNCTION, Function) \ 9841 SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_CALL_SITE, CallSite) \ 9842 } \ 9843 return *AA; \ 9844 } 9845 9846 #define CREATE_VALUE_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(CLASS) \ 9847 CLASS &CLASS::createForPosition(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) { \ 9848 CLASS *AA = nullptr; \ 9849 switch (IRP.getPositionKind()) { \ 9850 SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_INVALID, "invalid") \ 9851 SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_FUNCTION, "function") \ 9852 SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_CALL_SITE, "call site") \ 9853 SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_FLOAT, Floating) \ 9854 SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_ARGUMENT, Argument) \ 9855 SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_RETURNED, Returned) \ 9856 SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_CALL_SITE_RETURNED, CallSiteReturned) \ 9857 SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_CALL_SITE_ARGUMENT, CallSiteArgument) \ 9858 } \ 9859 return *AA; \ 9860 } 9861 9862 #define CREATE_ALL_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(CLASS) \ 9863 CLASS &CLASS::createForPosition(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) { \ 9864 CLASS *AA = nullptr; \ 9865 switch (IRP.getPositionKind()) { \ 9866 SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_INVALID, "invalid") \ 9867 SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_FUNCTION, Function) \ 9868 SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_CALL_SITE, CallSite) \ 9869 SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_FLOAT, Floating) \ 9870 SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_ARGUMENT, Argument) \ 9871 SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_RETURNED, Returned) \ 9872 SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_CALL_SITE_RETURNED, CallSiteReturned) \ 9873 SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_CALL_SITE_ARGUMENT, CallSiteArgument) \ 9874 } \ 9875 return *AA; \ 9876 } 9877 9878 #define CREATE_FUNCTION_ONLY_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(CLASS) \ 9879 CLASS &CLASS::createForPosition(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) { \ 9880 CLASS *AA = nullptr; \ 9881 switch (IRP.getPositionKind()) { \ 9882 SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_INVALID, "invalid") \ 9883 SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_ARGUMENT, "argument") \ 9884 SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_FLOAT, "floating") \ 9885 SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_RETURNED, "returned") \ 9886 SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_CALL_SITE_RETURNED, "call site returned") \ 9887 SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_CALL_SITE_ARGUMENT, "call site argument") \ 9888 SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_CALL_SITE, "call site") \ 9889 SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_FUNCTION, Function) \ 9890 } \ 9891 return *AA; \ 9892 } 9893 9894 #define CREATE_NON_RET_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(CLASS) \ 9895 CLASS &CLASS::createForPosition(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) { \ 9896 CLASS *AA = nullptr; \ 9897 switch (IRP.getPositionKind()) { \ 9898 SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_INVALID, "invalid") \ 9899 SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_RETURNED, "returned") \ 9900 SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_FUNCTION, Function) \ 9901 SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_CALL_SITE, CallSite) \ 9902 SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_FLOAT, Floating) \ 9903 SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_ARGUMENT, Argument) \ 9904 SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_CALL_SITE_RETURNED, CallSiteReturned) \ 9905 SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_CALL_SITE_ARGUMENT, CallSiteArgument) \ 9906 } \ 9907 return *AA; \ 9908 } 9909 9910 CREATE_FUNCTION_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AANoUnwind) 9911 CREATE_FUNCTION_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AANoSync) 9912 CREATE_FUNCTION_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AANoRecurse) 9913 CREATE_FUNCTION_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAWillReturn) 9914 CREATE_FUNCTION_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AANoReturn) 9915 CREATE_FUNCTION_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAReturnedValues) 9916 CREATE_FUNCTION_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAMemoryLocation) 9917 CREATE_FUNCTION_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AACallEdges) 9918 CREATE_FUNCTION_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAAssumptionInfo) 9919 9920 CREATE_VALUE_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AANonNull) 9921 CREATE_VALUE_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AANoAlias) 9922 CREATE_VALUE_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAPrivatizablePtr) 9923 CREATE_VALUE_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AADereferenceable) 9924 CREATE_VALUE_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAAlign) 9925 CREATE_VALUE_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AANoCapture) 9926 CREATE_VALUE_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAValueConstantRange) 9927 CREATE_VALUE_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAPotentialValues) 9928 CREATE_VALUE_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AANoUndef) 9929 CREATE_VALUE_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAPointerInfo) 9930 9931 CREATE_ALL_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAValueSimplify) 9932 CREATE_ALL_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAIsDead) 9933 CREATE_ALL_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AANoFree) 9934 9935 CREATE_FUNCTION_ONLY_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAHeapToStack) 9936 CREATE_FUNCTION_ONLY_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAReachability) 9937 CREATE_FUNCTION_ONLY_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAUndefinedBehavior) 9938 CREATE_FUNCTION_ONLY_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAFunctionReachability) 9939 9940 CREATE_NON_RET_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAMemoryBehavior) 9941 9942 #undef CREATE_FUNCTION_ONLY_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION 9943 #undef CREATE_FUNCTION_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION 9944 #undef CREATE_NON_RET_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION 9945 #undef CREATE_VALUE_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION 9946 #undef CREATE_ALL_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION 9947 #undef SWITCH_PK_CREATE 9948 #undef SWITCH_PK_INV 9949